Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Town and Country 2003
Town and Country 2003
1.0 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
i
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued
3.9.2.3 SYSTEM REVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
3.9.2.4 SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
3.10 CABIN HEATER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
3.10.1 GENERAL SAFETY INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
3.10.2 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
3.10.2.1 DCHA ASSEMBLY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
3.10.2.2 COMBUSTION AIR FAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
3.10.2.3 BURNER HOUSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
3.10.2.4 BURNER INSERT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
3.10.2.5 CONTROL UNIT/HEAT EXCHANGER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
3.10.2.6 DOSING PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
3.10.3 OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
3.10.3.1 VENTING THE DCHA’S EXHAUST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
3.10.3.2 ACTIVATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
3.10.3.3 HEATING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
3.10.3.4 DEACTIVATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
3.10.4 DIAGNOSTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
3.11 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
3.11.1 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER SELF TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
3.11.2 MESSAGE CENTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
3.12 INTERIOR LIGHTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
3.12.1 COURTESY LAMP CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
3.12.2 ILLUMINATED ENTRY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
3.12.3 INTERIOR LIGHTING BATTERY SAVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
3.13 MEMORY SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
3.13.1 POWER SEAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
3.13.2 MEMORY MIRRORS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
3.14 OVERHEAD CONSOLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
3.14.1 VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
3.14.2 TRAVELER DISPLAY FUNCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
3.14.3 SETTING MAGNETIC ZONE VARIANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
3.14.4 COMPASS CALIBRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
3.14.5 SELF-CHECK DIAGNOSTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
3.14.6 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
3.14.7 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR FAULT CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
3.14.8 HOMELINKT UNIVERSAL TRANSMITTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
3.14.9 TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
3.14.9.1 TRAINING THE EVIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
3.14.9.2 PRESSURE THRESHOLDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
3.14.9.3 CRITICAL AND NON-CRITICAL SYSTEM ALERTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
3.14.9.4 SYSTEM FAULTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
3.14.9.5 SPARE WHEEL AUTO-DETECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
3.14.9.6 DIAGNOSING AND CLEARING SYSTEM FAULTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
3.14.9.7 SYSTEM TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
3.15 POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
3.15.1 DOOR LOCK INHIBIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
3.15.2 AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
3.15.3 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY (RKE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
3.16 POWER FOLDING MIRRORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
3.17 POWER LIFTGATE SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
3.17.1 POWER LIFTGATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
3.17.2 DIAGNOSTIC FEATURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
3.17.3 SYSTEM INHIBITORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
ii
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued
3.18 POWER SLIDING DOOR SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
3.18.1 POWER SLIDING DOOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
3.18.2 DIAGNOSTIC FEATURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
3.18.3 SYSTEM INHIBITORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
3.19 REAR WINDOW DEFOG/HEATED MIRROR/FRONT WIPER DE-ICE (IF
EQUIPPED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
3.20 VEHICLE THEFT SECURITY SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35
3.20.1 THATCHAM ALARM SYSTEM (EXPORT ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35
3.21 WIPER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35
3.21.1 FRONT WIPER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35
3.21.2 SPEED SENSITIVE INTERMITTENT WIPE MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
3.21.3 PULSE WIPE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
3.21.4 PARK AFTER IGNITION OFF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
3.21.5 WIPE AFTER WASH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
3.21.6 REAR WIPER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
3.21.7 SPEED SENSITIVE INTERMITTENT WIPE MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
3.21.8 WIPE AFTER WASH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
3.22 USING THE DRBIIIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
3.23 DRBIIIT ERROR MESSAGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
3.24 DRBIIIT DOES NOT POWER UP (BLANK SCREEN). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
3.25 DISPLAY IS NOT VISIBLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
AIRBAG
ACCELEROMETER 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
ACCELEROMETER 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
INTERNAL 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
INTERNAL 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
OUTPUT DRIVER 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
OUTPUT DRIVER 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
STORED ENERGY FIRING 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
AIRBAG WARNING INDICATOR OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44
AIRBAG WARNING INDICATOR SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44
CALIBRATION MISMATCH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46
CLUSTER MESSAGE MISMATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50
DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORT TO BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
iii
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued
DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORT TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54
DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56
DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58
DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO BATTERY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67
DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70
DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73
DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76
DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79
DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82
DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85
INTERROGATE LEFT SIACM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88
INTERROGATE RIGHT SIACM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90
LOSS OF IGNITION RUN - START . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92
ORC RUN - START DRIVER OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92
ORC RUN - START DRIVER OVER CURRENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92
ORC RUN - START DRIVER OVER TEMP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92
ORC RUN - START DRIVER OVER VOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92
ORC RUN - START DRIVER SHORT TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92
SIACM RUN - START DRIVER OPEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92
SIACM RUN - START DRIVER OVER CURRENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92
SIACM RUN - START DRIVER OVER TEMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92
SIACM RUN - START DRIVER OVER VOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92
SIACM RUN - START DRIVER SHORT TO GROUND. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92
LOSS OF IGNITION RUN ONLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102
ORC RUN ONLY DRIVER OPEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102
ORC RUN ONLY DRIVER OVER CURRENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102
ORC RUN ONLY DRIVER OVER TEMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102
ORC RUN ONLY DRIVER OVER VOLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102
ORC RUN ONLY DRIVER SHORT TO GROUND. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102
MODULE NOT CONFIGURED FOR SAB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108
NO CLUSTER MESSAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110
NO LEFT SIACM MESSAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112
NO ODOMETER MESSAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114
NO PCI TRANSMISSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
NO PCM MESSAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119
NO RIGHT SIACM MESSAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121
PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123
PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORT TO BATTERY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125
PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORT TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127
PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129
PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131
PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133
PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135
PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137
PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140
PASSENGER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142
PASSENGER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144
PASSENGER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147
PASSENGER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150
PASSENGER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152
iv
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued
PASSENGER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154
SEAT SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157
SEAT SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160
SEAT SQUIB SHORT TO BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163
SEAT SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .166
VEHICLE BODY STYLE UNKNOWN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .169
*AIRBAG INDICATOR ON WITHOUT ACTIVE TROUBLE CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .171
AUDIO
ALL OUTPUTS SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172
CASSETTE PLAYER INOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
CD MECHANICAL FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
REAR TRANSMITTER FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
*AM/FM SWITCH INOPERATIVE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
*ANY STATION PRESET SWITCH INOPERATIVE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
*BALANCE INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
*CD EJECT SWITCH INOPERATIVE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
*EQUALIZER INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
*FADER INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
*FF/RW SWITCH INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
*HOUR/MINUTE SWITCHES INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
*PAUSE/PLAY SWITCH INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
*PWR SWITCH INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
*SCAN SWITCH INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
*SEEK SWITCH INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
*SET SWITCH INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
*TAPE EJECT SWITCH INOPERATIVE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
*TIME SWITCH INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
*TUNE SWITCH INOPERATIVE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
CD CHANGER MECHANICAL FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .177
CD CHANGER READ FAILURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178
CD CHANGER TEMPERATURE HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179
CD PLAY FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .180
CD READ FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181
CD TEMPERATURE HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182
LOW VOLTAGE LEVEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .183
NBS OUTPUT 1 OPEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .184
NBS OUTPUT 2 OPEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .184
NBS OUTPUT 1 SHORT TO BATT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186
NBS OUTPUT 2 SHORT TO BATT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186
NO ANTENNA CONNECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188
POWER AMP SHUTDOWN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189
REMOTE RADIO SWITCH STUCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .192
*REMOTE RADIO CONTROLS INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195
v
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued
FRONT IR SENSOR AND CONTROL HEAD MISMATCH (STORED). . . . . . . . . . . . .199
FRONT IR SENSOR CHANGE TOO LARGE (STORED). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
FRONT IR SENSOR HIGH (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
FRONT IR SENSOR LOW (STORED). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
FRONT IR SENSOR NOT CALIBRATED (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
FRONT KEYBOARD COMMUNICATION FAULT (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
FRONT KEYBOARD FAULT (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
FRONT MODE DOOR NOT RESPONDING (STORED). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
FRONT MODE DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
FRONT MODE DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
PASS BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (STORED). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
PASS BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
PASS BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
PCI BUS SHORTED HIGH (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
PCI BUS SHORTED LOW (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
REAR BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
REAR BLEND DOOR RANGE TOO LARGE (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
REAR BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
REAR FAN POT OPEN (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
REAR FAN POT SHORTED (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
REAR KEYBOARD FAULT (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
REAR MODE DOOR NOT RESPONDING (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
REAR MODE DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
REAR MODE DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (STORED). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
REAR MODE POT OPEN (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
REAR MODE POT SHORTED (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
RECIRC DOOR NOT RESPONDING (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
RECIRC DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (STORED). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
RECIRC DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
COOLDOWN TEST FAILED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .206
DRIVER BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208
DRIVER BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210
DRIVER BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211
EEPROM CHECKSUM ERROR (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .213
EVAP TEMP SENSOR OPEN (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .214
EVAP TEMP SENSOR SHORTED (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .217
FRONT AND REAR BLOWER OUTPUT 1 OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .219
FRONT AND REAR BLOWER OUTPUT 2 OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .219
FRONT AND REAR BLOWER OUTPUT 1 SHORT TO BATT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .220
FRONT AND REAR BLOWER OUTPUT 2 SHORT TO BATT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .220
FRONT IR SENSOR AND CONTROL HEAD MISMATCH (ACTIVE). . . . . . . . . . . . . .221
FRONT IR SENSOR CHANGE TOO LARGE (ACTIVE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .221
FRONT IR SENSOR HIGH (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .221
FRONT IR SENSOR LOW (ACTIVE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .221
FRONT IR SENSOR NOT CALIBRATED (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .222
FRONT KEYBOARD FAULT (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .222
FRONT KEYBOARD COMMUNICATION FAULT (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .227
FRONT MODE DOOR NOT RESPONDING (ACTIVE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .228
FRONT MODE DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .230
FRONT MODE DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .231
INVALID CONDITIONS FOR COOLDOWN TEST, EVAP TEMPERATURE TOO
LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .232
PASS BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (ACTIVE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .235
vi
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued
PASS BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .237
PASS BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .238
PCI BUS SHORTED HIGH (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240
PCI BUS SHORTED LOW (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240
REAR BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .241
REAR BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .243
REAR BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .244
REAR FAN POT OPEN (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .245
REAR FAN POT SHORTED (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .245
REAR MODE POT OPEN (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .245
REAR MODE POT SHORTED (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .245
REAR KEYBOARD FAULT (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .246
REAR MODE DOOR NOT RESPONDING (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .250
REAR MODE DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .252
REAR MODE DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (ACTIVE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .253
RECIRC DOOR NOT RESPONDING (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .254
RECIRC DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (ACTIVE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .256
RECIRC DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .257
*ATC HEAD LED(S)/BACK LIGHTING INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .258
*FRONT BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .260
*FRONT BLOWER RUNS AT ONLY ONE SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .266
*HVAC SYSTEM TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .268
*REAR ATC SWITCH LED(S)/BACK LIGHTING INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .272
*REAR BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .274
*REAR BLOWER RUNS AT ONLY ONE SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .280
CABIN HEATER
A. CABIN HEATER PRE-TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .282
CABIN HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN (STORED). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .282
CABIN HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY (STORED). . . . . . . . . .282
B1000 CONTROL UNIT ERRONEOUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .286
B1800 NO START . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .287
B1801 FLAME OUT: DURING HEATING CYCLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .287
B1801 FLAME OUT: UNSTABLE OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .287
B1802 POWER SUPPLY OUT OF RANGE: LOW VOLTAGE THRESHOLD. . . . . . . .291
B1802 POWER SUPPLY OUT OF RANGE: VOLTAGE ABOVE 15.5 VOLTS . . . . . . .294
B1803 FLAME DETECTED PRIOR TO COMBUSTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .295
B1811 HEATER OVERHEATED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .296
B1813 HEATER IN LOCKOUT MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .300
B1820 DOSING PUMP CIRCUIT: OPEN OR SHORT TO BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . .302
B1820 DOSING PUMP CIRCUIT: SHORT TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .305
B1821 COMBUSTION AIR FAN CIRCUIT: OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .308
B1821 COMBUSTION AIR FAN CIRCUIT: SHORT TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .308
B1822 GLOW PIN/FLAME SENSOR: OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .309
B1822 GLOW PIN/FLAME SENSOR: SHORT TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .309
B1823 WATER PUMP CIRCUIT: OPEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .310
B1823 WATER PUMP CIRCUIT: SHORT TO GROUND. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .310
B1824 FAN SWITCH LINE SHORT TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311
CABIN HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN (ACTIVE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .312
CABIN HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY (ACTIVE). . . . . . . . . . .316
*CABIN HEATER INOPERABLE FROM A/C - HEATER MODULE (MTC) . . . . . . . . .319
*CABIN HEATER INOPERABLE FROM AUTO TEMP CONTROL (ATC) . . . . . . . . . .321
vii
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued
CHIME
*CHIME INOPERATIVE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .324
*KEY IN IGNITION AND DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN CHIME NOT OPERATING
PROPERLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .326
*PROBLEM WITH THE VEHICLE SPEED WARNING CHIME. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .327
COMMUNICATION
ATC MODULE MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .328
AUDIO MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .329
BCM, PCI BUS SHORTED TO BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .330
BCM, PCI BUS SHORTED TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .330
FCM, PCI BUS SHORTED TO BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .330
FCM, PCI BUS SHORTED TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .330
COUNTRY CODE NOT PROGRAMMED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .332
FCM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .333
FCM, BCM COMMUNICATION FAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .334
FCM, HVAC COMMUNICATION FAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .335
FCM, PCI INTERNAL FAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .336
FCM, PCM COMMUNICATION FAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .337
FCM, RADIO COMMUNICATION FAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .339
FCM, TCM COMMUNICATION FAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .340
INTERNAL BCM FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .341
LEFT PSD MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .342
LIFTGATE MODULE MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .344
MIC MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .346
MSM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .348
NO PCI MESSAGES FROM CD CHANGER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .349
ORC MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .351
OTIS MODULE MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .352
PCI INTERNAL HARDWARE FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .353
PCM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .354
RADIO MEM MSG NOT RECEIVED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .356
RIGHT PSD MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .357
SKIM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .359
TCM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .360
*NO RESPONSE FROM AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .361
*NO RESPONSE FROM AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE . . . . .363
*NO RESPONSE FROM BODY CONTROL MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .365
*NO RESPONSE FROM CABIN HEATER ASSIST - DIESEL ONLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . .367
*NO RESPONSE FROM CONTROLLER ANTILOCK BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .369
*NO RESPONSE FROM ECM (PCI BUS) - DIESEL ONLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .371
*NO RESPONSE FROM ECM (SCI ONLY) - DIESEL ONLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .372
*NO RESPONSE FROM FRONT CONTROL MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .374
*NO RESPONSE FROM HVAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .376
*NO RESPONSE FROM INSTRUMENT CLUSTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .378
*NO RESPONSE FROM LEFT SIACM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .381
*NO RESPONSE FROM LEFT SLIDING DOOR CONTROL MODULE. . . . . . . . . . . .383
*NO RESPONSE FROM MEMORY SEAT/MIRROR MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .386
*NO RESPONSE FROM OVERHEAD CONSOLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .388
*NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (PCI BUS) - NGC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .390
*NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (PCI BUS) - SBEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .391
*NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (PCM SCI ONLY) - NGC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .393
*NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (SCI ONLY) - SBEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .396
viii
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued
*NO RESPONSE FROM POWER LIFTGATE MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .399
*NO RESPONSE FROM RADIO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .402
*NO RESPONSE FROM RIGHT SIACM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .404
*NO RESPONSE FROM RIGHT SLIDING DOOR CONTROL MODULE . . . . . . . . . .406
*NO RESPONSE FROM SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .409
*NO RESPONSE FROM THATCHAM ALARM MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .411
*NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE - EATX . . . . . . . . . .413
*NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE - NGC . . . . . . . . . .416
*PCI BUS COMMUNICATION FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .419
DOOR AJAR
*HOOD AJAR CIRCUIT OPEN (EXPORT ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .422
*HOOD AJAR CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND (EXPORT ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . .423
*LEFT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .424
*LEFT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND. .425
*LEFT SLIDING DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .426
*LEFT SLIDING DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO
GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .428
*LIFTGATE AJAR CIRCUIT OPEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .429
*LIFTGATE AJAR CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .430
*RIGHT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .431
*RIGHT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO
GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .432
*RIGHT SLIDING DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .433
*RIGHT SLIDING DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . .435
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
BACKUP LAMP OUTPUT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .439
BACKUP LAMP OUTPUT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .441
FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .442
FRONT FOG LAMP SHORTED TO BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .444
HEADLAMP SWITCH MISMATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .445
HEADLAMP SWITCH OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .446
HEADLAMP SWITCH SHORT TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .448
HIGH BEAM SWITCH INPUT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .450
HIGH BEAM SWITCH INPUT SHORT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .452
LEFT FRONT TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .454
LEFT FRONT TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT SHORT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .456
LEFT HIGH BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .458
LEFT HIGH BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . .460
LEFT HIGH BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . .462
LEFT LOW BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .464
LEFT LOW BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . .466
LEFT LOW BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE. . . . . . . . . . . . . .468
LEFT REAR TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .470
LEFT REAR TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .472
LEFT SIDE PARK LAMP OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .474
PARK LAMP OUTPUT 1 OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .476
PARK LAMP OUTPUT 1 SHORT TO BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .478
ix
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued
PARK LAMP OUTPUT 2 OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .479
PARK LAMP OUTPUT 2 SHORT TO BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .481
RIGHT FRONT TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT OPEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .482
RIGHT FRONT TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .484
RIGHT HIGH BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .486
RIGHT HIGH BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . .488
RIGHT HIGH BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE . . . . . . . . . . . .490
RIGHT LOW BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .492
RIGHT LOW BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND. . . . . . . . . . . . .494
RIGHT LOW BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE . . . . . . . . . . . .496
RIGHT REAR TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .498
RIGHT REAR TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT SHORT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500
RIGHT SIDE PARK LAMP OPEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .502
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH INPUT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .504
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH INPUT SHORT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .506
x
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued
REAR MODE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO IGN OR BATT - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .515
RECIRC CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .515
RECIRC CIRCUIT SHORTED TO IGN OR BATT - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .515
SHORT TOO COMPLEX - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .515
ZONE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND - MTC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .515
ZONE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO IGN OR BATT - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .515
BACKLIGHT DIMMING RX FAILURE (ACTIVE) - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .522
BLEND CALIBRATION FAULT - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .523
MODE CALIBRATION FAULT - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .523
REAR BLEND CALIBRATION FAULT - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .523
REAR MODE CALIBRATION FAULT - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .523
RECIRCULATION CALIBRATION FAULT - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .523
ZONE CALIBRATION FAULT - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .523
BLEND OVERCURRENT (ACTIVE) - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .531
MODE OVERCURRENT (ACTIVE) - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .531
REAR BLEND OVERCURRENT (ACTIVE) - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .531
REAR MODE OVERCURRENT (ACTIVE) - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .531
RECIRC OVERCURRENT (ACTIVE) - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .531
ZONE OVERCURRENT (ACTIVE) - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .531
BLOWER NOT ON HIGH - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .533
COOLDOWN TEST SENSOR FAILURE - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .534
COOLDOWN TIME EXCESSIVE FAULT - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .534
COOLDOWN TEST TOO COLD TO START - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .536
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN (ACTIVE) - MTC . . . . . .539
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT SHORT (ACTIVE) - MTC. . . . .542
FRONT AND REAR BLOWER OUTPUT 1 OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .544
FRONT AND REAR BLOWER OUTPUT 2 OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .544
FRONT AND REAR BLOWER OUTPUT 1 SHORT TO BATT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .546
FRONT AND REAR BLOWER OUTPUT 2 SHORT TO BATT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .546
LOOPBACK TEST FAILURE (ACTIVE) - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .548
NO FUEL LEVEL MESSAGE RECEIVED (ACTIVE) - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .549
PCM COMMUNICATION FAILURE (ACTIVE) - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .549
VEHICLE ODOMETER FAILURE (ACTIVE) - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .549
REAR BLEND POT CIRCUIT OPEN (ACTIVE) - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .551
REAR BLEND POT CIRCUIT SHORT (ACTIVE) - MTC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .554
TX FAILURE (ACTIVE) - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .556
*A/C STATUS INDICATOR FLASHING - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .558
*RECIRC STATUS INDICATOR FLASHING - MTC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .558
*BLEND/MODE/RECIRC DOOR OPERATION IMPROPER -- DUAL & THREE-ZONE
MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .560
*BLEND/MODE/RECIRC DOOR OPERATION IMPROPER -- SINGLE-ZONE MTC .564
*FRONT A/C - HEATER CONTROL ILLUMINATION INOPERATIVE - MTC . . . . . . . .566
*FRONT BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .568
*FRONT BLOWER MOTOR SPEEDS INCORRECT - MTC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .573
*HVAC SYSTEM TEST - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .575
*REAR A/C - HEATER CONTROL ILLUMINATION INOPERATIVE - MTC . . . . . . . . .577
*REAR BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE - MTC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .579
*REAR BLOWER MOTOR SPEEDS INCORRECT - MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .583
*REAR BLOWER REAR CONTROL SWITCH INOP IN ONE OR MORE SPEEDS -
MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .587
xi
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued
ACCESSORY POWER OUTPUT 1 SHORT TO B+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .591
ACCESSORY POWER OUTPUT 2 OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .593
ACCESSORY POWER OUTPUT 2 SHORT TO B+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .595
CPA NOT ENGAGED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .597
HORN INPUT STUCK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .599
HORN RELAY OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .600
HORN RELAY SHORTED TO B+. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .602
IGNITION MUX SWITCH INPUT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .604
IGNITION MUX SWITCH INPUT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .606
IGNITION RUN OUTPUT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .608
IGNITION RUN/START INPUT WIRING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .610
IGNITION START INPUT WIRING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .612
INTERNAL DRIVER FAULT #1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .614
INTERNAL DRIVER FAULT #2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .615
INTERNAL DRIVER FAULT #3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .616
RUN/START HARDWARE INPUT FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .617
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
ABS LAMP CKT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .619
ABS LAMP OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .619
AIRBAG LAMP CKT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .619
AIRBAG LAMP OPEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .619
EL PANEL SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .620
FRONT FOG LAMP INDICATOR OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .622
FRONT FOG LAMP INDICATOR SHORT TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .624
FUEL GAUGE CHECKSUM FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .626
SPEEDOMETER CHECKSUM FAILURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .626
TACHOMETER CHECKSUM FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .626
TEMPERATURE GAUGE CHECKSUM FAILURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .626
FUEL LEVEL SENDING UNIT INPUT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .627
FUEL LEVEL SENDING UNIT INPUT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .629
IOD WAKEUP CLUSTER OUTPUT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .631
IOD WAKEUP CLUSTER OUTPUT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .633
LEFT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR OPEN (HIGHLINE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .635
LEFT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR OPEN (LOWLINE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .637
LEFT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR SHORT (HIGHLINE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .639
LEFT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR SHORT (LOWLINE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .641
LOOPBACK FAILURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .643
NO ABS BUS MESSAGES RECEIVED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .644
NO BCM BUS MESSAGES RECEIVED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .644
NO FCM BUS MESSAGES RECEIVED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .644
NO ORC BUS MESSAGES RECEIVED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .644
NO TCM BUS MESSAGES RECEIVED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .644
NO PCM BUS MESSAGES RECEIVED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .645
PANEL DIMMING OUTPUT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .646
REAR FOG INDICATOR OUTPUT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .651
REAR FOG INDICATOR OUTPUT SHORT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .653
RIGHT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR OPEN (HIGHLINE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .655
RIGHT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR OPEN (LOWLINE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .657
RIGHT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR SHORT (HIGHLINE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .659
RIGHT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR SHORT (LOWLINE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .661
TCM MESSAGE MISMATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .663
*ANY PCI BUS INDICATOR INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .664
xii
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued
*SEAT BELT INDICATOR ALWAYS ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .665
INTERIOR LIGHTING
DOOR/LIFTGATE LAMP OUTPUT SHORT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .666
FRONT COURTESY LAMPS OUTPUT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .667
READING LAMP OUTPUT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .668
MEMORY SEAT
BCM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .669
CHARGING VOLTAGE HIGH MESSAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .670
CHARGING VOLTAGE LOW MESSAGE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .671
EEPROM REFRESH FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .672
FRONT RISER DOWN POSITION STUCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .673
FRONT RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .675
FRONT RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .678
FRONT RISER UP POSITION STUCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .681
HORIZONTAL FORWARD POSITION STUCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .683
HORIZONTAL REARWARD POSITION STUCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .685
HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .687
HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .690
LEFT MIRROR HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .693
LEFT MIRROR HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .695
LEFT MIRROR VERTICAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .697
LEFT MIRROR VERTICAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .699
MEMORY POSITION SWITCH STUCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .701
MEMORY SWITCH INPUT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .703
MEMORY SWITCH INPUT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .705
REAR RISER DOWN POSITION STUCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .707
REAR RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .709
REAR RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .712
REAR RISER UP POSITION STUCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .715
RECLINER DOWN POSITION STUCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .717
RECLINER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .719
RECLINER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .722
RECLINER UP POSITION STUCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .725
RIGHT MIRROR HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .727
RIGHT MIRROR HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .729
RIGHT MIRROR VERTICAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .731
RIGHT MIRROR VERTICAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .733
OVERHEAD CONSOLE
BUS MESSAGES MISSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .735
COMPASS TEST FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .737
DEMAGNETIZE COMPASS AS PER SERVICE MANUAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .738
EC MIRROR DAY/NIGHT LINE FAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .739
EVIC INTERNAL FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .741
LOOPBACK FAILURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .742
NO BCM MESSAGES RECEIVED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .743
NO FCM MESSAGES RECEIVED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .744
NO PCM MESSAGES RECEIVED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .745
NO TCM MESSAGES RECEIVED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .746
OTIS MODULE MESSAGE MISMATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .747
OTIS MODULE MESSAGE MISMATCH (DIESEL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .749
xiii
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued
*REPAIRING CMTC DISPLAYS DOUBLE DASH ( - - ) IN TEMP DISPLAY . . . . . . . .751
xiv
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued
LOOPBACK TEST FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .845
LOSS OF BCM MESSAGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .846
LOSS OF EATX MESSAGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .847
LOSS OF SBEC MESSAGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .848
OUTSIDE LIFTGATE HANDLE INPUT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .849
OUTSIDE LIFTGATE HANDLE INPUT STUCK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .850
OVERHEAD LIFTGATE SWITCH INPUT STUCK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .851
OVERHEAD LIFTGATE/LOCKOUT SWITCHES OPEN OR SHT TO VOLTAGE . . . .852
OVERHEAD LIFTGATE/LOCKOUT SWITCHES SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .854
PINCH SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .855
PINCH SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .858
*POWER LIFTGATE INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .860
xv
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued
*POWER SLIDING DOOR INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .930
POWER MIRROR
FOLD MIRROR OUTPUT FAILURE (EXPORT ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .931
PASSENGER MIRROR RELAY OUTPUT OPEN (EXPORT ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .933
PASSENGER MIRROR RELAY OUTPUT SHORT (EXPORT ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . .935
UNFOLD MIRROR OUTPUT FAILURE (EXPORT ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .936
*BOTH MIRRORS DO NOT UNFOLD EXCEPT WITH EITHER FRONT DOOR
(EXPORT ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .939
*BOTH POWER FOLDING MIRRORS DO NOT FOLD (EXPORT ONLY) . . . . . . . . .940
*DRIVER FOLDING MIRROR DOES NOT FOLD (EXPORT ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .941
*PASSENGER FOLDING MIRROR DOES NOT FOLD (EXPORT ONLY). . . . . . . . . .943
VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY
BCM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED (EXPORT ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .947
INTERNAL EEPROM WRITE ERROR (EXPORT ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .948
INTERNAL TRANSMIT FAILURE (EXPORT ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .949
INTERNAL ULTRASONIC FAULT (EXPORT ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .950
LOOPBACK ERROR (EXPORT ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .954
NO VALID MESSAGES RECEIVED (EXPORT ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .955
PCI BUS SHORTED TO BATTERY (EXPORT ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .956
PCI BUS SHORTED TO GROUND (EXPORT ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .957
PCM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED (EXPORT ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .958
*ALARM TRIPS ON ITS OWN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .959
*HOOD DOES NOT TRIP VTSS (EXPORT ONLY). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .960
*LEFT FRONT DOOR DOES NOT TRIP VTSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .961
*LEFT SLIDING DOOR DOES NOT TRIP VTSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .962
*LIFTGATE DOES NOT TRIP VTSS (EXPORT ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .963
*REPEATER LAMPS INOPERATIVE WITH ALARM (EXPORT ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . .964
*RIGHT FRONT DOOR DOES NOT TRIP VTSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .965
*RIGHT SLIDING DOOR DOES NOT TRIP VTSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .966
*VTSS SIREN INOP (EXPORT ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .967
*VTSS WILL NOT ARM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .970
xvi
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued
FRONT WIPER SWITCH MUX INPUT OPEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .984
FRONT WIPER SWITCH MUX INPUT SHORT TO GROUND. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .986
HEADLAMP WASHER RELAY OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .988
HEADLAMP WASHER RELAY SHORT TO BATT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .990
REAR WASH SWITCH INPUT STUCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .991
REAR WASHER OUTPUT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .992
REAR WIPER OUTPUT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .994
REAR WIPER OUTPUT SHORT TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .996
REAR WIPER SWITCH MUX INPUT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .998
REAR WIPER SWITCH MUX INPUT SHORT TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1000
VERIFICATION TESTS
VERIFICATION TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1002
xvii
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued
8.13.1 RKE/THATCHAM ALARM MODULE (EXPORT ONLY). . . . . . . . . . .1022
8.13.2 RKE/THATCHAM ALARM MODULE CONNECTORS (EXPORT
ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1023
8.13.3 VTSS SIREN (EXPORT ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1023
8.13.4 FRONT
. . . . . . .INTRUSION
. . . . . . . . . . .SENSOR
. . . . . . . .(EXPORT
. . . . . . . . .ONLY)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1024
8.13.5 REAR INTRUSION SENSOR (EXPORT ONLY)
9.0 CONNECTOR PINOUTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1025
xviii
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued
C325 (MANUAL SLIDING DOOR) - (RIGHT MANUAL SLIDING DOOR SIDE) . . . .1041
C326 - (SAFETY SEAT SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1041
C326 - (SEAT SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1041
C327 - (SAFETY SEAT SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1041
C327 - (SEAT SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1041
C330 (DIESEL) - (CABIN HEATER JUMPER SIDE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1042
C330 (DIESEL) - (POWERTRAIN SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1042
C331 (DIESEL) - (CABIN HEATER COMPONENT SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1042
C331 (DIESEL) - (CABIN HEATER JUMPER SIDE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1042
C332 (3 ZONE ATC) - (BODY SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1042
C332 (3 ZONE ATC) - (COMPONENT SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1043
CABIN HEATER ASSIST C1 (DIESEL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1043
CABIN HEATER ASSIST C2 (DIESEL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1043
CD CHANGER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1043
CLOCKSPRING C1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1044
CLOCKSPRING C2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1044
CLOCKSPRING C3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1044
CLOCKSPRING C4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1044
CONTROLLER ANTILOCK BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1045
DATA LINK CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1045
DOSING PUMP (DIESEL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1045
DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1046
DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1046
DRIVER BLEND DOOR ACTUATOR (ATC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1046
DRIVER BLEND DOOR ACTUATOR (MTC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1046
DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1047
DRIVER POWER SEAT FRONT RISER MOTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1047
DRIVER POWER SEAT FRONT RISER POSITION SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1047
DRIVER POWER SEAT HORIZONTAL MOTOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1047
DRIVER POWER SEAT HORIZONTAL POSITION SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1047
DRIVER POWER SEAT REAR RISER MOTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1048
DRIVER POWER SEAT REAR RISER POSITION SENSOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1048
DRIVER POWER SEAT RECLINER MOTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1048
DRIVER POWER SEAT RECLINER POSITION SENSOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1048
DRIVER POWER SEAT SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1049
DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1049
DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1049
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE C1 (DIESEL). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1050
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1051
FRONT BLOWER MODULE C1 (ATC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1051
FRONT BLOWER MODULE C2 (ATC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1051
FRONT CONTROL MODULE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1052
FRONT INTRUSION SENSOR (UNITED KINGDOM). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1052
FRONT READING LAMPS/SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1053
FRONT WASHER PUMP MOTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1053
FUEL PUMP MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1053
HEADLAMP SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1053
HEADLAMP WASHER PUMP MOTOR (EXPORT). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1054
HIGH NOTE HORN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1054
HOOD AJAR SWITCH (EXPORT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1054
IGNITION SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1054
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1055
FUSES (IPM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1057
xix
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued
ACCESSORY RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1057
DEFOGGER RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1057
FRONT BLOWER MOTOR RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1057
FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1058
FRONT WIPER HIGH/LOW RELAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1058
FRONT WIPER ON/OFF RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1058
HEADLAMP WASHER RELAY (EXPORT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1058
NAME BRAND SPEAKER RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1058
PARK LAMP RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1058
REAR BLOWER MOTOR RELAY (3 ZONE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1058
INTEGRATED POWER MODULE C1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1059
INTEGRATED POWER MODULE C2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1059
INTEGRATED POWER MODULE C3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1060
INTEGRATED POWER MODULE C4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1060
INTEGRATED POWER MODULE C6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1061
INTEGRATED POWER MODULE C7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1061
INTEGRATED POWER MODULE C8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1061
LEFT B-PILLAR SWITCH (POWER SLIDING DOOR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1062
LEFT CINCH/RELEASE MOTOR (POWER SLIDING DOOR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1062
LEFT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1062
LEFT DOOR SPEAKER (LOWLINE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1062
LEFT DOOR SPEAKER (MIDLINE/HIGHLINE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1063
LEFT FOG LAMP (EXCEPT EXPORT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1063
LEFT FOG LAMP (EXPORT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1063
LEFT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH (BASE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1063
LEFT FRONT DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH (EXCEPT BASE) . . . . . . . . . .1064
LEFT FRONT PARK/TURN SIGNAL LAMP (EXCEPT EXPORT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1064
LEFT FULL OPEN SWITCH (POWER SLIDING DOOR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1064
LEFT HEADLAMP (EXCEPT EXPORT). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1064
LEFT HIGH BEAM LAMP (EXPORT). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1065
LEFT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1065
LEFT POWER MIRROR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1065
LEFT REAR PILLAR SPEAKER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1065
LEFT REAR SPEAKER (LOWLINE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1066
LEFT REAR SPEAKER (MIDLINE/HIGHLINE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1066
LEFT REMOTE RADIO SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1066
LEFT SEAT AIRBAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1066
LEFT SIDE IMPACT AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1067
LEFT SLIDING DOOR CONTROL MODULE C1 (POWER SLIDING DOOR) . . . . . .1067
LEFT SLIDING DOOR CONTROL MODULE C2 (POWER SLIDING DOOR) . . . . . .1067
LEFT SLIDING DOOR LATCH SENSING SWITCH (POWER SLIDING DOOR) . . .1068
LEFT SLIDING DOOR LOCK MOTOR (POWER SLIDING DOOR). . . . . . . . . . . . . .1068
LEFT SLIDING DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH (MANUAL SLIDING
DOOR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1068
LEFT SLIDING DOOR MOTOR (POWER SLIDING DOOR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1068
LICENSE LAMP (POWER LIFTGATE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1069
LICENSE LAMP (POWER RELEASE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1069
LIFTGATE AJAR SWITCH (MANUAL RELEASE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1069
LIFTGATE AJAR SWITCH (POWER RELEASE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1069
LIFTGATE CINCH/RELEASE MOTOR (POWER LIFTGATE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1070
LIFTGATE CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH (EXPORT). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1070
LIFTGATE LEFT PINCH SENSOR (POWER LIFTGATE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1070
LIFTGATE RIGHT PINCH SENSOR (POWER LIFTGATE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1070
xx
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued
LOW NOTE HORN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1071
MEMORY SEAT/MIRROR MODULE C1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1071
MEMORY SEAT/MIRROR MODULE C2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1071
MEMORY SEAT/MIRROR MODULE C3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1072
MEMORY SEAT/MIRROR MODULE C4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1072
MEMORY SET SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1072
MESSAGE CENTER (HIGHLINE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1073
MODE DOOR ACTUATOR (ATC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1073
MODE DOOR ACTUATOR (MTC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1073
OVERHEAD CONSOLE (EXCEPT BASE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1074
PASSENGER AIRBAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1074
PASSENGER BLEND DOOR ACTUATOR (ATC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1074
PASSENGER BLEND DOOR ACTUATOR (MTC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1074
PASSENGER DOOR LOCK SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1075
PASSENGER FOLDING MIRROR RELAY (EXPORT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1075
PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1075
PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1075
POWER LIFTGATE MODULE C1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1076
POWER LIFTGATE MODULE C2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1076
POWER LIFTGATE MOTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1076
POWER SEAT CIRCUIT BREAKER (30A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1077
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C1 (NGC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1077
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C2 (SBEC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1078
RADIO C1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1079
RADIO C2 (CD CHANGER) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1079
REAR A/C-HEATER UNIT (3 ZONE MTC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1079
REAR AUTO TEMP CONTROL SWITCH (3 ZONE ATC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1080
REAR BLOWER FRONT CONTROL SWITCH (3 ZONE MTC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1080
REAR BLOWER MOTOR POWER MODULE C1 (3 ZONE ATC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1080
REAR BLOWER MOTOR POWER MODULE C2 (3 ZONE ATC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1080
REAR BLOWER REAR CONTROL SWITCH C1 (3 ZONE MTC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1081
REAR BLOWER REAR CONTROL SWITCH C2 (3 ZONE MTC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1081
REAR INTRUSION SENSOR (UNITED KINGDOM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1081
REAR MODE MOTOR (3 ZONE ATC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1081
REAR TEMPERATURE MOTOR (3 ZONE ATC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1082
REAR WASHER PUMP MOTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1082
REAR WIPER MOTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1082
RECIRCULATION DOOR ACTUATOR (ATC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1082
RECIRCULATION DOOR ACTUATOR (MTC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1083
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1083
RIGHT B-PILLAR SWITCH (POWER SLIDING DOOR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1083
RIGHT CINCH/RELEASE MOTOR (POWER SLIDING DOOR). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1083
RIGHT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH (EXPORT). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1084
RIGHT DOOR SPEAKER (LOWLINE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1084
RIGHT DOOR SPEAKER (MIDLINE/HIGHLINE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1084
RIGHT FOG LAMP (EXCEPT EXPORT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1084
RIGHT FOG LAMP (EXPORT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1085
RIGHT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH (BASE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1085
RIGHT FRONT DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH (EXCEPT BASE). . . . . . . . .1085
RIGHT FULL OPEN SWITCH (POWER SLIDING DOOR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1085
RIGHT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1086
RIGHT POWER MIRROR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1086
RIGHT REAR PILLAR SPEAKER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1086
xxi
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued
RIGHT REAR SPEAKER (LOWLINE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1086
RIGHT REAR SPEAKER (MIDLINE/HIGHLINE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1087
RIGHT REMOTE RADIO SWITCH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1087
RIGHT SEAT AIRBAG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1087
RIGHT SIDE IMPACT AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1087
RIGHT SLIDING DOOR CONTROL MODULE C1 (POWER SLIDING DOOR) . . . .1088
RIGHT SLIDING DOOR CONTROL MODULE C2 (POWER SLIDING DOOR) . . . .1088
RIGHT SLIDING DOOR LATCH SENSING SWITCH (POWER SLIDING DOOR) . .1088
RIGHT SLIDING DOOR LOCK MOTOR (POWER SLIDING DOOR) . . . . . . . . . . . .1089
RIGHT SLIDING DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH (MANUAL SLIDING
DOOR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1089
RIGHT SLIDING DOOR MOTOR (POWER SLIDING DOOR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1089
SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1089
SIREN (UNITED KINGDOM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1089
THATCHAM ALARM MODULE (UNITED KINGDOM). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1090
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (3.3L/3.8L). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1091
WASHER FLUID LEVEL SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1092
xxii
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued
10.10.3 DUAL-ZONE & THREE-ZONE (FRONT) MANUAL
TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM, LHD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1115
10.10.4 DUAL-ZONE (FRONT) MANUAL TEMPERATURE CONTROL
SYSTEM, RHD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1116
10.10.5 THREE ZONE REAR MANUAL TEMPERATURE CONTROL
SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1117
10.10.6 FRONT BLOWER MOTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1118
10.10.7 REAR BLOWER MOTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1119
10.10.8 DIESEL CABIN HEATER ASSIT (DCHA). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1120
10.11 MEMORY SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1121
10.12 OVERHEAD CONSOLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1122
10.13 POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1123
10.14 POWER FOLDING MIRROR LHD (EXPORT ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1124
10.15 POWER FOLDING MIRROR RHD (EXPORT ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1125
10.16 POWER LIFTGATE SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1126
10.17 POWER SLIDING DOOR SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1127
10.17.1 LEFT POWER SLIDING DOOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1127
10.17.2 RIGHT POWER SLIDING DOOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1128
10.18 POWER SLIDING DOOR AND LIFTGATE SWITCHES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1129
10.19 REAR DEFOG/HEATED MIRROR/FRONT WIPER DE-ICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1130
10.20 VEHICLE THEFT SECURITY SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1131
10.20.1 THATCHAM ALARM SYSTEM (EXPORT ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1132
10.21 WIPERS - FRONT AND REAR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1133
xxiii
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
NOTES
xxiv
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
GENERAL INFORMATION
1.0 INTRODUCTION 1.2 SIX-STEP TROUBLESHOOTING
PROCEDURE
The procedures contained in this manual include
all the specifications, instructions and graphics Diagnosis of the body system is done in six basic
needed to diagnose 2003 body system problems. The steps:
diagnostics in this manual are based on the failure
• verification of complaint
condition or symptom being present at the time of
diagnosis. • verification of any related symptoms
Please follow the recommendations below when • symptom analysis
choosing your diagnostic path. • problem isolation
1. First make sure the DRBIIIt is communicating • repair of isolated problem
with the appropriate modules; i.e., if the
• verification of proper operation
DRBIIIt displays a “No Response” or a “Bus 6
Signals Open” condition, you must diagnose that
first. 2.0 IDENTIFICATION OF
2. Read DTC’s (diagnostic trouble codes) with the SYSTEM
DRBIIIt.
3. If no DTC’s are present, identify the customer The vehicle systems that are part of the “body”
complaint. system are:
4. Once the DTC or customer complaint is identi- • Airbag
fied, locate the matching test in the Table of • Audio
Contents and begin to diagnose the symptom. • Automatic Temperature Control
All component location views are in Section 8.0. All
• Cabin Heater
connector pinouts are in Section 9.0. All schematics
are in Section 10.0. All Charts and Graphs are in • Chime
Section 11.0. • Communication
An * placed before the symptom description indi- • Door Ajar System
cated a customer complaint.
• Electrically heated system
When repairs are required, refer to the appropri-
ate service information for the proper removal and • Exterior lighting
repair procedure. • Instrument Cluster
Diagnostic procedures change every year. New • Interior Lighting
diagnostic systems may be added: carryover sys-
• Manual Temperature Control
tems may be enhanced. READ THIS MANUAL
BEFORE TRYING TO DIAGNOSE A VEHICLE • Memory Seat
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE. It is recom- • Overhead Console
mended that you review the entire manual to be- • Power Door Lock/RKE
come familiar with all the new and changed diag-
• Power Folding Mirrors
nostic procedures.
This book reflects many suggested changes from • Power Sliding Doors
readers of past issues. After using this book, if you • Power Liftgate
have any comments or suggestions, please fill out the • Power windows
form in the back of this book and mail it back to us.
• Tire Pressure Monitor
1.1 SYSTEM COVERAGE • Vehicle Theft Security System (VTSS)
• Windshield Wiper and Washer
This diagnostic procedures manual covers all
2003 Chrysler Town and Country, Chrysler Voyager
and Caravan vehicles. This diagnostic procedures 3.0 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND
manual also covers both left hand drive (LHD) and FUNCTIONAL OPERATION
right hand drive (RHD) vehicles. There may be
some slight differences in the location views of The body system on the 2003 RS and RG consists of
components. If the location views shown are on a a combination of modules that communicate over the
LHD vehicle, a RHD vehicle will be symmetrically PCI bus (Programmable Communication Interface
opposite. multiplex system). Through the PCI bus, information
about the operation of vehicle components and circuits
is relayed quickly to the appropriate modules. All
1
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
GENERAL INFORMATION
modules receive all the information transmitted on the The ACM has an internal accelerometer that
bus even though a module may not require all infor- senses the rate of vehicle deceleration, which pro-
mation to perform its function. It will only respond to vides verification of the direction and severity of an
messages “addressed” to it through binary coding impact. A pre-programmed decision algorithm in
process. This method of data transmission signifi- the ACM microprocessor determines when the de-
cantly reduces the complexity of the wiring in the celeration rate is severe enough to require airbag
vehicle and the size of wiring harnesses. All of the system protection. The ACM also uses the driver
information about the functioning of all the systems is and front passenger seat belt switch status (buckled
organized, controlled, and communicated by the PCI or unbuckled) to determine whether or not the seat
bus, which is described in the Communication Section belt tensioners should deploy. The ACM also uses
of this general information. the crash severity to determine the level of driver
and front passenger deployment, low medium or
3.1 AIRBAG SYSTEM high. When the programmed conditions are met,
the ACM sends an electrical signal to deploy the
The 2003 Minivan Airbag System contain the appropriate airbag system components.
following components: Occupant Restraint Control-
ler (ORC), Airbag Warning Indicator, Clockspring, WARNING: THE AIRBAG SYSTEM IS A
Driver and Passenger Airbags, Seat belt Tensioners SENSITIVE, COMPLEX ELECTRO-
(SBT), Hall-effect Seat Belt Switches (SBS), Left MECHANICAL UNIT. BEFORE ATTEMPTING
and Right Side Airbag Control Module (SIACM), TO DIAGNOSE OR SERVICE ANY AIRBAG
and Seat (mounted side) Airbags. SYSTEM OR RELATED STEERING WHEEL,
The Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) is a STEERING COLUMN, OR INSTRUMENT
new type of Airbag Control Module (ACM) that PANEL COMPONENTS YOU MUST FIRST
supports staged airbag deployment. Staged deploy-
DISCONNECT AND ISOLATE THE BATTERY
ment is the ability to trigger airbag system squib
inflators all at once or individually as needed to
NEGATIVE (GROUND) CABLE. WAIT TWO
provide the appropriate restraint for the severity of MINUTES FOR THE SYSTEM CAPACITOR TO
the impact. The ACM has four major functions: PCI DISCHARGE BEFORE FURTHER SYSTEM
Bus communications, onboard diagnostics, impact SERVICE. THIS IS THE ONLY SURE WAY TO
sensing, and component deployment. The ACM also DISABLE THE AIRBAG SYSTEM. FAILURE
contains an energy-storage capacitor. This capaci- TO DO THIS COULD RESULT IS ACCIDENTAL
tor stores enough electrical energy to deploy the AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT AND POSSIBLE
front airbag components for two seconds following a PERSONAL INJURY. NEVER STRIKE OR
battery disconnect or failure during an impact. The KICK THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE, AS
ORC is secured to the floor panel transmission IT CAN DAMAGE THE IMPACT SENSOR OR
tunnel below the instrument panel inside the vehi- AFFECT ITS CALIBRATION. IF AN AIRBAG
cle. The ACM cannot be repaired or adjusted and
CONTROL MODULE IS ACCIDENTALLY
must be replaced.
The ACM sends and/or receives PCI Bus mes-
DROPPED DURING SERVICE, THE MODULE
sages with the Instrument Cluster (MIC), Body MUST BE SCRAPPED AND REPLACED WITH
Control Module (BCM), and Powertrain Control A NEW UNIT.
Module (PCM). Diagnostic trouble codes will be set The airbag warning lamp is the only point at
if the communication with these modules is lost or which the customer can observe symptoms of a
contains invalid information. system malfunction. Whenever the ignition key is
The microprocessor in the ACM monitors the turned to the run or start position, the MIC per-
impact sensor signal and the airbag system electri- forms a lamp check by turning the airbag warning
cal circuits to determine the system readiness. The indicator on for 6-8 seconds. After the lamp check, if
ACM also monitors bus messages from both SI- the indicator turns on, it means that the ACM has
ACM. If the ACM detects a monitored system fault checked the system and found it to be free of
or SIACM fault, it sends a message to the instru- discernible malfunctions. If the lamp remains on,
ment cluster via PCI bus to turn on the airbag there could be an active fault in the system or the
warning indicator. The ACM can set both active and MIC lamp circuit may be internally shorted to
stored diagnostic trouble codes to aid in the diag- ground. If the lamp comes on and stays on for a
nosing system problems. See DIAGNOSTIC TROU- period longer than 6-8 seconds then goes off, there
BLE CODES in this section. is usually an intermittent problem in the system.
2
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
GENERAL INFORMATION
3.1.1 DRIVER AIRBAG WARNING: THE DRIVER AIRBAG MODULE
The airbag protective trim cover is the most CONTAINS ARGON GAS PRESSURIZED TO
visible part of the driver side airbag system. The OVER 17236.89 Kpa (2500 PSI). DO NOT
protective trim cover is fitted to the front of the ATTEMPT TO DISMANTLE AN AIRBAG
airbag module and forms a decorative cover in the MODULE OR TAMPER WITH ITS INFLATOR.
center of the steering wheel. The module is DO NOT PUNCTURE, INCINERATE, OR
mounted directly to the steering wheel. Located BRING INTO CONTACT WITH ELECTRICITY.
under the trim cover are the horn switch, the airbag DO NOT STORE AT TEMPERATURE
cushion, and the airbag cushion supporting compo- EXCEEDING 93°C (200°F). REPLACE AIRBAG
nents. The airbag module includes a housing to SYSTEM COMPONENTS ONLY BUT
which the cushion and hybrid inflator are attached INTERNAL DIFFERENCES MAY RESULT IN
and sealed. The Minivan is equipped with driver
INFERIOR OCCUPANT PROTECTION. THE
airbag with dual stage inflators that include a small
canister of highly compressed argon gas. The ACM
FASTENERS, SCREWS, AND BOLTS
uses vehicle crash severity, seat belt switch status ORIGINALLY USED FOR THE AIRBAG
(buckled or unbuckled) as inputs to determine the SYSTEM COMPONENTS HAVE SPECIAL
level of airbag deployment. When supplied with the COATINGS AND ARE SPECIFICALLY
proper electrical signal, the hybrid inflator or infla- DESIGNED FOR THE AIRBAG SYSTEM. THEY
tors discharge the compressed gas it contains di- MUST NEVER BE REPLACED WITH ANY
rectly into the cushion. The airbag cannot be re- SUBSTITUTES. ANY TIME A NEW FASTENER
paired, and must be replaced if deployed or in any IS NEEDED, REPLACE IT WITH THE
way damaged. CORRECT FASTENERS PROVIDED IN THE
SERVICE PACKAGE OR SPECIFIED IN THE
MOPAR PARTS CATALOG.
3.1.2 CLOCKSPRING
The clockspring is mounted on the steering col-
umn behind the steering wheel. This assembly
consist of a plastic housing which contains a flat,
ribbon-like, electrically conductive tape that winds
and unwinds with the steering wheel rotation. The
clockspring is used to maintain a continuous elec-
trical circuit between the instrument panel wiring
and the driver airbag, the horn, and the vehicle
speed control switches if equipped. The clockspring
must be properly centered when it is reinstalled on
the steering column following any service proce-
dure, or it could be damaged. The clockspring can-
not be repaired and it must be replaced.
3
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
GENERAL INFORMATION
CAUTION: Deployed Front Air Bags may or may not have live pyrotechnic material within the
air bag inflator. Do not dispose of 2003 Model Year Driver and Passenger Airbags unless you
are sure of complete deployment. Please refer to the Hazardous Substance Control System for
Proper Disposal. Dispose of deployed air bags in a manner consistent with state, provincial,
local, and federal regulations. Use the following table to identify the status of the Airbag Squib.
AIRBAG SQUIB STATUS
(1) Using a DRBIIIt read Airbag DTC’s If the following active codes are present:
If neither of the following codes is an active code: WARNING: THE PASSENGER AIRBAG
ACTIVE DTC SQUIB STATUS MODULE CONTAINS ARGON GAS
PRESSURIZED TO 17236.89 Kpa (2500 PSI).
Driver squib 1 open Status of Airbag is
DO NOT ATTEMPT TO DISMANTLE AN
Unknown
Driver Squib 2 open AIRBAG MODULE OR TAMPER WITH ITS
INFLATOR. DO NOT PUNCTURE,
3.1.3 PASSENGER AIRBAG INCINERATE, OR BRING INTO CONTACT
The airbag insignia in the instrument panel top WITH ELECTRICITY. DO NOT STORE AT
cover above the glove box is the most visible part of TEMPERATURE EXCEEDING 93°C (200°F).
the passenger side airbag system. The airbag door REPLACE AIRBAG SYSTEM COMPONENTS
has a living hinge at the top, which is secured to the ONLY WITH PARTS SPECIFIED IN THE
instrument panel top cover. Located under the MOPAR PARTS CATALOG. SUBSTITUTE
airbag door is the airbag cushion and its supporting PARTS MAY APPEAR INTERCHANGEABLE,
components. The airbag module includes a housing
BUT INTERNAL DIFFERENCES MAY RESULT
to which the cushion and hybrid inflators are at-
IN INFERIOR OCCUPANT PROTECTION. THE
tached and sealed. The 2003 Minivan is equipped
with front passenger airbag with dual stage infla- FASTENERS, SCREWS, AND BOLTS
tors that include a small canister of highly com- ORIGINALLY USED FOR THE AIRBAG
pressed argon gas. The ACM uses vehicle crash SYSTEM COMPONENTS HAVE SPECIAL
severity, front passenger seat belt switch status COATINGS AND ARE SPECIFICALLY
(buckled or unbuckled) inputs to determine the DESIGNED FOR THE AIRBAG SYSTEM. THEY
level of airbag deployment. When supplied with the MUST NEVER BE REPLACED WITH ANY
proper electrical signal, the hybrid inflator or infla- SUBSTITUTES. ANY TIME A NEW FASTENER
tors discharge the compressed gas it contains di- IS NEEDED, REPLACE IT WITH THE
rectly into the cushion. The airbag cannot be re- CORRECT FASTENERS PROVIDED IN THE
paired, and must be replaced if deployed or in any SERVICE PACKAGE OR SPECIFIED IN THE
way damaged.
MOPAR PARTS CATALOG.
4
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
GENERAL INFORMATION
CAUTION: Deployed Front Air Bags may or may not have live pyrotechnic material within the
air bag inflator. Do not dispose of 2003 Mopar Year Driver and Passenger Airbags unless you
are sure of complete deployment. Please refer to the Hazardous Substance Control System for
Proper Disposal. Dispose of deployed air bags in a manner consistent with state, provincial,
local, and federal regulations. Use the following table to identify the status of the Airbag Squib.
AIRBAG SQUIB STATUS
(1) Using a DRBIIIt read Airbag DTC’s If the following active codes are present:
If neither of the following codes is an active code: or unbuckled, via hardwired inputs to the ACM. If
ACTIVE DTC SQUIB STATUS the seat belt switches are damaged or defective the
seat belt tensioner must be replaced. The ACM
Passenger squib 1 open Status of Airbag is continuously monitors the seat belt switch circuits
Unknown for an open or shorted conditions.
Passenger squib 2 open
3.1.4 SEAT BELT TENSIONER (SBT) 3.1.6 SIDE IMPACT AIRBAG CONTROL
The driver and passenger seat belt (buckle) ten- MODULE (SIACM)
sioners are mounted to the inboard side of the front Supplemental driver and front passenger seat
seats. The seat belt buckle and seat belt switch are airbags provide side impact protection for the front
connected directly to the seat belt tensioner cable. seat occupants. Each side airbag has it own side
At the onset of an impact event the ACM uses the impact airbag control module (SIACM) to provide
seat belt tensioner to rapidly retract the seat belt independent impact sensing and deployment. SI-
buckles. With the slack removed, the occupant’s ACM are located on the left and right B post just
forward motion in an impact will be reduced as will above the seat belt retractor. Both the left and right
the likelihood of contacting interior components. side impact airbag control modules (SIACM) use
The seat belt tensioner cannot be removed, the the same part number. However, for proper PCI bus
occupant’s forward motion in an impact will be operation each SIACM must have a unique module
reduced as will the likelihood of contacting re- identification. To provide the unique module iden-
paired, if damaged or defective it must be replaced. tification for both, left and right, the SIACM soft-
The ACM continuously monitors the resistance of ware looks for a ground on cavity 5 of the SIACM
the seat belt tensioner circuits an open or shorted connector. If cavity 5 is grounded the SIACM com-
conditions. municates as a left SIACM otherwise it communi-
cates as a right SIACM. The SIACM performs self
3.1.5 SEAT BELT SWITCHES (SBS) diagnostics and circuit tests to determine if the
The hall-effect driver and front passenger seat system is functioning properly. If the test finds a
belt switches provide the seat belt status, buckled problem the SIACM will set both active and stored
diagnostic trouble codes. If a DTC is active the
5
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
GENERAL INFORMATION
SIACM will request that the airbag warning lamp module contains a bag, an inflator (a small canister
be turned on. The results of the system test are of highly compressed argon gas) and a mounting
transmitted on the PCI Bus to the ACM once each bracket. The seat airbags cannot be repaired and
second or on change in lamp state. If the warning must be replaced if deployed or in any way dam-
lamp status message from the either SIACM con- aged. When supplied with the proper electrical
tains a lamp on request, the ACM will set an active signal the inflator seals the hole in the airbag
DTC. At the same time as the DTC is set the ACM cushion so it can discharge the compressed gas it
sends a PCI Bus message to the mechanical instru- contains directly into the cushion. Upon deploy-
ment cluster (MIC) requesting the airbag warning ment, the seat back trim cover will tear open and
lamp be turned on. Observe all ACM warning and allow the seat airbag to fully deploy between the
caution statements when servicing or handling the seat and the door.
SIACM. SIACM are not repairable and must be
replaced if they are dropped. WARNING: SEAT AIRBAG CONTAINS ARGON
GAS PRESSURIZED TO OVER 17236.89 Kpa
WARNING: THE AIRBAG SYSTEM IS A (2500 PSI). DO NOT ATTEMPT TO
SENSITIVE, COMPLEX ELECTRO- DISMANTLE AN AIRBAG MODULE OR
MECHANICAL UNIT. BEFORE ATTEMPTING TAMPER WITH ITS INFLATOR. DO NOT
TO DIAGNOSE OR SERVICE ANY AIRBAG PUNCTURE, INCINERATE, OR BRING INTO
SYSTEM OR RELATED STEERING WHEEL, CONTACT WITH ELECTRICITY. DO NOT
STEERING COLUMN, OR INSTRUMENT STORE AT TEMPERATURE EXCEEDING 93°C
PANEL COMPONENTS YOU MUST FIRST (200°F). REPLACE AIRBAG SYSTEM
DISCONNECT AND ISOLATE THE BATTERY COMPONENTS ONLY WITH PARTS
NEGATIVE (GROUND) CABLE. WAIT TWO SPECIFIED IN THE CHRYSLER MOPAR
MINUTES FOR THE SYSTEM CAPACITOR TO PARTS CATALOG. SUBSTITUTE PARTS MAY
DISCHARGE BEFORE FURTHER SYSTEM APPEAR INTERCHANGEABLE, BUT
SERVICE. THIS IS THE ONLY SURE WAY TO INTERNAL DIFFERENCES MAY RESULT IN
DISABLE THE AIRBAG SYSTEM. FAILURE INFERIOR OCCUPANT PROTECTION. THE
TO DO THIS COULD RESULT IN ACCIDENTAL FASTENERS, SCREWS, AND BOLTS
AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT AND POSSIBLE ORIGINALLY USED FOR THE AIRBAG
PERSONAL INJURY. NEVER STRIKE OR SYSTEM COMPONENTS HAVE SPECIAL
KICK THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE, AS COATINGS AND ARE SPECIFICALLY
IT CAN DAMAGE THE IMPACT SENSOR OR DESIGNED FOR THE AIRBAG SYSTEM. THEY
AFFECT ITS CALIBRATION. IF AN AIRBAG MUST NEVER BE REPLACED WITH ANY
CONTROL MODULE IS ACCIDENTALLY SUBSTITUTES. ANY TIME A NEW FASTENER
DROPPED DURING SERVICE, THE MODULE IS NEEDED, REPLACE IT WITH THE
MUST BE SCRAPPED AND REPLACED WITH CORRECT FASTENERS PROVIDED IN THE
A NEW UNIT. SERVICE PACKAGE OR SPECIFIED IN THE
The airbag warning lamp is the only point at MOPAR PARTS CATALOG.
which the customer can observe symptoms of a
system malfunction. Whenever the ignition key is 3.1.8 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES
turned to the run or start position, the MIC per- Airbag diagnostic trouble codes consist of active
forms a lamp check by turning the airbag warning and stored codes. If more than one code exists,
indicator on for 6-8 seconds. After the lamp check, if diagnostic priority should be given to the active
the indicator turns on, it means that the ACM has codes. Each diagnostic trouble code is diagnosed by
checked the system and found it to be free of following a specific testing procedure. The diagnos-
discernible malfunctions. If the lamp remains on, tic test procedures contain step-by-step instructions
there could be an active fault in the system or the for determining the cause of the trouble codes. It is
MIC lamp circuit may be internally shorted to not necessary to perform all of the tests in this book
ground. If the lamp comes on and stays on for a to diagnose an individual code. Always begin by
period longer than 6-8 seconds then goes off, there reading the diagnostic trouble codes using the
is usually an intermittent problem in the system. DRBIIIt. Always begin diagnostic with the Table of
Contents section 7.0. This will direct you to the
3.1.7 SEAT AIRBAGS (SAB) specific test(s) that must be performed. Active diag-
The left and right seat airbags are located in the nostic trouble codes for the airbag system are not
outboard end of the front seat backs. The airbag permanent and will change the moment the reason
6
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
GENERAL INFORMATION
for the code is corrected. In certain test procedures time. However, the code currently may not be
within this manual, diagnostic trouble codes are present as an active code, although another code
used as a diagnostic tool. could be active. When a trouble code occurs, the
airbag warning indicator illuminates for 12 seconds
3.1.9 SPECIAL TOOLS minimum (even if the problem existed for less than
Some airbag diagnostic test use special tools, 12 seconds). The code is stored, along with the time
8310 and 8443 airbag load tool, for testing squib in minutes it was active, and the number of times
circuits. The load tools contain fixed resistive loads, the ignition has been cycled since the problem was
jumpers and adapters. The fixed loads are con- last detected. The minimum time shown for any
nected to cables and mounted in a storage case. The code will be one minute, even if the code was
cables can be directly connected to some airbag actually present for less than one minute. Thus, the
system connectors. Jumpers are used to convert the time shown for a code will be one minute, even if the
load tool cable connectors to the other airbag sys- code was actually present for less than one minute.
tem connectors. The adapters are connected to the Thus, the time shown for a code that was present
module harness connector to open shorting clips for two minutes 13 seconds, for example, would be
and protect the connector terminal during testing. three minutes. If a malfunction is detected a diag-
When using the load tool follow all of the safety nostic trouble code is stored and will remain stored.
procedures in the service information for discon- When and if the malfunction ceases to exist, an
necting airbag system components. Inspect the wir- ignition cycle count will be initiated for that code. If
ing, connector and terminals for damage or mis- the ignition cycle count reaches 100 without a
alignment. Substitute the airbag load tool in place reoccurrence of the same malfunction, the diagnos-
of a Driver or Passenger Airbag, seat airbag, clock- tic trouble code is erased and that ignition cycle
spring, or seat belt tensioner (use a jumper if counter is reset to zero. If the malfunction reoccurs
needed). Then follow all of the safety procedures in before the count reaches 100, then the ignition cycle
the service information for connecting airbag sys- counter will be reset and diagnostic trouble code
tem components. Read the module active DTC’s. If will continue to be a stored code. If a malfunction is
the module reports NO ACTIVE DTC’s the defective not active while performing a diagnostic test proce-
component has been removed from the system and dure, the active code diagnostic test will not locate
should be replaced. If the DTC is still active, con- the source of the problem. In this case, the stored
tinue this process until all component in the circuit code can indicate an area to inspect. If no obvious
have been tested. Then disconnect the module con- problems are found, erase stored codes, and with
nector and connect the matching adapter to the the ignition on wiggle the wire harness and connec-
module connector. With all airbags disconnected tors, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop.
and the adapter installed the squib wiring can be Recheck for codes periodically as you work through
tested for open and shorted conditions. the system. This procedure may uncover a malfunc-
tion that is difficult to locate.
3.1.10 ACTIVE CODES
3.2 AUDIO SYSTEM
The code becomes active as soon as the malfunc-
tion is detected or key-on, whichever occurs first. An Some of the radios are on the PCI Bus system.
active trouble code indicates an on-going malfunc- The PCI Bus inputs into the radio are used for VF
tion. This means that the defect is currently there dimming, remote steering wheel controls and cabin
every time the airbag control module checks that EQ preference. PCI Bus outputs from the radio are
circuit or component. It is impossible to erase an used for the Name Brand Speaker (NBS) relay
active code. Active codes automatically erase by activation, as well as cabin EQ preference.
themselves when the reason for the code has been The RBB and RBK radios have the capability of
corrected. With the exception of the warning lamp containing multiple vehicle unique equalization
trouble codes or malfunctions, when a malfunction curves (cabin EQ preferences) within the radio.
is detected, the airbag lamp remains lit for a mini- These curves will reside in the radio’s flash memory.
mum of 12 seconds or as long as the malfunction is The radio is capable of storing up to 20 unique
present. equalization curves. The latent curves can be se-
lected via the Front Control Module transmitting a
3.1.11 STORED CODES PCI Bus message to the radio in response to a radio
Airbag codes are automatically stored in the request for equalization message. Upon receipt of a
ACM’s memory as soon as the malfunction is de- valid equalization select message response, the ra-
tected. The exception is the Loss of Ignition Run dio will switch to output the corresponding equal-
Only code which is an active code only. A stored code ization curve.
indicates there was an active code present at some
7
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
GENERAL INFORMATION
All the radios, except the RAS, are capable of The radio unit installed with your system pro-
displaying faults and allowing certain actuation vides control over all features of the CD Changer
tests through the use of the DRBIIIt. When at- with the exception of the CD load and eject func-
tempting to perform PCI Bus diagnostics, the first tions, which are controlled by buttons located on the
step is to identify the radio in use in the vehicle. front of the CD Changer. The radio also supplies the
When trouble shooting output shorts or “output” power, ground, PCI Bus, left and right speaker
error messages, the following applies: output through a single DIN cable. All features you
On radios without an external amplifier, the term would expect, such as Disc Up/Down, Track Up/
output refers to the path between the radio and the Down, Random and Scan are controlled by the
speaker. This type of circuit can be monitored all radio, which also displays all relevant CD Changer
the way through the speaker connections by the information on the radio display.
radio assembly. When the radio displays a shorted The CD Changer contains a Load/Eject button
output DTC with this type of system, the speaker, and an indicator light for each of the four disc
radio, or wiring could be at fault. positions. The individual light indicates whether a
On radios with an external amplifier, the term CD is currently loaded in that particular chamber of
“output” refers to the circuit between the radio the CD Changer. Pressing the individual Load/Eject
connector and the amplifier. The radio is capable of button for a particular chamber will eject a disc
monitoring only this portion and can tell nothing currently present in that chamber. If the chamber is
about the circuit between the amplifier and the currently empty, actuating the Load/Eject button
speakers. Consequently, a shorted output DTC on will position that chamber to receive and load a new
this type of system would only refer to this circuit. disc in that chamber.
A faulty speaker could not cause this DTC.
3.3 BODY CONTROL MODULE
3.2.1 REMOTE RADIO CONTROLS
These radios can be controlled via remote radio The body control module (BCM) supplies vehicle
switches (optional). These switches are located on occupants with visual and audible information and
the back side of the steering wheel. They control controls various vehicle functions. To provide and
mode, preset, seek up, seek down, volume up and receive information, the module is interfaced to the
volume down functions. vehicle’s serial bus communications network (PCI).
These functions are inputs to the Body Control This network consists of the powertrain control
module (PCM), the engine control module (ECM)
Module and can be read with the DRBIIIt under
“body computer”. The switches are a multiplexed diesel, the transmission control module (TCM), the
signal to the BCM. The radio control MUX circuit is mechanical instrument cluster (MIC), the front
control module (FCM), the airbag control module
a 5 volt line that is pulled to ground through
different value resistors built into the switches. (ACM), the compass/mini-trip (CMTC), the elec-
This causes a voltage drop to be seen by the BCM tronic vehicle information center (EVIC), the con-
troller antilock brake (CAB), the HVAC control
and it sends a specific message to the radio on the
PCI Bus circuit. The radio then responses to the module (ATC & MTC), the power sliding door (Left
message. & Right) modules (PSD), the power liftgate module
(PLG), the Audio system, the side impact airbag
This circuit is fairly simple to troubleshoot. The
control (left & right) modules (SIACM), the memory
circuit must be complete from the switches in the
steering wheel to the BCM. The ground must be seat/mirror module (MSMM), the RKE/thatcham
alarm module (export) and the sentry key immobi-
complete so that the switches can cause the voltage
drop for the BCM to see. The circuit passes through lizer module (SKIM). The BCM is operational when
battery power is supplied to the module.
the clockspring so continuity through this devise
The body control module provides the following
must be verified.
features:
3.2.2 CD CHANGER • Power Door Locks
8
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
GENERAL INFORMATION
• Chime Driver (BCM) between vehicles or off the shelf. The BCM
• Compass/Minitrip Support has internal diagnostic capability that assists in
diagnosing the system. When an “Open” or a
• Interior Lighting (Courtesy/Reading Lamps)
“Short” circuit exists, the diagnostic tool can be
• BCM Diagnostic Reporting used to read the BCM codes. The codes are very
• Electronic Liftgate Release (with Power Door descriptive in identifying the appropriate feature
Locks) that has faulted. The BCM also learns what fea-
• Exterior Lighting tures are on the vehicle and if modules are swapped
the BCM could set false DTCs based on what it
• Headlamp Time Delay (with/without Autohead-
learned.
lamps)
• Automatic Headlamps (with electrochromatic 3.4 CHIME WARNING SYSTEM
mirror)
• Illuminated Entry The BCM monitors the door/liftgate ajar
• Fade to Off switches, multifunction switches, headlight switch,
ignition switch, PCI bus, and the diagnostic tool to
This feature dims the interior lighting (courtesy perform various chime operations. The BCM uses a
lamps) gradually if the BCM does not receive any low-side driver to control the chime located in the
new inputs that would cause the interior lamps to cluster.
remain on. The chime system provides the Driver with warn-
• PWM Instrument Panel Dimming ing chimes for:
• Door Lock Inhibit • Seat belt
• Exterior lights on
This feature disables the door lock functions if the
key is in the ignition and either front door is ajar. • Key-in Ignition
Pressing the RKE lock/unlock button under these • Key-in Accessory
conditions, result in normal lock/unlock activation. • Engine temperature critical
• Power Sliding Door Switch Inputs
• Low washer fluid
The BCM has 4 switch inputs for the power • Turn signals on
sliding door feature: Located in the overhead con-
• Dome light on
sole are the Left and Right side sliding door
• Low oil pressure
switches to activate either or both sliding doors
under the proper conditions. Also there are B-Pillar • Any warning lamp announcement
switches located on the Left and Right B-pillar • High-speed warning Gulf Coast Countries (GCC)
posts. only
• Power Liftgate Switch Input
The output sound intensity of the chime is ap-
The BCM has 1 Liftgate switch input located in proximately 72 decibels.
the overhead console
• Power Lockout Switch Input 3.4.1 CHIME PRIORITY
The following list indicates the priority of the
The BCM has 1 Lockout switch that when en-
chime when more than one chime is active at the
abled will disable the B-Pillar sliding door switches
same time:
from activating either sliding door when depressed.
When replacing a body control module there are 2 • Seat belt warning
modules available, a Base and a Midline. The • High-speed warning Gulf Coast Countries (GCC)
Midline controller is used on vehicles that have only
Power Door Locks. If a vehicle is equipped with the • Turn signal on
Vehicle Theft Security System, the midline control-
• Chime request
ler becomes a premium when the theft feature is
enabled. • Warning lamp announcement
9
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
GENERAL INFORMATION
3.4.2 CHIME ON CONDITIONS Warning Lamp A chime will sound to alert the
Announcement: driver to scan the instrument
The following is a list of the chime warnings and
panel and overhead console to
when they will sound.
see which warning lamp is illu-
Driver’s Seat Sounds for approximately 662
minated. The door/liftgate ajar
belt Unbuckled: seconds when the igntion is turned
warning lamp will appear with-
on and driver’s seat belt is not
out a chime if the vehicle is run-
buckled, as a reminder to the
ning and a door or the liftgate is
driver to buckle the seat belt.
opened. A chime will sound if the
Exterior Lights Ignition is in the lock position, door or liftgate is still open and
On: the driver door is ajar, and the the vehicle speed is greater than
headlight switch is left in any 4mph/6kph.
position, other than auto or off.
High-speed The chime will sound, acting as a
The chime will sound as a warn-
warning Gulf warning to the driver that the
ing to the driver until one of the
Coast Countries vehicle speed has exceed
above conditions is removed or
(GCC) only 75mph62/120kph63.
until the battery protection time
of 3 minutes has expired. 3.4.3 WARNING LAMP ANNOUNCEMENT
Key-In Ignition: Ignition is in the lock position, Low Fuel Lamp: The cluster will request a single
driver door is ajar and the key is chime after the indicator is illu-
in the ignition. The chime will minated.
sound until one of the above con-
Volt Lamp: The cluster will request a single
ditions is removed or until the
chime after the indicator is illu-
battery protection time of 15 min-
minated.
utes has expired.
Oil Pressure The cluster will request a single
Turn Signal On: When the BCM detects a turn
Lamp: chime after illuminating the in-
signal input continuously for
dicator above 450rpm vehicle op-
1.0mile/0.6km and the vehicle
eration.
speed is greater than 15 mph/
24kph, the chime will sound until Liftgate Ajar The BCM determines when to
the specific turn signal is can- Lamp: chime for liftgate ajar.
celled. Fasten Seat Belt The MIC will request a single
Dome Lights On: Ignition is in the lock position, Lamp: chime from the BCM when the
driver door ajar, and the dome ignition is turned to the unlock/
light switch is left in the on run/start positions if the driver
position. The chime will sound seat belt is not buckled and 2
until one of the above conditions seconds after seatbelt warning
is removed or until the battery chime ends.
protection time of 15 minutes has Check Engine The cluster will request a single
expired. Lamp: chime after the indicator is illu-
Low Oil Pres- The chime will sound when the minated.
sure: engine is operating and the oil Low Washer The cluster will request a single
pressure drops below 4psi/27.5kPa. Fluid Lamp: chime after the indicator is illu-
Engine The chime will sound when the minated.
Temperature engine is operating and the cool- Engine Tempera- The cluster will request a single
Critical: ant temperature exceeds 252°F/ ture Lamp: chime when the indicator is first
122C or 234°/112C(diesel). The illuminated at 252°F/122C.
chime is continuous at 257°F/
125C and will chime for 4 min-
3.4.4 OTHER CHIME ON CONDITIONS
utes and stop if the temperature Programming of A single cluster chime will sound,
drops below 255°F/123C. an Additional which signals that the program
Low Washer The chime will sound when the Key Fob: mode has been initiated.
Fluid washer fluid drops below a spe- Programming for When the programming has been
cific level. Rolling Door completed, a single tone from the
Locks: chime system, will occur.
10
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
GENERAL INFORMATION
3.5 COMMUNICATION The PCI Bus failure modes are broken down into
two categories. Complete PCI Bus Communication
The Programmable Communication Interface or Failure and individual module no response. Causes
PCI Bus is a single wire multiplexed network capa- of a complete PCI Bus Communication Failure
ble of supporting binary encoded messages shared include a short to ground or battery on the PCI
between multiple modules. The PCI bus circuit is circuit. Individual module no response can be
identified as D25 and is white with a violet tracer. caused by an open PCI circuit at the module, or an
Additional tracer colors may be added to the violet open battery or ground circuit to the affected mod-
in order to distinguish between different module ule.
connections. The modules are wired in parallel. Symptoms of a complete PCI Bus Communication
Connections are made in the harness using splices. Failure would include but are not limited to:
The following modules are used on the RS/RG:
• All gauges on the MIC stay at zero
• Body Control Module
• All telltales on MIC illuminate
• Front Control Module
• MIC backlighting at full intensity
• Airbag Control Module
• Dashed lines in the overhead console ambient
• Left Side Impact Airbag Control Module temperature display
• Right Side Impact Airbag Control Module
• No response received from any module on the PCI
• Controller Antilock Brake bus (except the PCM/ECM)
• Powertrain Control Module (Gas) • No start (if equipped with Sentry Key Immobi-
• Engine Control Module (Diesel) lizer)
• Radio Symptoms of Individual module failure could
• CD Changer include any one or more of the above. The difference
• Transmission Control Module would be that at least one or more modules would
respond to the DRBIIIt.
• Automatic Temperature Control Module
Diagnosis starts with symptom identification. If a
• A/C Heater Control Module (MTC) complete PCI Bus Communication Failure is sus-
• Sentry Key Immobilizer Module pected, begin by identifying which modules the
• Memory Seat/Mirror Module vehicle is equipped with and then attempt to get a
response from the modules with the DRBIIIt. If any
• Overhead Console
modules are responding, the failure is not related to
• Mechanical Instrument Cluster the total bus, but can be caused by one or more
• Left Sliding Door Control Module modules PCI circuit or power supply and ground
• Right Sliding Door Control Module circuits. The DRBIIIt may display “BUS +/- SIG-
NAL OPEN” or “NO RESPONSE” to indicate a
• RKE/Thatcham Alarm Module (Export)
communication problem. These same messages will
• Power Liftgate Module be displayed if the vehicle is not equipped with that
Each module provides its own bias and termina- particular module. The CCD error message is a
tion in order to transmit and receive messages. The default message used by the DRBIIIt and in no way
bus voltage is at zero volts when no modules are indicates whether or not the PCI bus is operational.
transmitting and is pulled up to about seven and a The message is only an indication that a module is
half volts when modules are transmitting. either not responding or the vehicle is not equipped.
11
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
GENERAL INFORMATION
NOTE: For 2003 model year, some vehicles
will integrate the Transmission Control
Module and Powertrain Control Module into a
single control module. This new module is
the Next Generation Controller for
DaimlerChrysler and will be referred to as the
Powertrain Control Module (PCM). The
Transmission Control Module is part of the
Powertrain Control Module.
New Diagnostic procedures and New DTC
numbers are some of the changes you will
see which reflect the new combined module
technology. The PCM will have four color
coded connectors C1 through C4, (C1-BLK,
C2-GRAY, C3-WHITE, C4-GREEN), each PCM
connector will have 38 pins each. Two new
tools are used for probing and repairing the
New PCM connectors. A New tool to release
the pins from the PCM connectors Miller
#3638 is introduced, you must use the Miller
tool #3638 to release the connector pins or
harness and connector damage will occur.
Also a New tool for probing connectors Miller
#8815 is introduced, you must use the Miller
tool #8815 to probe the PCM pins or harness
and connector damage will occur. There is
also a new Verification test and module
replacment procedure for the PCM.
12
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
GENERAL INFORMATION
3.7 EXTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM 3.7.6 EXTERIOR LIGHTING BATTERY
SAVER
3.7.1 HEADLAMP POWER The BCM monitors the status of, and controls, the
Park Lamps, Headlamps and Fog Lamp relays. If
The Headlamp Switch is a direct input to the
any exterior lamps are left ON after the ignition is
BCM. The BCM sends a BUS message to the FCM
turned OFF, the BCM will turn them OFF after 3
informing it of a headlamp switch status change.
minutes.
The FCM then turns on power to the headlamps
through four “fuseless” circuits. These circuits are
electronically controlled and continuously moni- 3.7.7 AUTO HEADLAMPS
tored for malfunctions. Power is supplied to each This feature is available on vehicles equipped
filament in a separate circuit. For vehicles equipped with both the Electrocromatic Mirror (ECM) and
with daytime running Lamps (DRL), the FCM elec- the Compass/Mini-Trip Computer (CMTC). When
tronically steps down the headlamp voltage to pro- the BCM detects a day/night signal from the CMTC,
vide the desired illumination. an ECM is present and Auto Headlamp mode is
selected.
3.7.2 HEADLAMP SWITCH
The Headlamp Switch uses a multiplexed (MUX) 3.8 FRONT CONTROL MODULE
circuit to the Body Control Module (BCM). The
The Front Control Module (FCM) is an electrical
Headlamp Switch controls the Fog lamp relay, Park
control and interface center located in the engine
lamps and the Low and High headlamps. The BCM
compartment. When it is mated to the Power Dis-
then sends a signal through the PCI Bus line to the
tribution Center (PDC), it is referred to as the
FCM as to what state the switch has selected. The
Integrated Power Module (IPM). The IPM, with its
FCM energizes the high side output drivers to turn
fuses and relays provides power and signal distri-
ON the desired lamps.
bution throughout most of the vehicle. The FCM
receives both hard wire and digital electronic inputs
3.7.3 PARK LAMP RELAY from the vehicle electrical system through the PDC.
The Park Lamp Switch is a direct input to the Based on these inputs and the ignition switch
BCM. The BCM sends a BUS message to the FCM position, it provides direct power feeds and relay
informing it to turn on the park lamp relay. The control to some of the vehicles’ most critical electri-
park lamp relay is then powered through low side cal systems.
control of the FCM. This circuit is electronically The Front Control Module provides the following
controlled and continuously monitored for malfunc- features:
tions.
Controlled power feeds:
3.7.4 FOG LAMP RELAY • Front airbag system
The Fog Lamp switch is a direct input to the • Side airbag system
BCM. The BCM sends a BUS message to the FCM • Headlamp power
informing it to turn on the fog lamp relay. The fog • EATX module power (4 speed only)
lamp relay is then powered through low side control
• Front washer motor
of the FCM. This circuit is electronically controlled
and continuously monitored for malfunctions. Fog • Rear washer motor
lamp functionality is not equipped on all vehicles. • Cabin Heater
The FCM “learns” that the vehicle is equipped with • Brake shift interlock system
fog lamps by reading the BCM BUS message.
Relay controls:
3.7.5 FOG LAMPS • Fog lamp relay (when equipped)
The BCM controls the operation of the fog lamp • Park lamp relay
relay that turns the fog lamps ON and OFF. The • Front wiper on relay
Fog lamps can only be ON when the park and low
• Front wiper high/low relay
beams are ON. If the high beams are switched ON
then the Fog lamps will be automatically turned • Accessory relay
OFF. • Horn relay
• Front & rear blower relay
• Name brand speakers (NBS) relay
13
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
GENERAL INFORMATION
• Electronic back light (EBL) run only relay EATX power
The electronic automatic 4 speed transmission
Electrical inputs:
module is powered when the ignition switch is in
• Headlamp battery supplies 1 & 2 the UNLOCK, RUN or START positions. This cir-
• Module battery supply cuit is electronically controlled and continuously
• Power ground monitored for malfunctions. Power is supplied
through pin 27 of the FCM connector.
• Ignition switch RUN or START position status
• Ignition switch START only status Front washer motor
The front washer switch is a direct input to the
• PCI Bus
BCM. The BCM sends a PCI Bus message to the
• Stop lamp switch FCM informing it of a request to wash. The front
• Horn switch washer motor is then powered through low side
• Back-up switch control inside the FCM. This circuit is electronically
controlled and continuously monitored for malfunc-
• Wiper park switch
tions. In addition, the FCM electronically protects
• Washer fluid level switch the washer motor from system voltages higher than
• Brake fluid level switch 16 volts by automatically switching off the low side
• Ambient temperature sensor circuit. The low side circuit is connected to pin 45 in
the FCM connector.
• Right park lamp outage
• Left park lamp outage Rear washer motor
The rear washer switch is a direct input to the
• Battery IOD
BCM. The BCM sends a PCI Bus message to the
• Battery (+) connection detection FCM informing it of a request to wash. The rear
• Flash reprogramming voltage washer motor is then powered through low side
control inside the FCM. This circuit is electronically
3.8.1 CONTROLLED POWER FEEDS controlled and continuously monitored for malfunc-
Front airbag system tions. In addition, the FCM electronically protects
The FCM provides power to the Occupant Re- the washer motor from system voltages higher than
straint Control (ORC) system through two “fuse- 16 volts by automatically switching off the low side
less” circuits (ORC RUN/START, and ORC RUN circuit. The low side circuit is connected to pin 46 in
only). These circuits are electronically controlled the FCM connector.
and continuously monitored for malfunctions. Cabin Heater
Power is supplied while the ignition switch is in the When the ignition is in Run, the FCM monitors
RUN and START positions on pin 48 of the FCM the PCI bus for the Cabin Heater Activation re-
connector, and in the RUN only position on pin 29. quest. The Automatic or Manual Temperature Con-
Side airbag system trol initiates this request only when all conditions
The FCM provides power to the Side Impact for the Cabin Heater activation are favorable. The
Airbag Control Module (SIACM) system through request carries the status bit that the FCM requires
one “fuseless” circuit. This circuit is electronically to activate its Cabin Heater Assist Control output.
controlled and continuously monitored for malfunc- This output is a low side driver (coming from FCM
tions. Power is supplied in the ignition RUN and pin 15) which supplies a ground signal to the Cabin
START positions on pin 28 of the FCM connector. Heater (pin 5). When the Cabin Heater receives this
ground signal input, it interprets this as an activa-
Headlamp power tion signal. The FCM low side driver is also capable
The headlamp switch is a direct input to the of diagnostic sensing. The driver will sense an open
BCM. The BCM sends a PCI Bus message to the circuit when the driver is off, and will sense a short
FCM informing it of a headlamp switch status to voltage when the driver is on. The FCM will set
change. The FCM then turns on power to the DTCs for both of these types of faults. For addi-
headlamps through four “fuseless” circuits. These tional information, refer to Cabin Heater under
circuits are electronically controlled and continu- General Information and Diagnostic Procedures in
ously monitored for malfunctions. Power is supplied the manual.
to each filament in a separate circuit (RH low on pin
6, RH high on pin 4, LH low on pin 3 and LH high Brake shift interlock system
on pin 5). For vehicles equipped with Daytime The brake shift interlock solenoid receives power
Running Lamps (DRL), the FCM electronically from both high side and low side controls inside the
steps down the headlamp voltage to provide the FCM. The high side control is on the same circuit as
desired illumination. the EATX module power, and the low side control
14
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
GENERAL INFORMATION
comes through pin 47 of the FCM connector. The energized for 45 seconds then turn off. During this
solenoid is controlled by the low side driver when time-out period, if the driver or passenger doors are
the brake pedal is pressed. Both circuits are contin- opened, the relay will turn off immediately. While
uously monitored for malfunctions. the ignition switch is in the START position, the
relay will also drop-out, then resume operation.
3.8.2 RELAY CONTROLS Accessory relay operation is most noticeable by
Fog lamp relay observing the operation of the radio or blower
The fog lamp switch is a direct input to the BCM. functions.
The BCM sends a PCI Bus message to the FCM Horn relay
informing it to turn on the fog lamp relay. The fog The horn relay operates through a direct wire
lamp relay is then powered through low side control input to the FCM from the horn switch (FCM pin
on pin 33 of the FCM. This circuit is electronically 17) , or a PCI Bus message from the BCM. The relay
controlled and continuously monitored for malfunc- responds to the horn switch, remote door lock and
tions. Fog lamp functionality is not equipped on all VTA alarm functions. The horn relay is powered
vehicles. The FCM “learns” that the vehicle is through low side control on pin 10 of the FCM.
equipped with fog lamps by reading the BCM PCI Under normal operating conditions, if the horn is
Bus message. pressed for longer than 30 seconds, the FCM will
Park lamp relay automatically deactivate the horn to prevent dam-
The park lamp switch is a direct input to the age to it. The FCM will re-activate control of the
BCM. The BCM sends a PCI Bus message to the relay after a 25 second cool-down period. This
FCM informing it to turn on the park lamp relay. circuit is electronically controlled and continuously
The park lamp relay is then powered through low monitored for malfunctions.
side control on pin 13 of the FCM. This circuit is Front and rear blower relay
electronically controlled and continuously moni- The blower control switch is part of the Automatic
tored for malfunctions. Temperature Control (ATC) or A/C-Heater Control
Front wiper on relay Module, (Manual Temp). When the blower switch is
The front wiper switch is a direct input to the turned on, the ATC or A/C-Heater Control Module
BCM. The BCM sends a PCI Bus message to the sends a PCI Bus message to the FCM. The front and
FCM informing it to turn on the front wiper on rear blower relay is then powered through low side
relay. The front wiper on relay is then powered control on pin 30 of the FCM. The relay provides the
through low side control on pin 14 of the FCM. This high side to the blower motor, and the blower speed
circuit is electronically controlled and continuously is governed through low side control in the ATC or
monitored for malfunctions. A/C-Heater Control Module. This circuit is electron-
ically controlled and continuously monitored for
Front wiper high/low relay malfunctions.
The front wiper switch is a direct input to the
BCM. The BCM sends a PCI Bus message to the Name Brand Speakers (NBS) relay
FCM informing it to turn on the front wiper high/ The NBS relay operates through the vehicle bus
low relay. The relay switches power between the low interface between the radio and the FCM. When the
speed and high speed windings of the wiper motor. radio is turned on, the radio sends a PCI Bus
The front wiper high/low relay is powered through message to the FCM. The NBS relay is then pow-
low side control on pin 34 of the FCM. This circuit is ered on through low side control on pin 11 of the
electronically controlled and continuously moni- FCM. The relay supplies power to the amplified
tored for malfunctions. speaker, and ground is supplied through the radio.
This circuit is electronically controlled and contin-
Accessory relay uously monitored for malfunctions.
The accessory relay works in conjunction with the
FCM’s power accessory delay feature to control the Electronic Back Light (EBL) relay
operation of the radio, power windows, washer The rear defrost switch is part of the Automatic
motors, wiper motors and power outlet. The acces- Temperature Control or A/C-Heater Control Module
sory relay is turned on through low side control on (Manual Temp). When the ignition switch is in the
pin 35 of the FCM. This circuit is electronically RUN position and the rear defrost switch is turned
controlled and continuously monitored for malfunc- on, the ATC or A/C-Heater Control Module sends a
tions. Depending on the ignition switch position, PCI Bus message to the FCM. The EBL run only
the accessory relay will remain on or will time-out relay is then powered through low side control on
and turn off. The accessory relay remains on in the pin 31 of the FCM. The relay provides the high side
RUN and ACCY positions of the ignition switch. In to the rear window defrost grid, and ground is
the UNLK and OFF positions, the relay will remain attached to the vehicle body. The FCM will only
15
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
GENERAL INFORMATION
allow the rear defrost to operate in the RUN posi- Battery IOD — 12 volt input on pin 20. The FCM
tion. This circuit is electronically controlled and enters a low power consumption mode when the
continuously monitored for malfunctions. ignition is turned OFF. This low current draw
battery supply keeps the microprocessor function-
3.8.3 ELECTRICAL INPUTS ing in the low power mode.
Headlamp battery supplies 1 & 2 — 12 volt Battery (+) connection detection — 12 volt
input on pins 1 and 2. Battery supply voltage for input on pin 38. The battery connection on the PDC
switching headlamp circuits only. incorporates the use of an internal switch to deter-
Module battery supply — 12 volt input on pin 9. mine if the connector is properly mated and the
Battery supply voltage for all other FCM opera- Connector Positive Assurance (CPA) is engaged. If
tions. the CPA is not properly engaged, a voltage on pin 38
will be interpreted as an unseated connector and a
Power ground — Ground source on pin 8 for all fault will set.
FCM operations.
Flash programming voltage — 20 volt input on
Ignition switch RUN or START position status pin 42. When a DRBIIIt is connected and the
— 12 volt input on pin 37. Allows the FCM to proper flash reprogramming sequence is selected,
determine the ignition switch status for related the 20 volt signal will be applied through pin 42.
FCM operations.
Ignition switch START only status — 12 volt 3.9 HEATING & A/C SYSTEM
input on pin 19. Allows the FCM to discriminate
between RUN/START input and START for related
FCM operations. 3.9.1 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE
PCI Bus — Approximately 7.5 volt input on pin 22. CONTROL (ATC)
Allows the FCM to communicate with other mod-
ules on the vehicle bus. CAUTION: Automatic Temperature Control
(ATC) Modules with software versions 41 and
Stop lamp Switch status — 12 volt input on pin 0A used in 2001 and 2002 RS/RG vehicles are
44. Provides for brake shift interlock function.
NOT compatible with software versions 13
Horn Switch — Ground input on pin 17. Primary and 0F used in 2003 RS/RG vehicles. Do NOT
means for engaging the horn. install an ATC Module with software version
Back-up switch — Ground input on pin 39. Input 41 or 0A in a 2003 RS/RG vehicle or an ATC
is converted to a PCI Bus status message for use by Module with software version 13 or 0F in a
other modules. 2001 or 2002 RS/RG vehicle. Use the DRBIIIT
to verify which version software the ATC
Wiper park switch — Ground input on pin 16.
Used to determine park placement of wipers. Also
Module is using by selecting Body Systems,
used as feedback to FCM to determine correct Automatic Temperature Control, and then
operating mode of wipers. selecting Module Display.
Washer fluid level switch — Ground input to 3.9.1.1 SYSTEM AVAILABILITY
pull-up on pin 18. Ground is switched into the
circuit when washer bottle fluid level is low.
EXCEPT EXPORT
Brake fluid level switch — Ground input to • The ATC system is a Three-Zone Air Conditioning
pull-up on pin 36. Ground is switched into the System.
circuit when brake fluid level is low.
Ambient temperature sensor — Resistive input EXPORT
to pull-up on pin 25. Corresponding voltage level is • Two different types of systems are currently
converted to a PCI Bus message for use by other available for these vehicles.
modules on the bus. c Dual-Zone Air Conditioning System for all
Right park lamp outage — 12 volt input on pin vehicles with 2.4L and 2.5L engines and all
21. Used to determine if right park lamp circuit is SWB vehicles with 3.3L engines.
operating properly. c Three-Zone Air Conditioning System for all
LWB vehicles.
Left park lamp outage — 12 volt input on pin 41.
Used to determine if left park lamp circuit is
operating properly.
16
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
GENERAL INFORMATION
CABIN HEATER, EXPORT WITH DIESEL ENGINE speed, the duty cycle increases to where the
signal pattern is almost a flat line (with brief
• A Cabin Heater is used in conjunction with the
voltage spikes).
ATC system. The Cabin Heater is designed to
supply the vehicle’s occupants with heat prior to • controls the front and rear electronic door actua-
the engine reaching operating temperature. For tors’ operation.
additional information on this system, refer to c A simplified control system for operation of
Cabin Heater under General Information and the mode, recirculation, and temperature con-
Diagnostic Procedures in this manual. trol actuators provides positive positioning
without the complexity of feedback from posi-
3.9.1.2 SYSTEM CONTROLS tion sensors. The ATC Module knows the
The ATC Module: number of operating actuator revolutions re-
quired for full door travel as well as the
• is fully addressable with the DRBIIIt.
number of actuator commutator pulses per
• communicates over the Programmable Commu- revolution. Using these parameters, the ATC
nication Interface Multiplex System (PCI) Bus. Module runs the actuator for the number of
• provides an A/C request over the PCI Bus to the commutator pulses that correspond to the
Powertrain Control Module (PCM) when com- desired door position. To maintain accuracy,
pressor operation is desired. the system recalibrates itself periodically at
• for exports with diesel engines, provides a Cabin known zero and full travel conditions.
Heater activation request over the PCI Bus to the • activates and deactivates the Rear ATC Switch.
Front Control Module (FCM) when conditions are
favorable for Cabin Heater operation. The Rear ATC Switch (Three-Zone Only):
• uses input from the evaporator temperature sen- • provides desired rear blower speed input to the
sor to prevent evaporator freeze up while main- ATC Module.
taining optimum cooling performance. • provides desired rear blend and mode door posi-
• uses input from infrared (I/R) sensors, which tion input to the ATC Module.
measure surface temperature, to maintain occu-
pant comfort levels. The Dual-Zone ATC system uses:
c The I/R sensors are mounted in the instru- • two front, two-wire electronic blend door actua-
ment panel center bezel. tors.
• can be operated in a manual mode. • one front, two-wire electronic mode door actuator.
• provides a blower relay on request over the PCI • one, two-wire electronic recirculation door actua-
Bus to the Front Control Module (FCM) when tor.
blower operation is desired.
• controls front blower operating speed, providing The Three-Zone ATC system uses:
10 speeds in manual mode and infinite speeds in • two front, two-wire electronic blend door actua-
automatic mode. tors.
• controls rear blower operating speed, providing • one front, two-wire electronic mode door actuator.
10 speeds in manual mode and infinite speeds in • one, two-wire electronic recirculation door actua-
automatic mode. tor.
c The separate front and rear Blower Motor • one rear, two-wire electronic blend door actuator.
Controllers operate as follows: When blower
• one rear, two-wire electronic mode door actuator.
operation is desired, the Blower Motor Con-
troller provides a 10.0 volt signal to the ATC
System Relays
Module over a control circuit. The ATC Mod-
ule provides a variable duty cycle ground to • The Integrated Power Module (IPM) houses and
the 10.0 volt signal based on input from the provides power to the A/C Clutch Relay, Front
blower switch. When the blower switch is set Blower Motor Relay, and Rear Blower Motor
to LO speed, the ATC Module provides a short Relay.
duty cycle (less time grounding the signal
voltage). As higher blower speeds are re- 3.9.1.3 SYSTEM REVISIONS
quested, the ATC Module increases the duty Revisions to the 2003 ATC system include:
cycle (more time grounding the signal volt- • all new version 13 (Two-Zone) and 0F (Three-
age). When the blower switch reaches HI Zone) system software.
17
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
GENERAL INFORMATION
CAUTION: Automatic Temperature Control CAUTION: Do not activate the A/C Cooldown
(ATC) Modules with software versions 41 and Test with the engine off. Failure to follow
0A used in 2001 and 2002 RS/RG vehicles are these instructions may result in internal
NOT compatible with software versions 13 damage to the DCHA Heater Module.
and 0F used in 2003 RS/RG vehicles. Do NOT c The FCM monitors the PCI bus for the Cabin
install an ATC Module with software version Heater Activation request. The request car-
41 or 0A in a 2003 RS/RG vehicle or an ATC ries the status bit that the FCM requires to
Module with software version 13 or 0F in a activate its’ Cabin Heater Assist Control out-
2001 or 2002 RS/RG vehicle. Use the DRBIIIT put. This output is a low side driver (coming
to verify which version software the ATC from FCM pin 15) which supplies a ground
Module is using by selecting Body Systems, signal to the Cabin Heater (pin 5). When the
Automatic Temperature Control, and then Cabin Heater receives this ground signal in-
put, it interprets this as an activation signal.
selecting Module Display.
c The FCM low side driver is also capable of
• a Two-Zone HVAC system on select models.
diagnostic sensing. The driver will sense an
• a Cabin Heater used in conjunction with the ATC open circuit when the driver is off, and will
system. For additional information on this sys- sense a short to voltage when the driver is on.
tem, refer to The AC Cooldown Test, under 3.9.1.4 The FCM will set DTCs for both of these types
System Diagnostics in this General Information of faults. For additional information, refer to
section, and refer to Cabin Heater under General Cabin Heater under General Information and
Information and Diagnostic Procedures in this Diagnostic Procedures in the manual.
manual.
• will not run the air conditioning portion of this
• deletion of the rear IR sensor. test if ambient temperature is below 12°C (53°F).
c The forced Cabin Heater activation will occur
3.9.1.4 SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS even if the air conditioning portion of this test
Fault detection is through active and stored Diag- fails to initiate because AC Cooldown test
nostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) criteria was not met. When activated, the
• DTCs are displayed by the DRBIIIt. DCHA will operate for approximately seven
• Active DTCs are those which currently exist in minutes. Three minutes to run and four min-
the system. The condition causing the fault must utes to purge.
be repaired in order to clear this type of DTC. • will pass the air conditioning portion of this test
• Stored DTCs are those which occurred in the if the evaporator temperature drops 6.7°C (20°F)
system since the ATC Module received the last within two minutes of starting this test.
9clear diagnostic info9 message. • messages (air conditioning related only) display
on the DRBIIIt after running this test.
The AC Cooldown Test:
c These messages will clear after paging back
• is actuated with the DRBIIIt.
out of this test. Therefore, it is important to
• checks A/C system performance based on evapo- note all of the AC Cooldown test messages
rator temperature sensor input. before doing so.
• forces the ATC to initiate the Cabin Heater Acti- c All Cabin Heater-related DTCs display under
vation request when the vehicle is equipped with Cabin Heater, Read DTCs.
a Diesel Cabin Heater Assist. • will cause the DELAY and Snowflake VF seg-
WARNING: DO NOT OPERATE THE DCHA IN ments on the ATC to flash for 162 seconds (RG
with DCHA only). If the air conditioning portion
AN ENCLOSED AREA SUCH AS A GARAGE
of this test fails, the DELAY and Snowflake VF
THAT DOES NOT HAVE EXHAUST segments will continue to flash until the vehicle
VENTILATION FACILITIES. ALWAYS VENT is driven more than three miles.
THE DCHA’s EXHAUST WHEN OPERATING
THE DCHA. REFER TO VENTING THE
DCHA’s EXHAUST UNDER CABIN HEATER IN
THE GENERAL INFORMATION PORTION OF
THIS SECTION FOR PROPER EXHAUST
VENTING INSTRUCTIONS. FAILURE TO
FOLLOW THESE INSTRUCTIONS MAY
RESULT IN PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
18
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
GENERAL INFORMATION
3.9.2 MANUAL TEMPERATURE CONTROL Module (FCM) over the PCI Bus when conditions
are favorable for Cabin Heater operation.
(MTC)
• provides a blower relay on request to the Front
Control Module (FCM) over the PCI Bus when
CAUTION: Manual Temperature Control blower operation is desired.
(MTC) Modules with software versions 0614
• controls front blower operating speed. The five
and 0700 used in 2001 and 2002 RS/RG
speed settings are Low, M1, M2, M3, and High.
vehicles are NOT compatible with software
• controls EBL operation.
version 0802 used in 2003 RS/RG vehicles.
Do NOT install an MTC Module with software • on three-zone systems, activates and deactivates
version 0614 or 0700 in a 2003 RS/RG vehicle. the Rear A/C-Heater Control.
Use the DRBIIIT to verify which version • on three-zone systems, controls rear blower oper-
software the MTC Module is using by ating speed. The three speed settings are Low,
selecting Body Systems, HVAC, and then Med, and High.
selecting Module Display. • controls the front and the three-zone system rear
electronic door actuators’ operation.
3.9.2.1 SYSTEM AVAILABILITY c A simplified control system for operation of
the mode, recirculation, and temperature con-
EXCEPT EXPORT trol actuators provides positive positioning
without the complexity of feedback from posi-
• Three different types of systems are currently
tion sensors. The A/C - Heater Control Module
available for these vehicles.
knows the number of operating actuator rev-
c Single-Zone Air Conditioning System olutions required for full door travel as well as
c Dual-Zone Air Conditioning System the number of actuator commutator pulses
c Three-Zone Air Conditioning System per revolution. Using these parameters, the
A/C - Heater Control Module runs the actua-
EXPORT tor for the number of commutator pulses that
correspond to the desired door position. To
• Two different types of systems are currently
maintain accuracy, the system recalibrates
available for these vehicles.
itself periodically at known zero and full
c Single-Zone Air Conditioning System travel conditions.
c Dual-Zone Air Conditioning System
On Three-Zone systems, the Rear A/C-Heater Con-
trol:
CABIN HEATER, EXPORT WITH DIESEL ENGINE
• controls rear blower motor operating speed. The
• A Cabin Heater is used in conjunction with the
three blower speeds are Low, Med, and High.
HVAC system. The Cabin Heater is designed to
supply the vehicle’s occupants with heat prior to • provides desired rear blend and mode door posi-
the engine reaching operating temperature. For tion input to the A/C-Heater Control Module.
additional information on this system, refer to The Single-Zone HVAC system uses:
Cabin Heater under General Information and
• one, two-wire electronic blend door actuator.
Diagnostic Procedures in this manual.
• one, two-wire electronic mode door actuator.
3.9.2.2 SYSTEM CONTROLS • one, two-wire electronic recirculation door actua-
tor.
The A/C-Heater Control Module:
The Dual-Zone HVAC system uses:
• is fully addressable with the DRBIIIt.
• two, two-wire electronic blend door actuators.
• communicates over the Programmable Commu-
nication Interface Multiplex System (PCI) Bus. • one, two-wire electronic mode door actuator.
• one, two-wire electronic recirculation door actua-
• provides an A/C request to the Powertrain Con-
trol Module (PCM) over the PCI Bus when com- tor.
pressor operation is desired. The Three-Zone HVAC system uses:
• uses input from the evaporator temperature sen- • two front, two-wire electronic blend door actua-
sor to prevent evaporator freeze up while main- tors.
taining optimum cooling performance. • one front, two-wire electronic mode door actuator.
• for exports with diesel engines, provides a Cabin
Heater activation request to the Front Control
19
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
GENERAL INFORMATION
• one, two-wire electronic recirculation door actua- • will not run if ambient temperature is below
tor. 12.7°C (55°F).
• one rear, two-wire electronic blend door actuator. • will pass if the evaporator temperature drops
• one rear, two-wire electronic mode door actuator. 6.7°C (20°F) within two minutes of starting the
test.
System Relays
• faults display on the DRBIIIt as test messages
• The Integrated Power Module (IPM) houses and only after running the test.
provides power to the A/C Clutch Relay, Front
• faults will not display on the DRBIIIt as Diag-
Blower Motor Relay, and Rear Blower Motor
nostic Trouble Codes.
Relay.
• will cause the PWR and A/C status indicators on
3.9.2.3 SYSTEM REVISIONS the A/C - Heater Control Module to flash alter-
nately while the test is running.
Revisions to the 2003 MTC system include: • The A/C status indicator will flash twice per
• all new version 0802 software. second to indicate that the A/C Cooldown Test
needs to be run. The A/C status indicator will stop
CAUTION: Manual Temperature Control flashing twice per second if either the A/C
(MTC) Modules with software versions 0614 Cooldown Test returns passed, or if any button on
and 0700 used in 2001 and 2002 RS/RG the control is pressed, or if the ignition is cycled
vehicles are NOT compatible with software and the odometer shows greater than eight miles.
version 0802 used in 2003 RS/RG vehicles. The HVAC Door Recalibration function:
Do NOT install an MTC Module with software • is actuated with the DRBIIIt.
version 0614 or 0700 in a 2003 RS/RG vehicle.
c After completing HVAC Door Recalibration,
Use the DRBIIIT to verify which version
the DRBIIIt will the store the total span and
software the MTC Module is using by the status of each door actuator. Selecting
selecting Body Systems, HVAC, and then HVAC Door Cal Monitor in the System Tests
selecting Module Display. will display this information.
• an all-new System Test called the Actuator Cir- • homes and repositions door actuators.
cuit Test. Refer to The Actuator Circuit Test
• monitors for door span faults on the actuator
under 3.9.2.4 System Diagnostics for more infor-
circuits.
mation.
• faults display on the DRBIIIt as test messages
• an updated HVAC Door Recalibration function
only after running the test.
that provides actuator span and status data to
ease diagnosis of door span faults. • faults will not display on the DRBIIIt as Diag-
nostic Trouble Codes.
• updated diagnostic procedures using the actuator
span status data to diagnose HVAC Door Recali- • will cause the PWR and RECIRC status indica-
bration Fault messages. tors on the A/C - Heater Control Module to flash
alternately while the test is running.
3.9.2.4 SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS • The RECIRC status indicator will flash twice per
second to indicate that the HVAC Door Recalibra-
Fault detection is through active and stored Diag- tion Test needs to be run. The RECIRC status
nostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) indicator will stop flashing twice per second if
• DTCs are displayed by the DRBIIIt. either the HVAC Door Recalibration Test returns
• Active DTCs are those which currently exist in passed, or if any button on the control is pressed,
the system. The condition causing the fault must or if the ignition is cycled and the odometer shows
be repaired in order to clear this type of DTC. greater than eight miles.
• Stored DTCs are those which occurred in the The Actuator Circuit Test:
system since the A/C-Heater Control Module re- • is actuated with the DRBIIIt.
ceived the last 9clear diagnostic info9 message. • monitors for shorted actuator circuits.
The A/C Cooldown Test: • allows service to easily diagnose and troubleshoot
• is actuated with the DRBIIIt. up to three simultaneous shorts.
• checks A/C system performance based on evapo- • supplements the continuous diagnostics on the
rator temperature sensor input. actuator drive system.
20
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
GENERAL INFORMATION
• faults display on the DRBIIIt as test messages 3.10 CABIN HEATER
only after running the test.
• faults will not display on the DRBIIIt as Diag-
nostic Trouble Codes. NOTE: The Cabin Heater, also known as the
Diesel Cabin Heater Assist (DCHA), will be
When Performing the Actuator Circuit Test referred to as the DCHA throughout most of
CAUTION: Shorted rear door driver circuits the General Information and the Diagnostic
can cause additional Actuator Circuit Test Procedures in this manual.
messages to set for circuits where no
3.10.1 GENERAL SAFETY INFORMATION
condition exists to cause a fault.
CAUTION: To ensure a proper diagnosis, WARNING: DO NOT OPERATE THE DCHA IN
repair all Short Too Complex messages first, AN ENCLOSED AREA SUCH AS A GARAGE
all rear door driver circuit related messages THAT DOES NOT HAVE EXHAUST
second, all common door driver circuit VENTILATION FACILITIES. ALWAYS VENT
related messages third, and all front door THE DCHA’s EXHAUST WHEN OPERATING
driver circuit related messages last. THE DCHA. REFER TO 3.10.3.1 VENTING THE
DCHA’S EXHAUST FOR PROPER EXHAUST
CAUTION: The DRBIIIT can display up to VENTING INSTRUCTIONS. FAILURE TO
three Actuator Circuit Test messages at a FOLLOW THESE INSTRUCTIONS MAY
time. After repairing each Actuator Circuit RESULT IN PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
Test message, cycle the ignition switch, then
rerun the Actuator Circuit Test to ensure no WARNING: ALLOW THE DCHA ASSEMBLY
new messages exist. TO COOL BEFORE PERFORMING A COM-
• The Short Too Complex message:
PONENT INSPECTION/REPAIR/REPLACE-
MENT. FAILURE TO FOLLOW THESE
c indicates that a specific determination of
INSTRUCTIONS MAY RESULT IN PERSONAL
which lines are shorted could not be made.
INJURY.
c is caused by more than three drivers being
shorted in the same direction. For example, WARNING: ALWAYS DISCONNECT THE
four drivers all shorted to ground, or two or VEHICLE’S BATTERY PRIOR TO PER-
more drivers shorted with at least one driver FORMING ANY TYPE OF WORK ON THE
shorted to ignition/battery and one driver DCHA. FAILURE TO FOLLOW THESE
shorted to ground.
INSTRUCTIONS MAY RESULT IN PERSONAL
• Messages displaying: INJURY OR DEATH.
c XXX Driver/Circuit Shorted to Ignition/
Battery will set on a per-driver basis. WARNING: NEVER ATTEMPT TO REPAIR THE
c XXX Driver/Circuit Shorted to Ground will DCHA HEATER MODULE OR ANY OF ITS
set on a per-driver basis. INTERNAL COMPONENTS. ALWAYS PER-
c the same two drivers/circuits shorted to FORM DCHA COMPONENT REPLACEMENT
ignition/battery as-well-as shorted to ground IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SERVICE
indicates that two actuator driver circuits are INFORMATION. FAILURE TO FOLLOW
shorted together. THESE INSTRUCTIONS MAY RESULT IN
• When the test returns passed, then troubleshoot- PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
ing should proceed to clearing faults and running
the HVAC Door Recalibration system test as a
final check of system health.
21
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
GENERAL INFORMATION
CAUTION: Do not actuate the DCHA Field 3.10.2.2 COMBUSTION AIR FAN
Mode Test with the engine off. Failure to The combustion air fan assembly includes the:
follow these instructions may result in
• combustion air fan
internal damage to the DCHA Heater Module.
• combustion air fan inlet
CAUTION: Always Perform The Cabin Heater • fuel supply inlet
Pre-Test Prior To Performing Any Other Cabin
The combustion air fan delivers the air required
Heater Test For The Test Result To Be Valid. for combustion from the combustion air inlet to the
NOTE: Do not disconnect the vehicle’s burner insert.
battery or the DCHA’s main power-supply
3.10.2.3 BURNER HOUSING
while the DCHA is in operation or in
run-down mode. Failure to follow these The burner housing includes the:
instructions may result in excess emissions • coolant inlet
from the DCHA Heater Module. • coolant outlet
• exhaust outlet
NOTE: Failure to prime the Dosing Pump
after draining the DCHA fuel line will prevent The burner housing accommodates the burner
DCHA heater activation during the first insert and is combined with the control unit/heat
attempt to start the heater. This will also set a exchanger as an assembly.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) in the DCHA
Control’s memory. Do not perform the Dosing
3.10.2.4 BURNER INSERT
Pump Priming Procedure if an attempt was The burner insert includes the:
made to start the DCHA without priming the • combustion pipe fuel cross section
Dosing Pump first. This will put excess fuel • glow plug/flame sensor
in the DCHA Heater Module and cause smoke
Inside the burner insert, fuel is distributed across
to emit from the DCHA exhaust pipe when the combustion-pipe fuel cross section. Combustion
heater activation occurs. of the fuel/air mixture takes place within the com-
bustion pipe to heat the exchanger. The glow plug/
NOTE: Waxed fuel can obstruct the fuel line
flame sensor, located in the burner insert, ignites
and reduce flow. Check for the appropriate the fuel/air mixture during heater start up. After
winter grade fuel and replace as necessary. heater start up, the glow plug/flame sensor operates
in the flame sensor function. The glow plug/flame
3.10.2 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION AND sensor is an electrical resistor by design, and is
OPERATION located in the burner insert opposite the flame side.
22
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
GENERAL INFORMATION
The temperature sensor senses the coolant tem- for Cabin Heater activation are favorable (see be-
perature in the heat exchanger as an electrical low). The request carries the status bit that the
resistance. This signal is sent to the control unit for FCM requires to activate its Cabin Heater Assist
processing. Control Output. This output is a low side driver
The overheat protection, controlled by the tem- (coming from FCM pin 15) which supplies a ground
perature resistor, protects the heater against undue signal to the Cabin Heater (pin 5). When the Cabin
operating temperatures. The overheat protection Heater receives this ground signal input, it inter-
will switch the heater off if the water temperature prets this as an activation signal. The FCM low side
exceeds 105°C (221°F). driver is also capable of diagnostic sensing. The
driver will sense an open circuit when the driver is
3.10.2.6 DOSING PUMP off, and will sense a short to voltage when the driver
The dosing pump is a combined delivery, dosing, is on. The FCM will set DTCs for both of these types
and shut-off system for the fuel supply of the heater. of faults.
The dosing pump receives its supply of fuel from the For vehicle’s with a Manual Temperature Control
vehicle’s fuel tank. system, the DCHA will activate only:
• when the engine is running.
3.10.3 OPERATION
• when the coolant temperature is below 66°C
(151°F).
3.10.3.1 VENTING THE DCHA’S EXHAUST
• when the fuel tank has greater than 1/8 of a tank
of fuel.
WARNING: DO NOT OPERATE THE DCHA IN
• when the Power switch on the A/C - Heater
AN ENCLOSED AREA SUCH AS A GARAGE
Control Module is on.
THAT DOES NOT HAVE EXHAUST
VENTILATION FACILITIES. ALWAYS VENT • when the Blend control on the A/C - Heater
THE DCHA’s EXHAUST WHEN OPERATING Control Module is set above 90% reheat (within 2
detents of the full heat position).
THE DCHA. FAILURE TO FOLLOW THESE
INSTRUCTIONS MAY RESULT IN PERSONAL • once per ignition cycle, when the ambient tem-
INJURY OR DEATH. perature is below 9°C (49°F), and the vehicle
speed is above 25 km/h (15.5 mph) for two min-
utes, and the Blend control on the A/C - Heater
WARNING: ALLOW THE DCHA ASSEMBLY TO
Control Module is set anywhere from 80% to 90%
COOL BEFORE PERFORMING A COMPONENT reheat (3 to 4 detents from the full heat position).
INSPECTION/REPAIR/REPLACEMENT. FAILURE Under this circumstance, the DCHA will remain
TO FOLLOW THESE INSTRUCTIONS MAY active for five minutes unless additional input is
RESULT IN PERSONAL INJURY. supplied to the DCHA.
• when the Front Control Module (FCM) sees the
CAUTION: When using a powered exhaust Cabin Heater Activation request that is bussed
ventilation system, do not attach the exhaust from the A/C - Heater Control Module.
ventilation hose directly to the DCHA exhaust
pipe. Too much suction can prevent DCHA For vehicle’s with a Automatic Temperature Control
system, the DCHA will activate only when the:
operation.
• VIN indicates that the vehicle has a diesel engine
• When using a powered exhaust ventilation sys-
tem, affix the ventilation hose to the DCHA • vehicle’s odometer reads more than 5 miles.
exhaust pipe or to the vehicle in such a manor • engine speed is above 500 rpm.
that the end of the ventilation hose remains • coolant temperature is below 66°C (151°F).
approximately three inches away from the end of
• fuel tank has greater than 1/8 of a tank of fuel.
the DCHA exhaust pipe.
• Power switch on the Automatic Temperature
• When using a non-powered exhaust ventilation
Control is on.
system, affix the ventilation hose directly to the
DCHA exhaust pipe. • Driver Temperature Control on the Automatic
Temperature Control is set above 22°C (72°F).
3.10.3.2 ACTIVATION • Front Control Module (FCM) sees the Cabin
When the ignition is in Run, the FCM monitors Heater Activation request that is bussed from the
the PCI bus for the Cabin Heater Activation re- Automatic Temperature Control.
quest. The Automatic or Manual Temperature Con- When the DCHA starting sequence begins, the
trol initiates this request only when all conditions glow plug and the combustion air fan are activated.
23
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
GENERAL INFORMATION
After 30 seconds, the fuel dosing pump begins For vehicle’s with a Automatic Temperature Control
operating and the combustion air fan operation is system, the DCHA will deactivate if the:
suspended for 3 seconds. Subsequently, the combus- • engine speed drops below 500 rpm.
tion air fan speed is increased in two ramps within
• engine is turned off.
56 seconds to nearly full load operation. After a
stabilization phase of 15 seconds, the combustion • coolant temperature reaches 83°C (181°F).
air fan speed is again increased in a ramp within 50 • heater runs longer than 76 minutes.
seconds to nearly full load. After reaching full load • fuel tank has less than 1/8 of a tank of fuel.
fuel delivery, the glow plug is deactivated and the
• Power switch on the Automatic Temperature
combustion air fan operation is increased to full
Control is off.
load. During the subsequent 45 seconds, as well as
in normal operation, the glow plug functions as a • Comfort level is attained as determined by the
flame sensor to monitor the flame condition. After temperature setting on the Automatic Tempera-
all these events, the automatically controlled heat- ture Control.
ing operation starts. When the heater is deactivated, the combustion
In case of a no flame or a flame out condition, a stops and a run-down sequence begins. During the
restart is automatically initiated. If the no flame run-down sequence, the combustion air fan contin-
condition persists, fuel delivery is stopped and the ues operation to cool down the heater. The fan is
heater enters an error lockout mode with a run- automatically switched off after the run-down se-
down of the combustion air fan. This will set one or quence is complete. The run-down time and the
more DTCs in the DCHA Control’s memory. If six combustion air fan speed depend on the heater
continuous attempts to start the heater fail due to operating condition at the time of deactivation.
one or more faults in the DCHA system, the heater Run-down time is approximately 175 seconds when
enters a heater lockout mode. This will set DTC deactivated in full load operation and approxi-
B1813 along with any other fault(s) that the DCHA mately 100 seconds when deactivated in part load
Control identified. operation.
24
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
GENERAL INFORMATION
running this test. These messages will clear after For complete details of the Instrument Cluster,
paging back out of this test. Therefore, it is impor- refer to the RS/RG Service Manual.
tant to note all of the AC Cooldown test messages
before doing so. Running the AC Cooldown test will 3.11.1 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER SELF TEST
cause the DELAY and Snowflake VF segments on
1. Depress and hold the Odometer Reset button.
the ATC to flash for 162 seconds. If the air condi-
tioning portion of this test fails, the DELAY and 2. Turn the ignition switch to on.
Snowflake VF segments will continue to flash until 3. Release the Odometer reset button.
the vehicle is driven more than three miles.
The Instrument Cluster will illuminate all indi-
cators and step the gauges through several calibra-
3.11 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
tion points. Also, the odometer will display any
The Instrument Cluster receives and sends mes- stored codes that may have set.
sages to other modules via the PCI bus circuit. The
indicator lamps will illuminate briefly for a bulb 3.11.2 MESSAGE CENTER
check when the ignition is turned from off to run. The Message Center is above the brow of the
All of the gauges receive their information via the Instrument Cluster. It houses the following warn-
PCI bus from the powertrain control module and ing indicators: Check Engine/Service Engine Soon,
body control module. High Beam, Left and Right turn signals, Security
The gauges and the LEDs are not individually Alarm Set, and Low Oil Pressure. On base models
replaceable thereby requiring complete replace- equipped with the three-speed transaxle, these in-
ment of the Instrument Cluster if a repair is neces- dicators appear in the face of the cluster. The
sary. In the event that the Instrument Cluster loses Security Alarm set indicator is now a large red
communication with other modules on the PCI bus, circle symbol.
the cluster will display “no bus” in the VF display. Activation of Instrument Cluster indicators is
The Trip/Reset button is used to switch the dis- coordinated with indicators in the message center
play from trip to total mileage. Holding the button and EVIC where used to avoid redundancy. A re-
when the display is in the trip mode will reset the vised safety standard now requires that the seat
trip mileage. This button is also used to put the belt warning lamp in the Instrument Cluster re-
cluster into self-diagnostic mode. The odometer main lit if the driver seat belt is not buckled. A
display uses blue-green vacuum fluorescent digital headlamp out indicator is used to alert the driver
characters. when a headlamp is not functioning.
On base models, the Instrument Cluster has
three gauges: Speedometer, fuel and temperature. A 3.12 INTERIOR LIGHTING
red dot moves transversely appears through open-
ings in the Instrument Cluster face (P-R-N-D-2-1)
to indicate the gear selected. 3.12.1 COURTESY LAMP CONTROL
With other models, the Instrument Cluster may The body controller has direct control over all of
also include a tachometer and use a vacuum- the vehicle’s courtesy lamps. The body computer
fluorescent shift indicator. will illuminate the courtesy lamps under any of the
The high-line Instrument Cluster features Elec- following conditions:
troluminescent Illumination of the gauge faces (EL
1. Any door ajar and courtesy lamp switch on the
Panel). This feature eliminates the use of bulbs for
headlamp switch is not in the dome off position.
gauge/panel lighting. In a manner similar to fluo-
rescent lights, a/c voltage from an inverter inte- 2. The courtesy lamp switch on the headlamp
grated circuit chip is applied to the phosphorescent switch is in the dome on position.
material, causing it to glow. The phosphorescent 3. A Remote Keyless Entry unlock message is re-
material is screen-printed onto flexible Mylar ceived.
sheets that form the gauge faces. 4. Driver door unlocked with key (with VTSS only).
The odometer display and door/liftgate ajar indi-
cators turn on when a door is opened to assist both 3.12.2 ILLUMINATED ENTRY
the customer and service technician to view the
Illuminated entry will be initiated when the cus-
odometer without turning the ignition on.
tomer enters the vehicle by unlocking the doors
On models with AutoStick, the display includes
with the key fob, or with the key if the vehicle is
an O/D OFF indicator that is illuminated when the
equipped with vehicle theft alarm. Upon exiting the
driver presses the Overdrive Off button on the
vehicle, if the lock button is pressed with a door
transaxle shifter.
open, illuminated entry will cancel when the door
25
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
GENERAL INFORMATION
closes. If the doors are closed and the ignition tion. To monitor the position of the motor, the
switch is turned on, the illuminated entry also MSMM sends out a 5-volt reference on the sensor
cancels. The illuminated entry feature will not supply circuit. The sensor is grounded back to the
operate if the courtesy lamp switch is in the dome module on a common ground circuit. Based on the
off position. position of the sensor, the MSMM monitors the
voltage change through the sensor on a separate
3.12.3 INTERIOR LIGHTING BATTERY signal circuit.
The MSMM stores the input value of each of the
SAVER four seat potentiometers in memory when the sys-
If any of the interior lamps are left on after the tem requests a set. The driver can initiate a mem-
ignition is turned off, the BCM will turn them off ory recall, using either the door mounted memory
after 8 minutes. To return to normal operation, the switch or the RKE transmitter (if the remote linked
courtesy lamps will operate after the dome lamp to memory feature is enabled via the EVIC). When
switch or door ajar switch changes state. The glove initiated, the MSMM adjusts the four seat sensors
box and switched reading lamps require that the (by using the motors) to match the memorized seat
ignition be turned to the on/acc position. position data.
For safety, the memory seat recall is disabled by
3.13 MEMORY SYSTEM the MSMM when the vehicle is out of park position
or if the speed is not zero. Any obstruction to seat
The memory system consists of power driver’s movement over a 2-second delay will cause the seat
seat, power mirror and radio presets. The Memory to stop moving in which case a stalled motor would
Seat/Mirror Module (MSMM) is located under the be detected by the MSMM and the corresponding
driver’s seat. It receives input from the following: seat output would be deactivated. However, if the
driver’s manual 8-way seat switch, driver’s seat object obstructing the seat is removed, the seat will
position sensors, PCI bus circuits, and the power function normally again.
mirror sensors. The module uses these inputs to
perform the following functions: position the driv- 3.13.2 MEMORY MIRRORS
er’s memory seat, both exterior mirrors (during
The driver sideview mirror contains vertical and
recalls), and send/receive the memory system infor-
horizontal bi-directional drive positioning motors
mation over the PCI bus.
and position sensors. The MSMM provides a 5-volt
The Memory Set Switch is wired to the Body
reference on the signal circuit to each position
Control Module (BCM). A button (either #1 or #2)
sensor. The sensors share a common ground circuit.
pressed on the set switch causes the BCM to send a
The MSMM monitors the position of the mirror
message to the MSMM which in turn will send a
motors by measuring the voltage on each signal
motion status message back to the BCM. If the
circuit. When a memory position is set, the MSMM
message from the MSMM indicates no current
monitors and stores the position of the outside
motion, the BCM will send a recal message to the
mirror. The MSMM adjusts the mirror to the appro-
module. The MSMM will set the seat, exterior
priate positions when a memory recall message is
mirror and radio to the presets for the indicated
received from the RKE or is requested from the
driver.
memory set switch.
If any one of the memory controlled systems is
The power mirror switch during non-memory
inoperative from its manual switch, use the sche-
operation operates the mirror independently of the
matics and diagnostic information to correct the
MSMM.
concern. This manual addresses the memory prob-
lems only and it is assumed there is not a basic
component failure. 3.14 OVERHEAD CONSOLE
26
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
GENERAL INFORMATION
and EVIC use a vacuum fluorescent (VF) display to • TURN SIGNAL ON (with vehicle graphic)
supply the vehicle operator with a compass head- • PERFORM SERVICE
ing, outdoor temperature, average fuel economy,
• DOOR OPEN (individual or multiple doors, with
distance to empty, instantaneous fuel economy, trip
graphic)
odometer, elapsed ignition on time, distance to
service, warning messages, and service messages. • LOW or HIGH TIRE(S) PRESSURE (when
The difference between a CMTC and an EVIC is equipped)
that only the EVIC provides additional memory, • ADJUSTABLE PEDAL DISABLED CRUISE
feature programming, and warning messages. The ENGAGED (when equipped)
EVIC is capable of displaying warning messages • ADJUSTABLE PEDAL DISABLED VEHICLE
and memory system messages when the vehicle is IN REVERSE (when equipped)
equipped with memory systems. The EVIC also
provides the interface to enable and disable vehicle An audible chime or chimes will accompany any
programmable features when the vehicle is displayed warning messages. Chime requests with
equipped with certain features. an OPEN message are dependent upon vehicle
If equipped, the EVIC is also available with an speed.
integrated Universal Garage Door Opener (UGDO) The CT/CMTC/EVIC will not display information
known as HomeLinkt. Also if equipped, the EVIC is for any of the screens for which it did not receive the
available with a Tire Pressure Monitoring (TPM) proper PCI bus data. Refer to the symptom list in
System. The EVIC may also be equipped with up to the Overhead Console section for problems related
4 power door switches: ON/OFF, Left Sliding Door, to the CT/CMTC/EVIC.
Right Sliding Door, and Liftgate. The CMTC/EVIC receives the following messages
The CT function buttons are labeled C/T and from the Body Control Module (BCM):
US/M. The CMTC function buttons are labeled • Verification of US/Metric status
US/M, C/T, RESET, and STEP. The EVIC function • VF display dimming brightness and exterior
buttons are labeled C/T, RESET, STEP, and MENU. lamp status
The three UGDO buttons are labeled with dots to
• Elapsed Ignition On Time data
indicate the channel number.
The BCM supplies most of the information dis- • Fuel Economy (Average and Instantaneous)
played by the CMTC/EVIC. Display information, • Distance to Empty
except for the internal compass function, is received • Distance to service
over the PCI bus. The FCM supplies the ambient
• Driver warning messages
temperature sensor information via the PCI bus.
The CMTC/EVIC sends and receives data over the The CT/CMTC/EVIC receives the following mes-
PCI bus, communicating with the BCM, PCM, sages from the Front Control Module (FCM):
FCM, and the Instrument Cluster. Tire Pressure • Outside Temperature
Monitoring System information is received by the
EVIC in the form of radio transmissions. The tire The CMTC/EVIC receives the following messages
pressure sensors are mounted to the vehicle wheels. from the Powertrain Control Module (PCM):
For complete information, refer to the Tire Pressure • Trip Odometer data
Monitoring System section in this publication. • Vehicle Speed
3.14.1 VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY The EVIC receives the following messages from
the Adjustable Pedal System Module (APS):
The CMTC/EVIC provides the following func-
• APS status warnings
tions:
• Compass direction The CMTC/EVIC transmits the following mes-
• Outside temperature sages to the BCM:
• Elapsed ignition on time • Status Request: Beep, Reset, US/M Toggle
• Current Display
• Distance to empty
• Average fuel economy STEP BUTTON
• Instantaneous fuel economy The STEP Button can be used in one of the
• Trip odometer following three ways:
• Distance to service 1. To sequentially select one of seven displays or
blank display in the following order:
The EVIC will also display the following driver • Average Fuel Economy
alert messages:
27
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
GENERAL INFORMATION
• Distance to Empty 3.14.2 TRAVELER DISPLAY FUNCTIONS
• Instantaneous Fuel Economy Using the STEP button will change the CMTC/
• Trip Odometer EVIC between modes of operation and display the
• Time Elapsed appropriate information according to data received
from the PCI Bus.
• Distance to Service Message
• Off (Blank) COMPASS/TEMPERATURE
2. To set the magnetic variance zone when VARI- The CMTC/EVIC simultaneously displays the
ANCE = X (X = 1 - 15) is indicated in the VF compass reading and the outside temperature. Out-
Display. side temperature information is received via the
3. To select the displayed programmable feature PCI bus from the FCM.
setting. (When equipped.) The CMTC/EVIC module internally senses and
calculates the compass direction.
MENU BUTTON (EVIC only)
For complete information of the programmable COMPASS OPERATION - ALL
features and memory messages, refer to the RS/RG Upon ignition on, if the calibration information
Service Manual. stored in the CMTC memory is within the normal
Use the MENU button to sequentially step the range, the CMTC will perform in slow Auto-Cal
EVIC through the programmable features. mode. In slow Auto-Cal mode, the CMTC continu-
Use the MENU button to enter the Tire Pressure ously compensates for the slowly changing mag-
Monitoring (TPM) Training Procedure. netic field of the vehicle. The compass module
detects changes in the vehicle magnetism and
RESET BUTTON makes appropriate internal corrections to ensure
The RESET Button has two different functions: proper displayed direction.
1. To clear the trip functions that may be reset However, if the calibration information stored in
2. To enter and exit the diagnostic mode the CMTC memory is not within the normal range
at ignition on, the CMTC will enter fast Auto-Cal.
Pressing the RESET button once will clear the CAL is displayed along with the temperature.
trip function that is currently being displayed (ex- Auto activation of the fast Auto-Cal mode will
cept Distance to Service) and the CMTC/EVIC will also occur when the CMTC is subjected to high
send a PCI bus beep request to the BCM. If the magnetic field strength levels, which cause all com-
RESET button is pressed again within 3 seconds, pass readings to be erroneous for a continuous
the CMTC/EVIC will reset ALL of the trip functions period of five (5) minutes. During fast Auto-Cal,
and an additional beep request is sent to the BCM. CAL will be displayed along with the temperature.
The trip functions that may be reset are: Fast Auto-Cal can also be performed manually, by
• Average Fuel Economy pressing and holding the RESET button for 10
• Trip Odometer seconds during the Compass/Temperature display
mode.
• Elapsed Time
A reset will only occur if one of the trip functions 3.14.3 SETTING MAGNETIC ZONE
that may be reset is currently being displayed.
Pressing the RESET button for more than three (3)
VARIANCE
seconds resets the Distance to Service function Variance is the difference between magnetic
while the Distance to Service message is being North and geographic North. For proper compass
displayed. The CMTC/EVIC module will send a function, the correct variance zone must be set.
beep request to the BCM. Refer to the Zone Variance map for the correct zone.
Simultaneously pressing the RESET button and Follow these steps to check or change the variance
the STEP button while turning the ignition from zone:
Off to On will enter the CMTC/EVIC into the
CMTC/EVIC:
self-diagnostic mode.
• The ignition switch must be in the On position
COMPASS/TEMPERATURE (C/T) BUTTON and the CMTC/EVIC display must not be blank.
Actuating the Compass/Temperature Button • If the compass/temperature data is not currently
(C/T) will cause the CMTC/EVIC to display the being displayed, momentarily press and release
compass and temperature information. This func- the C/T button to display compass/temp informa-
tion will operate from another traveler display or tion.
from the programmable feature mode.
• Press and hold the RESET button (approximately
5 seconds) until VARIANCE = XX is displayed.
28
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
GENERAL INFORMATION
The CMTC/EVIC will display the variance zone • The ignition switch must be in the On position
stored in memory and the word VARIANCE. and the CMTC/EVIC display must not be blank.
• Use the RESET button to select the proper vari- • Press the C/T button to view the Compass/
ance zone number, 1 through 15. Temperature display.
• After selecting the proper zone number, momen- • Press and hold the RESET button (approximately
tarily press and release the RESET button. The 10 seconds) until CAL is displayed, then release
variance zone is then stored in the memory and the button.
the CMTC/EVIC returns to normal operation. • Drive slowly, less than 5 MPH (8KPH) in at least
1 complete 360-degree circle.
CT:
• CAL will remain illuminated to alert the driver
• The ignition switch must be in the On position
that the compass is in the calibration mode.
and the C/T display must not be blank.
• After calibration is complete, CAL will turn off.
• Press and hold the C/T and US/M buttons (ap-
proximately 5 seconds) until VARIANCE = XX is NOTE: For C/T Manual Calibration, perform
displayed. The C/T will display the variance zone the same procedure as above, but press and
stored in memory and the word VARIANCE.
hold the C/T and US/M buttons until CAL is
• Use the US/M button to select the proper vari- displayed.
ance zone number, 1 through 15.
If the compass appears blank, unable to be cali-
• After selecting the proper zone number, momen-
brated, or the compass displays false indications,
tarily press and release the C/T button. The
the vehicle must be demagnetized. Refer to Com-
variance zone is then stored in the memory and
pass Demagnetizing Procedure in the Service Man-
the C/T returns to normal operation..
ual.
29
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
GENERAL INFORMATION
For the CMTC/EVIC: Depress the STEP or RE- AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR TEST
SET button, or cycle the ignition switch and the 1. Turn the ignition OFF.
CMTC/EVIC will return to normal operation.
2. Disconnect the ATS harness connector.
For the C/T: Depress the C/T or US/M button, or
cycle the ignition switch and the CT will return to 3. Measure the resistance of the ATS using the
normal operation. following min/max values:
If a Communication fault is displayed, refer to the • 0° C (32° F) Sensor Resistance = 29.33 - 35.99
symptom list. If a FAIL or FAILED is displayed, the Kilohms
CT/CMTC/EVIC must be replaced. • 10° C (50° F) Sensor Resistance = 17.99 - 21.81
Kilohms
3.14.6 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR • 20° C (68° F) Sensor Resistance = 11.37 - 13.61
The ambient air temperature is monitored by the Kilohms
FCM and displayed by the CT/CMTC/EVIC. The • 25° C (77° F) Sensor Resistance = 9.12 - 10.86
FCM receives a hardwire input from the ambient Kilohms
temperature sensor (ATS).
• 30° C (86° F) Sensor Resistance = 7.37 - 8.75
The ATS is a variable resistor that operates on a
5-volt reference signal circuit hardwired from the Kilohms
FCM. The resistance in the ATS changes as the • 40° C (104° F) Sensor Resistance = 4.90 - 5.75
outside temperature rises or falls. The FCM senses Kilohms
the change in reference voltage through the ATS The sensor resistance should read between these
resistor. Based on the resistance of the ATS, the min/max values. If the resistance values are not
FCM is programmed to correspond to a specific OK, replace the Sensor.
temperature. The FCM stores and filters the ambi-
ent temperature data and transmits this data to the
3.14.8 HOMELINKT UNIVERSAL
CMTC/EVIC via the PCI Bus. The ATS cannot be
adjusted or repaired and, if faulty or damaged, it TRANSMITTER
must be replaced. If equipped, the HomeLinkt Universal Transmit-
ter is integrated into the overhead console. For
3.14.7 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR added security it will operate home security sys-
FAULT CODES tems that use coded signals known generically as
Rolling Codes. The overhead console display pro-
The outside temperature function is supported by vides visual feedback to the driver, indicating which
the ambient temperature sensor (ATS), a signal and HomeLinkt transmitter channel button is being
ground circuit hardwired to the FCM, and the pressed. The HomeLinkt can learn and store up to
CMTC/EVIC display. three separate transmitter radio frequency codes to
If the CMTC/EVIC display indicates 54°C (130°F) operate garage door openers, security gates, and
or the ATS sense circuit is shorted to ground, the security lighting. The HomeLinkt buttons are
temp display will be 54°C (130°F) to indicate a marked with one, two, or three dots. For complete
SHORT circuit condition. information, refer to Universal Transmitter in the
If the CMTC/EVIC display indicates -40°C
Service Manual or the Owner’s Manual.
(-40°F) or the ATS sense circuit is open, the temp
display will be -40°C (-40°F) to indicate an OPEN
3.14.9 TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING
circuit condition.
If there is an OPEN or SHORT circuit condition, SYSTEM (TPM)
it must be repaired before the CMTC/EVIC VFD If equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring
can be tested. System (TPM), each of the vehicles four wheels will
The ATS is supported by the FCM. Ambient have a valve stem with a pressure sensor and radio
Temperature Sensor DTCs will be recorded in the transmitter built in. Signals from the tire pressure
FCM. The ATS can be diagnosed using the following Sensor/Transmitters are received and interpreted
Sensor Test. Test the ATS circuits using the diag- by the Electronic Vehicle Information Center
nostics in the Body Diagnostic Procedures Manual. (EVIC).
If the CMTC/EVIC passes the self-test, and the A Sensor/Transmitter in a mounted wheel will
ATS, the circuits, and PCI bus communications are broadcast its detected pressure once per minute
confirmed to be OK, but the CMTC/EVIC tempera- when the vehicle is moving faster than 32 km/h (20
ture display is inoperative or incorrect, replace the mph). Each Sensor/Transmitter’s broadcast is
FCM. uniquely coded so that the EVIC can determine the
location.
30
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
GENERAL INFORMATION
3.14.9.1 TRAINING THE EVIC perform the HomeLinkt function. After the button
is released, the module will display 9RETRAIN
The EVIC can be trained to recognize the source
TIRE SENSORS? NO9.
locations of the Sensor/Transmitter signals. The
The training procedure can be stopped at any
training procedure is given below:
time by pressing the C/T, STEP, RESET, or MENU
1. From the Programmable Features List select button. When any of these buttons are pressed the
9RETRAIN TIRE SENSORS Y/N9 using the EVIC will display 9TRAINING ABORTED9 until
EVIC MENU button. another button is pressed and then display 9RE-
Use the STEP button to select and the MENU TRAIN TIRE SENSORS? NO9. Sensor/transmitter
button to confirm 9YES9. The EVIC will initiate the replacement or tire rotation will require retraining
following procedure: of the EVIC.
2. A display will prompt the user to: 9TRAIN
DRIVER FRONT SENSOR9. At this point the
3.14.9.2 PRESSURE THRESHOLDS
user must set the left front tire Sensor/ The EVIC will monitor the tire pressure signals
Transmitter to learn mode by positioning a mag- from the tire Sensor/Transmitters and determine if
net (Relearn Magnet special tool 8821) over the any tire has gone below the low pressure threshold
valve stem for at least 5 seconds. The Sensor/ or exceeded the high pressure threshold. Refer to
Transmitter in the front left tire will transmit a the table below:
message indicating to the EVIC that it is in learn
mode. When the EVIC has received this message LOW TIRE PRESSURE THRESHOLDS
and is assured that it has learned an ID, the
EVIC will request a horn chirp via a bus message SYSTEM STATUS TIRE PRESSURE
and then display the next train request. Note: INDICATOR
The EVIC will allow 60 seconds from the first On 179 kPa (26 PSI)
train request display to the receipt of a unique
Off 214 kPa (31 PSI)
learn ID message from the first Sensor/
Transmitter and 30 seconds for each succeeding HIGH TIRE PRESSURE THRESHOLDS
wheel. If either of these timers expires, the EVIC
SYSTEM STATUS TIRE PRESSURE
will abort the training procedure and revert to
INDICATOR
previous settings. The EVIC will not store one ID
for multiple locations. On 310 kPa (45 PSI)
3. The EVIC will request the initiation of a training Off 276 kPa (40 PSI)
sequence for each tire, one-by-one in a clockwise
direction around the vehicle (Left Front, Right 3.14.9.3 CRITICAL AND NON-CRITICAL
Front, Right Rear, and Left Rear).
SYSTEM ALERTS
NOTE: 1. If one or all Sensor/Transmitters
cannot be trained, move vehicle to CRITICAL:
avoid radio frequency interference. A critical alert will be triggered when a tire
2. If one Sensor/Transmitter still can- pressure has gone below or above a set threshold
not be trained, replace it and retry. pressure. The EVIC will request a chime and then
display 9X TIRE(S) LOW PRESSURE9 or 9X
3. If all Sensor/Transmitters still fail
TIRE(S) HIGH PRESSURE9. 9X9 will be the number
to train, replace the EVIC.
of tires reporting low or high pressure. The message
4. Once all tires are successfully will display for the duration of the current ignition
learned, the previous set of stored cycle or until an EVIC button is pressed. If the
IDs will be replaced by the new IDs, display is removed without correcting the condition,
and the EVIC will display, it will reappear without a chime after 300 seconds
(TRAINING COMPLETE( until a to warn the driver of the low or high-pressure
button is pressed. condition.
If the vehicle is equipped with the HomeLinkt NON-CRITICAL:
feature and a HomeLinkt button is pressed at any A non-critical alert with no chime will be trig-
time during the training procedure, the EVIC mod- gered when no signal is received from a Sensor/
ule will immediately exit the training procedure, Transmitter or when a Sensor/Transmitter low bat-
discard any IDs learned in the current session and tery condition is detected. The EVIC will display
9SERVICE TIRE PRESS. SYSTEM9.
31
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
GENERAL INFORMATION
3.14.9.4 SYSTEM FAULTS • If none of the Sensor/Transmitters can be de-
tected, refer to symptoms in the Tire Pressure
There are two conditions that will cause a Tire
Monitor section.
Pressure Monitoring System fault to be set. All fault
codes are associated with a specific wheel location. • If a BUCKET COUNTER test fails, and one or
more Sensor/Transmitters does not transmit, re-
1. If the EVIC detects a non-transmitting Sensor/
place the affected Sensor/Transmitter.
Transmitter condition, it will:
a. Store an active fault code. • If none of the Sensor/Transmitter causes the
b. Request a chime BUCKET COUNTER to advance, replace the
c. Display 9SERVICE TIRE PRESS. SYSTEM9. EVIC.
1. When the EVIC receives a Low Sensor/ • If the EVIC displays SERVICE TIRE PRESS.
Transmitter battery report from a Sensor/ SYSTEM and the DRBIIIt sees no Sensor/
Transmitter, it will: Transmitter fault or pressure out of specification;
a. Store an active fault code. 1. Attempt the Retrain procedure. If the display
b. Request a chime. reoccurs,
c. Display 9SERVICE TIRE PRESS. SYSTEM9. 2. Replace the EVIC.
Use the DRBIIIt Inputs/Outputs function to fur-
ther isolate the specific concern. The DRBIIIt can 3.14.9.7 SYSTEM TEST
be queried to determine the status and battery A test of the Tire Pressure Monitoring System can
condition for each Sensor/Transmitter. be initiated in the EVIC. The test sequence is as
follows:
3.14.9.5 SPARE WHEEL AUTO-DETECT 1. Perform the RETRAIN TIRE SENSORS proce-
If the spare tire is mounted on the vehicle, the dure.
EVIC will: 2. Press and hold the RESET and STEP buttons for
1. Detect the change after 15 minutes at or above five seconds.
32 km/h (20 mph) 3. The EVIC will display BUCKET COUNTERS.
2. Query driver: 9SPARE TIRE IN USE?9 Use the 4. Drive the vehicle at 32 km/h (20 mph) for at least
MENU button for YES, and the STEP button for 2 minutes.
NO. For YES, the EVIC will revert to the previ-
5. The counters will increase by one each time a
ous display and wait five hours. After five hours
Sensor/Transmitter signal is received by the
the EVIC will proceed as in the NO response
EVIC.
below.
6. Observe that the COUNTERS register at least 3
3. For a NO response, after 15 minutes, the EVIC
receptions for each Sensor/Transmitter.
will display: 9ALL 5 TIRES W/ VEHICLE? Y9
Use the STEP button to select YES or NO, and 7. Replace any Sensor/Transmitter that does not
the MENU button to confirm. meet this specification.
For a 9YES9 response, the EVIC will display The test will continue until any EVIC button is
9SERVICE TIRE PRESS. SYSTEM9. pressed or until the ignition is cycled to OFF.
For a 9NO9 response, the EVIC will revert to
previous display and display 9 ALL 5 TIRES W/ 3.15 POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
VEHICLE? Y9 every time the ignition is cycled to
RUN and the missing tire ID is not received. When the BCM receives input for a lock request
from a door lock switch, RKE or cylinder lock switch
3.14.9.6 DIAGNOSING AND CLEARING (only with VTSS), it will turn the lock drivers on for
SYSTEM FAULTS a specified time of 375 msec. If the request is there
beyond 375 msec, the BCM considers the door lock
All Tire Pressure Monitoring System Faults are signal stuck. Once a door lock or unlock signal is
specific to one location. If a no-transmit, 9LOW stuck for longer than 10 seconds, the BCM will set
BATTERY9, 9LOW or HIGH PRESSURE9 fault is a trouble code and the signal input is ignored until
detected, the location can be determined by the the stuck condition disappears. The door lock
DRBIIIt. The appropriate Sensor/Transmitter can switches provide a variable amount of resistance
then be replaced or the out-of-specification pressure thereby dropping the voltage of the multiplexed
condition can be corrected. (MUX) circuit and the BCM will respond to that
• If a single Sensor/Transmitter cannot be detected command.
by the EVIC, replace that Sensor/Transmitter.
32
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
GENERAL INFORMATION
3.15.1 DOOR LOCK INHIBIT The BCM will only allow programming mode to be
entered when the ignition is in the on position, the
When the key is in the ignition and in any
PRNDL is in park position, and the VTSS (if
position and either front door is open, the door lock
equipped) is in the disarmed mode.
switches LOCK functions are disabled. The UN-
LOCK functions are still functional. This protects
against locking the vehicle with the keys still in the
3.16 POWER FOLDING MIRRORS
ignition. The RKE key fob will still lock the doors as
The power folding mirrors are powered to two
usual. After the key is removed from the ignition or
positions: folded and unfolded. The driver may
the doors are closed, the power door locks will
choose fold or unfold with a switch that is located on
operate normally.
the right side of the steering column. The folding
mirror switch grounds a sense wire that comes from
3.15.2 AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS the Body Control Module when it is placed in the
This feature can be enabled or disabled by using fold position. The mirrors will move to the position
either the DRBIIIt or the customer programming designated by the switch whether the ignition
method. When enabled all the doors will lock when switch is the On or Off position and both front doors
the vehicle reaches a speed greater than 18 MPH are closed. When the Power Folding Mirror switch
(29 KMH) and all the doors are closed. If a door is is left in the fold position during a vehicle exit the
opened and the vehicle slows to below 18 MPH mirrors will automatically unfold then refold after
(29 KMH), the door locks will operate again once all both front doors are closed. This is to prevent mirror
doors are closed and the speed is above 18 MPH (29 contact with either front door when opened. When
KMH). opening either front door, the Body Control Module
will unfold the mirrors in the following manner
3.15.3 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY (RKE) depending on which front door is opened. If the
The body control module interfaces with the RKE driver door is opened, only the driver side mirror
module via a one-way serial bus interface. The RKE will unfold. If the passenger door is opened, both
module is not on the PCI bus. The RKE module mirrors will unfold. The passenger mirror is pre-
sends a 0-5 volt pulse width signal to the BCM vented from unfolding when the driver’s door is
depending on which button on the transmitter was opened by the Passenger Folding Mirror Relay,
pressed. The BCM controls the door lock/unlock which opens the driver circuit to the passenger side
functions and the arming/disarming of the Vehicle mirror.
Theft Security System (if equipped) and the activa-
tion of illuminated entry. The BCM will also send 3.17 POWER LIFTGATE SYSTEM
the appropriate messages to the Power Sliding
Doors and Power Liftgate modules. The Intergrated
Power Module (IPM) activates the park lamps, 3.17.1 POWER LIFTGATE
headlamps, and horn for horn chirp when sent the The power liftgate (PLG) system is activated
appropriate message from the BCM as received through the use of the following: remote keyless
from the RKE transmitter. When a one-button entry (RKE), overhead console switches, outside
press is made for unlock, both driver side doors will liftgate handle switch or the DRBIIIt. These inputs
unlock and the front and rear turn signals will are hardwired to the body control module (BCM)
flash. When a second press is initiated (within 5 and can be monitored with a diagnostic tool. The
seconds of the first) both passenger doors will BCM will send the message via PCI bus to the
unlock and all four turn signals will flash. power liftgate module (PLGM). The liftgate must be
The RKE module is capable of retaining up to 4 in the full open or full closed position to operate.
individual access codes (4 transmitters). If the Once the BCM sends a button activation message to
PRNDL is in any position except park, the BCM will the PLGM, the module shall read all inputs, out-
ground the interface thereby disabling the RKE. puts and vehicle conditions to determine whether it
Both the 3 and 6 buttons transmitters will have shall open, close or inhibit the PLG operation. Once
2-CR2016 batteries in series. The 2-button export the PLGM determines the vehicle conditions are
transmitter will have 2-CR2016 batteries in series safe for operation, the PLGM will initiate a chime
also but the 5-button will have one. The minimum for 2 seconds prior to the liftgate activation and 2
battery life should be approximately 4.7 years seconds during the open or close cycle.
based on 20 transmissions a day at 84°F (25°C). During an opening or closing cycle, the PLGM can
Using the DRBIIIt and selecting RKE FOB Test detect an obstacle present should it meet sufficient
can test the transmitter. resistance by the hall effect sensors (integrated in
The RKE module can be programmed via the the gear motor assembly GMA).
DRBIIIt or the customer programming method.
33
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
GENERAL INFORMATION
During an open cycle, multiple liftgate activa- the PSDM, the module shall read all inputs, out-
tions (RKE, overhead console, B pillar) are ignored puts and vehicle conditions to determine whether it
until the liftgate reaches the full open position. shall open, close or inhibit the PSD operation.
However, during a close cycle, a 2nd liftgate activa- During an opening or closing cycle, the PSDM can
tion (RKE, overhead console, B pillar) will reverse detect an obstacle present should it meet sufficient
the liftgate to the full open position. resistance by the hall effect sensors (integrated in
If the engine is cranked during a power open/close the drive motor).
the PLG will pause then resume after engine crank- During an open cycle, multiple door activations
ing. In addition, if the vehicle is placed in gear (RKE, overhead console, B pillar) are ignored until
during an open cycle, the PLG shall reverse direc- the door reaches the full open position. However,
tion and begin closing. If the vehicle is placed in during a close cycle, a 2nd door activation (RKE,
gear during a closing cycle, the PLG shall continue overhead console, B pillar) will reverse the door to
closing until fully closed. If the outside handle is the full open position.
activated during an open cycle, the PLG will become If the engine is cranked during a power open/close
a full manual liftgate. If the outside handle is the PSD will pause then resume after engine crank-
activated during a close cycle, the PLG shall reverse ing. In addition, if the vehicle is placed in gear
direction of travel to the full open position. during an open cycle, the PSD shall reverse direc-
tion and begin closing. If the vehicle is placed in
3.17.2 DIAGNOSTIC FEATURES gear during a closing cycle, the PSD shall continue
The PLG can be flashed on vehicle via PCI bus closing until fully closed.
with a DRBIIIt diagnostic tool. The DRBIIIt can If the inside or outside handle is activated during
read all inputs, actuate all outputs, read module an open or close cycle, the PSD will become a full
information, and read diagnostic trouble codes. As a manual sliding door. The child lockout is mechani-
reminder, some DTC’s can be set during normal cal only and has no effect on the B-pillar switch as
PLG operation. it did in previous models.
There is only one part number for the power
3.17.3 SYSTEM INHIBITORS sliding door module (PSDM). The driver sliding
door harness has an additional ground circuit which
1. Battery voltage too high or too low (above 16V, will identify it as the driver side. This eliminates
below 9.5V) the need for a left and a right side module.
2. Vehicle in gear
3. Vehicle speed > 0 mph/km/h 3.18.2 DIAGNOSTIC FEATURES
4. Outside temperature too high, above 143°F The PSDM can be flashed on vehicle via PCI bus
(62°C) or too low, below -12°F (-24°C). with a DRBIIIt diagnostic tool. The DRBIIIt can
read all inputs, actuate all outputs, read module
5. O/H console lockout will inhibit the B pillar information, and read diagnostic trouble codes. As a
switches only. reminder, some DTC’s can be set during normal
6. Liftgate locked will inhibit all interior switches PSD operation.
from opening (overhead console). A locked lift-
gate can be power closed. 3.18.3 SYSTEM INHIBITORS
7. Pinch Sensor switch stuck shall inhibit the
1. Battery voltage too high or too low (above 16V,
power close feature.
below 9.5V)
3.18 POWER SLIDING DOOR SYSTEM 2. Vehicle in gear
3. Vehicle speed > 0 mph/km/h
4. O/H console lockout will inhibit the B pillar
3.18.1 POWER SLIDING DOOR switches
The Power Sliding Door (PSD) system is acti- 5. Doors locked will inhibit all interior switches
vated through the use of the following: Remote from opening (Overhead Console, B Pillar). A
Keyless Entry (RKE), overhead console switches, B locked sliding door can be power closed.
pillar switches or the DRBIIIt. These inputs are
hardwired to the body control module (BCM) and 3.19 REAR WINDOW DEFOG/HEATED
can be monitored with a diagnostic tool. The BCM
will send the message via PCI bus to the power
MIRROR/FRONT WIPER DE-ICE (IF
sliding door module (PSDM). The sliding door must EQUIPPED)
be in the full open or full closed position to operate.
Once the BCM sends a button activation message to The defroster button located on the HVAC control
controls the rear window defogger, heated side view
34
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
GENERAL INFORMATION
mirrors and front wiper de-icer grid. In addition the Manual Override
front wiper de-ice function is turned on when front The system will not arm if the doors are locked
defog/defrost mode is selected. using the manual lock control or if the locks are
When the defroster button is pushed, the HVAC actuated by an inside occupant after the doors are
control sends a bus message over the PCI bus to the closed.
Front Control Module (FCM) which controls the Diagnosis
Rear Window Defogger relay. The defroster LED For complaints about the Vehicle Theft Alarm
will illuminate when the defroster function is on. triggering on its own, use the DRBIIIt and read the
The defroster will function for 10 minutes or can be Last VTSS Cause status.
cycled off sooner by pressing the defroster button
again. The front wiper de-icer grid receives its 12 3.20.1 THATCHAM ALARM SYSTEM
volts from the accessory relay through fuse 11 and
the HVAC control module supplies the grid ground.
(EXPORT ONLY)
The Thatcham Alarm Module monitors the vehi-
3.20 VEHICLE THEFT SECURITY SYSTEM cle doors, liftgate, hood and the interior of the
vehicle for unauthorized operation. The vehicle
The Vehicle Theft Security System (VTSS) is part doors, liftgate, and hood use ajar switches as inputs
of the Body Control Module (BCM). The BCM to the BCM to indicate their current status. The
monitors the vehicle doors, liftgate (export only), interior of the vehicle is secured by the use of
hood (export only), and the ignition for unautho- Intrusion Sensors. The Intrusion Sensors are used
rized operation. The alarm activates by sounding as inputs to the RKE/Thatcham Alarm Module to
the horn, flashing the headlamps and the VTSS report any motion in the interior of the vehicle. The
indicator lamp. The VTSS does not prevent engine alarm activates by sounding the siren, flashing the
operation, this is done with the Sentry Key Immo- hazard lamps, and the VTSS Indicator Lamp.
bilizer Module (SKIM). The VTSS indicator lamp Arming
will flash for approximately 15 seconds during the Before arming, all doors, liftgate, and the hood
arming process. If there is no interruption during must be completely closed. The system can only be
the arming process, upon completion the VTSS armed by locking the doors with the RKE transmit-
indicator lamp will flash at a slower rate. When the ter.
BCM receives an input to trigger the alarm, the Disarming
BCM will control the outputs of the headlamps, To disarm the alarm system, use the RKE trans-
horn, and VTSS lamp for approximately 15 min- mitter or turn the ignition on with a valid SKIM
utes. key. This will also halt the alarm once it has been
Arming (Active and Passive) activated.
Active arming occurs when the ignition key is
removed, the RKE transmitter or door key cylinders NOTE: A powertrain control module from a
are used to lock the vehicle doors, whether the doors vehicle equipped with a vehicle theft security
are open or closed. The arming process is complete system cannot be used in a vehicle that is not
only after all doors are closed. equipped with a vehicle theft security
Passive arming occurs when the ignition key is system. If the VTSS indicator lamp comes on
removed, the driver door is opened, and the doors after ignition on and stays on, the PCI Bus
are locked with the power door lock switch, and the Communication with the powertrain control
door is closed. module has possibly been lost.
Disarming (Active and Passive)
Active disarming occurs when the RKE transmit- 3.21 WIPER SYSTEM
ter is used to unlock the vehicle doors. This disarm-
ing will also halt the alarm once it has been acti-
vated. 3.21.1 FRONT WIPER
Passive disarming occurs upon normal vehicle
The front wiper/washer system consists of the
entry (unlocking driver door with the key) or turn-
following features: lo-hi-speed, mist wipers, inter-
ing the ignition switch on with a valid skim key.
mittent wipers and wipe after wash. The front
This disarming will also halt the alarm once it has
wiper system is only active when the ignition switch
been activated.
is in the RUN/ACC position. The vehicle operator
Tamper Alert
selects the front wiper function using the front
The VTSS tamper alert will sound the horn three
times upon disarming after an initial alarming has wiper switch (a resistive multiplexed stalk switch)
which is integral to the Multi-Function Switch. The
occurred to indicate a tamper condition has oc-
front wiper switch is hardwired to the Body Control
curred.
35
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
GENERAL INFORMATION
Module (BCM). Upon receiving a wiper switch sig- 3.21.7 SPEED SENSITIVE INTERMITTENT
nal, the BCM sends a PCI Bus message to the Front
Control Module (FCM). The FCM controls the ON/ WIPE MODE
OFF relay, the HIGH/LOW relay and the front and The delay setting of the rear wiper system is
rear washer pump motors. based solely on the vehicle speed. The delay time is
The Wiper system utilizes the BCM to control the defined as the amount of time from the start of a
on/off and hi/low relays for the low and hi speed wipe to the beginning of the next wipe. The rear
wiper functions, intermittent wiper delay as the wiper system delay time is based on the following:
switch position changes, pulse wipe, wipe after 7.75 - (MPH x .05) = Seconds delay
wash mode and wiper motor functions. The BCM Examples:
uses the vehicle speed input to double the usual At zero (0) MPH the delay is 7.75 seconds.
delay time below 10 MPH (6 KPH). At 100 MPH the delay is 2.75 seconds.
36
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
GENERAL INFORMATION
3.25 DISPLAY IS NOT VISIBLE rings, watchbands or bracelets that might make an
inadvertent electrical contact.
Low temperatures will affect the visibility of the When diagnosing a body system problem, it is
display. Adjust the contrast to compensate for this important to follow approved procedures where
condition. applicable. These procedures can be found in this
General Information Section or in the service man-
ual procedures. Following these procedures is very
important to safety of individuals performing diag-
nostic tests.
37
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
GENERAL INFORMATION
FUNCTION INPUT LIMIT WARNING: BEFORE ROAD TESTING A
VEHICLE, BE SURE THAT ALL
Temperature -58 - 1100°F
COMPONENTS ARE REASSEMBLED.
-50 - 600°C
DURING THE TEST DRIVE, DO NOT TRY TO
* Ohms cannot be measured if voltage is present. READ THE DRBIIIT SCREEN WHILE IN
Ohms can be measured only in a non-powered MOTION. DO NOT HANG THE DRBIIIT FROM
circuit. THE REAR VIEW MIRROR OR OPERATE IT
• Voltage between any terminal and ground must YOURSELF. HAVE AN ASSISTANT
not exceed 500v DC or 500v peak AC. AVAILABLE TO OPERATE THE DRBIIIT.
• Use caution when measuring voltage above 25v
DC or 25v AC.
5.0 REQUIRED TOOLS AND
• Use the low current shunt to measure circuits up
to 10A. Use the high current clamp to measure
EQUIPMENT
circuits exceeding 10A.
DRBIIIt (diagnostic read-out box)
• When testing for the presence of voltage or cur- Jumper wires
rent, make sure the meter is functioning cor- Ohmmeter
rectly. Take a reading of a known voltage or Voltmeter
current before accepting a zero reading. Sentry Key Tester
• When measuring current, connect the meter in Test Light
series with the load. 8310 Airbag System Load Tool
• Disconnect the live test lead before disconnecting 8443 SRS Airbag System Load Tool
the common test lead.
• When using the meter function, keep the 6.0 GLOSSARY OF TERMS
DRBIIIt away from spark plug or coil wires to
avoid measuring error from outside interference. ABS antilock brake system
ACM airbag control module
4.3 WARNINGS
ACT actuator
AECM airbag electronic control module
4.3.1 VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNINGS (ACM)
Before disconnecting any control module, make APM adjustable pedals module
sure the ignition is “off”. Failure to do so could
damage the module. ASDM airbag system diagnostic module
When testing voltage or continuity at any control (ACM)
module, use the terminal side (not the wire end) of ATC automatic temperature control
the connector. Do not probe a wire through the BCM body control module
insulation; this will damage it and eventually cause
it to fail because of corrosion. Be careful when CAB controller antilock brake
performing electrical tests so as to prevent acciden- CMTC compass/mini-trip computer
tal shorting of terminals. Such mistakes can dam- CPA connector positive assurance
age fuses or components. Also, a second code could
be set, making diagnosis of the original problem DAB driver airbag
more difficult. DCHA diesel cabin heater assist (cabin
heater)
4.3.2 ROAD TESTING A COMPLAINT DLC data link connector
VEHICLE DTC diagnostic trouble code
Some complaints will require a test drive as part DR driver
of the repair verification procedure. The purpose of
EBL electric back lite (rear window de-
the test drive is to try to duplicate the diagnostic
fogger)
code or symptom condition.
ECM engine control module
EVIC electronic vehicle information center
FCM front control module
GCC Gulf Coast Countries
38
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
GENERAL INFORMATION
HE hall effect PSD power sliding door
HVAC heater ventilation, air conditioning PSDM power sliding door module
IPM integrated power module PWM pulse width modulated
LDU lower drive unit RHD Right Hand Drive
LHD left hand drive RKE remote keyless entry
MIC mechanical instrument cluster RX receive
MTC manual temperature control SAB seat airbag
MSMM memory seat/mirror module SBT seat belt tensioner
NGC next generation controller SIACM side impact airbag control module
OBD on board diagnostics SKIM sentry key immobilizer module
ODO odometer SKIS sentry key immobilizer system
ORC occupant restraint controller SQUIB also called initiator (located inside
PAB passenger airbag airbag)
PASS passenger SRS supplemental restraint system
PCI Programmable Communication In- TCM transmission control module
terface (vehicle communication bus) TPM tire pressure monitor
PCM powertrain control module TX transmit
PDC power distribution center VFD vacuum fluorescent display
PLG power liftgate VTSS vehicle theft security system
PLGM power liftgate module
39
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
NOTES
40
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
7.0
DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION AND
PROCEDURES
41
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Symptom List:
ACCELEROMETER 1
ACCELEROMETER 2
INTERNAL 1
INTERNAL 2
OUTPUT DRIVER 1
OUTPUT DRIVER 2
STORED ENERGY FIRING 1
Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests.
The title for the tests will be INTERNAL MODULE TEST.
ACCELEROMETER 1
When Monitored: With the ignition on, the module on board diagnostics continuously
performs internal circuit tests.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the module identifies an out of range internal circuit.
ACCELEROMETER 2
When Monitored: With the ignition on, the module on board diagnostics continuously
performs internal circuit tests.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the module identifies an out of range internal circuit.
INTERNAL 1
When Monitored: With the ignition on, the module on board diagnostics continuously
performs internal circuit tests.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the module identifies an out of range internal circuit.
INTERNAL 2
When Monitored: With the ignition on, the module on board diagnostics continuously
performs internal circuit tests.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the module identifies an out of range internal circuit.
OUTPUT DRIVER 1
When Monitored: With the ignition on, the module on board diagnostics continuously
performs internal circuit tests.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the module identifies an out of range internal circuit.
OUTPUT DRIVER 2
When Monitored: With the ignition on, the module on board diagnostics continuously
performs internal circuit tests.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the module identifies an out of range internal circuit.
42
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
ACCELEROMETER 1 — Continued
POSSIBLE CAUSES
AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE - ACM
SIDE IMPACT AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE
43
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Symptom List:
AIRBAG WARNING INDICATOR OPEN
AIRBAG WARNING INDICATOR SHORT
Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests.
The title for the tests will be AIRBAG WARNING INDICATOR
TEST.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
MIC, COMMUNICATION FAILURE
WARNING INDICATOR
ACM, WARNING INDICATOR
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT
44
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
3 With the DRBIIIt select PASSIVE RESTRAINTS, AIRBAG and MONITOR DIS- All
PLAY.
Using the DRBIIIt, read the WARNING LAMP MONITOR screen.
Select the LAMP STATUS displayed on the DRB monitors screen.
Observe the Lamp Driver State and Actual lamp
Is the LAMP DRIVER and ACTUAL LAMP STATE: OK?
YES
Go To 4
NO
Replace Instrument Cluster.
Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
4 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND All
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.
Repair
Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service
Instructions. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE
IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED.
Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
5 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: MAINTAIN A SAFE DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE
PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
45
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Symptom:
CALIBRATION MISMATCH
CALIBRATION MISMATCH
When Monitored: With ignition on, the ACM monitors the PCI Bus for the VIN message
containing the body style. Note: The VIN message should match the vehicle VIN plate.
Set Condition: If the Body style stored in ACM does not exactly match the vehicle body
style indicated by the PCM for 2 consecutive VIN messages, then the fault shall be set.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PCM, PCI COMMUNICATION FAILURE
PCM VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS INCORRECT OR MISSING
ACM CALIBRATION MISMATCH
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT
46
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
4 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND All
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.
Repair
WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED
AT ANY TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED. Replace the Airbag
Control Module in accordance with Service Information. WARN-
ING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT
ANY TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED.
Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
5 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: MAINTAIN A SAFE DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE
PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
47
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Symptom:
CLUSTER MESSAGE MISMATCH
POSSIBLE CAUSES
MIC DIAGNOSTIC CODES
CLUSTER MESSAGE MISMATCH
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACM, CLUSTER MESSAGE MISMATCH
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT
48
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
NO
Replace Mechanical Instrument Cluster.
Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
5 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: MAINTAIN A SAFE DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE
PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
49
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Symptom:
DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH CIRCUIT OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH OPEN
DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH CIRCUITS OPEN
ACM, DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH CIRCUIT OPEN
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT
50
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Yes → Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with the Service
information. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE
IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED. MUST
BE REPLACED.
Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
4 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: MAINTAIN A SAFE DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE
PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
Yes → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.
51
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Symptom:
DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORT TO BATTERY
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORT TO BATTERY
DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH CIRCUITS SHORT TO BATTERY
ACM, DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORT TO BATTERY
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT
No → Go To 3
52
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Yes → Repair the Driver Seat Belt Switch line 1 or line 2 shorted to
battery.
Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
4 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: MAINTAIN A SAFE DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE
PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
53
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Symptom:
DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORT TO GROUND
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORT TOGETHER OR TO GROUND
DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH CIRCUITS SHORT TOGETHER
DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH CIRCUITS SHORT TO GROUND
ACM, DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORT TO GROUND
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT
No → Go To 3
54
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Yes → Repair the Driver Seat Belt Switch Line 1 and Line 2 shorted
together.
Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 4
4 Measure the resistance of the Driver SBS Line 1 and Line 2 circuits between the All
Driver SBS connector and ground.
Is the resistance below 10K ohms on either circuit?
Yes → Repair the Driver Seat Belt Switch line 1 or line 2 shorted to
ground.
Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with the Service
information. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE
IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED.
Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
5 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: MAINTAIN A SAFE DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE
PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
55
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Symptom:
DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUITS OPEN
DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 1 OR LINE 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
ACM, DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT
Yes → Go To 3
56
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
4 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: MAINTAIN A SAFE DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE
PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
57
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Symptom:
DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT
DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 1 SHORT TO LINE 2
ACM, DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORT
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT
2 WARNING: TURN IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT All
TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Driver Seat Belt Tensioner connector.
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Driver Seat Belt Tensioner connector.
WARNING: TURN IGNITION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt, read active Airbag Control Module DTC’s.
Does the DRBIIIt display DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORT?
Yes → Go To 3
No → Replace Driver Seat Belt Tensioner in accordance with the Service
Information.
Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
58
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
4 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: MAINTAIN A SAFE DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE
PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
59
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Symptom:
DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO BATTERY
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO BATTERY
DRIVER SBT LINE 1 OR LINE 2 SHORT TO BATTERY
ACM, DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO BATTERY
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT
2 WARNING: TURN IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT All
TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Driver Seat Belt Tensioner connector.
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Driver Seat Belt Tensioner connector.
WARNING: TURN IGNITION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt, read the active Airbag Control Module DTC’s.
Does the DRBIIIt display DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO BAT-
TERY?
Yes → Go To 3
60
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Yes → Repair Driver Seat Belt Tensioner Line 1 or Line 2 circuit short to
battery.
Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
4 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: MAINTAIN A SAFE DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE
PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
61
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Symptom:
DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO GROUND
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO GROUND
DRIVER SEAT BELT LINE 1 OR LINE 2 SHORT TO GROUND
ACM, DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO GROUND
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT
2 WARNING: TURN IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT All
TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Driver Seat Belt Tensioner connector.
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Driver Seat Belt Tensioner connector.
WARNING: TURN IGNITION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt, read the active Airbag Control Module DTC’s.
Does the DRBIIIt display DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO
GROUND?
Yes → Go To 3
62
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
4 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: MAINTAIN A SAFE DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE
PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
63
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Symptom:
DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN
CLOCKSPRING SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN
DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 OR LINE 2 CIRCUITS OPEN
ACM, DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT
64
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Yes → Go To 3
3 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND All
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Load Tool from the Driver Airbag connector(s).
Disconnect the Clockspring connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Clockspring connector(s).
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt, read the active Airbag Control Module DTC’s.
Does the DRBIIIt show DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN?
Yes → Go To 4
4 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND All
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Load Tool from the Clockspring connector(s).
Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool Adaptor to the Airbag Control Module connec-
tor(s).
Measure the resistance of the Driver Squib 1 Line 1 and Line 2 circuits between the
ACM Adaptor and the Clockspring connector(s).
Is the resistance below 1.0 ohm on both circuits?
Yes → Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service
Information. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE
IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED.
Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Repair open or high resistance in the Driver Squib 1 Line 1 or
Line 2 circuits.
Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
65
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
66
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Symptom:
DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT
CLOCKSPRING, DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUITS SHORT
DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 LINE 1 SHORT TO LINE 2
ACM, DRIVER SQUIB LINE 1 SHORT TO LINE 2
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT
67
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Yes → Go To 3
3 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND All
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Load Tool from the Driver Airbag connector(s).
Disconnect the Clockspring connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Clockspring connector(s).
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt, read the active Airbag Control Module DTC’s.
Does the DRBIIIt show DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT?
Yes → Go To 4
4 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND All
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Load Tool from the Clockspring connector(s).
Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool Adaptor to the Airbag Control Module connec-
tor(s).
Measure the resistance between the Driver Squib 1 Line 1 and Line 2 at the
Clockspring connector.
Is the resistance below 10K ohms?
Yes → Repair the Driver Squib 1 Line 1 circuit shorted to Driver Squib
1 Line 2 circuit.
Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → WARNING: MAKE SURE THE BATTERY IS DISCONNECTED,
THEN WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Replace
the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Informa-
tion.
Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
68
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
69
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Symptom:
DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY
CLOCKSPRING, DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY
DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 OR LINE 2 SHORT TO BATTERY
ACM, DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT
70
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Yes → Go To 3
3 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND All
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Load Tool from the Driver Airbag connector(s).
Disconnect the Clockspring connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Clockspring connector(s).
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt, read the active Airbag Control Module DTC’s.
Does the DRBIIIt show DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY ?
Yes → Go To 4
4 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND All
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY
TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED.
Disconnect the Load Tool from the Clockspring connector(s).
Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool Adaptor to the Airbag Control Module connec-
tor(s).
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
Measure the voltage on the Driver Squib 1 Line 1 and Line 2 circuits between the
Clockspring connector and ground.
Is there any voltage present?
71
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
72
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Symptom:
DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND
CLOCKSPRING, DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND
DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 OR LINE 2 SHORTED TO GROUND
ACM, DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT
73
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Yes → Go To 3
3 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND All
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Load Tool from the Driver Airbag connector(s).
Disconnect the Clockspring connector.
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Clockspring connector.
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt, read the active Airbag Control Module DTC’s.
Does the DRBIIIt show DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND?
Yes → Go To 4
4 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND All
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Load Tool from the Clockspring connector.
Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool Adaptor to the Airbag Control Module connector.
Measure the resistance of the Driver Squib 1 Line 1 and Line 2 circuits between
Clockspring connector and ground.
Is the resistance below 10K ohms on either circuit?
Yes → Repair Driver Squib 1 Line 1 or Line 2 circuits shorted to ground.
Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
74
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
75
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Symptom:
DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
CLOCKSPRING, DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 OR LINE 2 CIRCUITS OPEN
ACM, DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT
76
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Yes → Go To 3
3 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND All
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Load Tool from the Clockspring connector.
Disconnect the Clockspring connector.
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Clockspring connector.
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt, read the active Airbag Control Module DTC’s.
Does the DRBIIIt show DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN?
Yes → Go To 4
4 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND All
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Load Tool from the Clockspring connector(s).
Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool Adaptor to the Airbag Control Module connec-
tor(s)
Measure the resistance of the Driver Squib 2 Line 1 and Line 2 circuits between the
ACM Adaptor and the Clockspring connector.
Is the resistance below 1.0 ohm on both circuits?
Yes → Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with the Service
Information. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE
IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED.
Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Repair open or high resistance in the Driver Squib 2 Line 1 or
Line 2 circuits.
Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
77
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
78
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Symptom:
DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT
CLOCKSPRING, DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT
DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 SHORT TO LINE 2
ACM, DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT
79
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Yes → Go To 3
3 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND All
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Load Tool from the Driver Airbag connector(s).
Disconnect the Clockspring connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Clockspring connector(s).
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt, read the active Airbag Control Module DTC’s.
Does the DRB show DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT?
Yes → Go To 4
4 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND All
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Load Tool from the Clockspring connector(s).
Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool Adaptor to the Airbag Control Module connec-
tor(s).
Measure the resistance between the Driver Squib 2 Line 1 and Line 2 circuits at the
Clockspring connector.
Is the resistance below 10K ohms?
Yes → Repair the Driver Squib 2 Line 1 circuit shorted to Driver Squib
2 Line 2 circuit.
Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
80
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
81
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Symptom:
DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO BATTERY
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 SHORT TO BATTERY
CLOCKSPRING, DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO BATTERY
DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 OR LINE 2 SHORT TO BATTERY
ACM, DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO BATTERY
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT
82
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Yes → Go To 3
3 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND All
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Load Tool from the Driver Airbag connector(s).
Disconnect the Clockspring connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Clockspring connector(s).
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt, read the active Airbag Control Module DTC’s.
Does the DRB show DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO BATTERY ?
Yes → Go To 4
4 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND All
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Load Tool from the Clockspring connector(s).
Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool Adaptor to the Airbag Control Module connec-
tor(s).
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
Measure the voltage on the Driver Squib 2 Line 1 and Line 2 from the Clockspring
connector to ground.
Is there any voltage present?
83
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
84
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Symptom:
DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO GROUND
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 SHORT TO GROUND
CLOCKSPRING, DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO GROUND
DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 OR LINE 2 SHORT TO GROUND
ACM, DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO GROUND
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT
85
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Yes → Go To 3
3 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND All
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Load Tool from the Driver Airbag connector(s).
Disconnect the Clockspring connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Clockspring connector(s).
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt, read the active Airbag Control Module DTC’s.
Does the DRB show DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO GROUND?
Yes → Go To 4
4 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND All
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Load Tool from the Clockspring connector.
Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector.
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool Adaptor to the Airbag Control Module connector.
Measure the resistance of the Driver Squib 2 Line 1 and Line 2 circuits between
Clockspring connector and ground.
Is the resistance below 10K ohms on either circuit?
Yes → Repair Driver Squib 2 Line 1 or Line 2 circuits shorted to ground.
Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
86
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
87
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Symptom:
INTERROGATE LEFT SIACM
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERROGATE LEFT SIACM
ACM, NO ACTIVE LEFT SIACM DTCS
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT
88
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Repair
Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service
Instructions. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE
IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED.
Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
4 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: MAINTAIN A SAFE DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE
PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
Yes → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.
89
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Symptom:
INTERROGATE RIGHT SIACM
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERROGATE RIGHT SIACM
NO ACTIVE RIGHT SIACM DTCS
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT
90
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Repair
Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service
Instructions. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE
IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED.
Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
4 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: MAINTAIN A SAFE DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE
PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
Yes → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.
91
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Symptom List:
LOSS OF IGNITION RUN - START
ORC RUN - START DRIVER OPEN
ORC RUN - START DRIVER OVER CURRENT
ORC RUN - START DRIVER OVER TEMP
ORC RUN - START DRIVER OVER VOLT
ORC RUN - START DRIVER SHORT TO GROUND
SIACM RUN - START DRIVER OPEN
SIACM RUN - START DRIVER OVER CURRENT
SIACM RUN - START DRIVER OVER TEMP
SIACM RUN - START DRIVER OVER VOLT
SIACM RUN - START DRIVER SHORT TO GROUND
Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests.
The title for the tests will be RUN - START CIRCUIT TEST.
92
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
93
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ORC, LOSS OF IGNITION RUN - START
ACM, ORC RUN - START OPEN
FCM, ORC RUN - START OPEN
IPM, ORC RUN - START DRIVER OPEN
ORC RUN - START DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN
FCM, ORC RUN - START SHORT
LEFT SIDE IMPACT AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE
RIGHT SIDE IMPACT AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE
IPM, ORC RUN - START SHORT
ORC RUN - START CIRCUIT SHORT
ACM, ORC RUN - START DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORT
FCM, SIACM RUN - START OPEN
RIGHT SIACM AND SIACM RUN - START CIRCUIT OPEN
FCM, SIACM RUN - START OPEN
FCM, SIACM RUN - START CIRCUIT SHORT
IPM, SIACM RUN - START CIRCUIT OPEN
RSIACM, RUN - START CIRCUIT OPEN
SIACM RUN - START CIRCUIT OPEN
IPM, SIACM RUN - START CIRCUIT SHORT
LSIACM, SIACM RUN - START CIRCUIT SHORT
LEFT SIACM AND SIACM RUN - START CIRCUIT OPEN
HIGH BATTERY VOLTAGE
94
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FCM, RUN - START OVER VOLTAGE
RIGHT SIACM, SIACM RUN - START CIRCUIT SHORT
SIACM RUN - START CIRCUIT SHORT
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT
Yes → Go To 3
95
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
4 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND All
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY
TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED.
Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool ACM Adaptor to the Airbag Control Module
connector(s).
Connect a test light to ground and the ORC Run-Start Driver circuit at the ACM
adaptor.
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
Turn the ignition off, wait 90 seconds, then turn the ignition on.
With the DRBIIIt, read the active FCM DTC’s.
Does the DRB show an active ORC RUN - START DRIVER OPEN code?
Yes → Go To 5
No → WARNING: MAKE SURE THE BATTERY IS DISCONNECTED,
THEN WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Replace
the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Instruc-
tions.
Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
96
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
7 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND All
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Front Control Module connector.
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance of the ORC Run - Start Driver circuit between the Front
Control Module connector and ground.
Is the resistance below 500K ohms?
Yes → Go To 8
No → Replace the Front Control Module.
Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Yes → Go To 9
97
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Yes → Repair the ORC Run - Start Driver circuit shorted to ground.
Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
10 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND All
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
WARNING: IF THE SIDE IMPACT AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS
DROPPED AT ANY TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED.
Disconnect the Left Side Impact Airbag Control Module.
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
NOTE: When the ignition key is turned off, the FCM will supply a diagnostic
voltage to the SIACM Run-Start Driver circuit for approximately 60 sec-
onds.
Turn the ignition off.
Measure the diagnostic voltage of the SIACM Run - Start Driver circuit between the
Left Side Impact Airbag Control Module connector and ground.
Select the results from the list below?
Is the voltage between 1.0 and 2.2 volts
Replace the Front Control Module.
Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Is the voltage between 2.4 and 5.0 volts
Go To 11
No Voltage present?
Go To 12
98
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
12 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND All
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
WARNING: IF THE SIDE IMPACT AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS
DROPPED AT ANY TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED.
Disconnect the Right Side Impact Airbag Control Module.
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
Measure the voltage of the SIACM Run - Start Driver circuit between the Right Side
Impact Airbag Control Module connector and ground.
Is there any voltage present?
Yes → WARNING: Make sure the battery is disconnected and wait 2
minutes. Replace the Right Side Impact Airbag Control Module
and repair the open SIACM Run - Start Driver circuit between
the splice and the Left Side Impact Airbag Control Module
connector.
Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 13
13 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND All
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Front Control Module.
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance of the SIACM Run - Start Driver circuit between the Front
Control Module connector and the Right SIACM connector.
Is the resistance below 1.0 ohms?
Yes → Replace the Front Control Module.
Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 14
99
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Yes → Refer to Charging Category for the P1594 Charging System Too
High symptom.
Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Front Control Module.
Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
16 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND All
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Front Control Module.
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance of the SIACM Run-Start Driver circuit between the Front
Control Module connector and ground.
Is the resistance below 500K ohms?
Yes → Go To 17
No → Replace the Front Control Module.
Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Yes → Go To 18
Yes → Go To 19
No → Replace the Left Side Impact Airbag Control Module..
Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
100
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
20 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: MAINTAIN A SAFE DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE
PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
101
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Symptom List:
LOSS OF IGNITION RUN ONLY
ORC RUN ONLY DRIVER OPEN
ORC RUN ONLY DRIVER OVER CURRENT
ORC RUN ONLY DRIVER OVER TEMP
ORC RUN ONLY DRIVER OVER VOLT
ORC RUN ONLY DRIVER SHORT TO GROUND
Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests.
The title for the tests will be RUN ONLY CIRCUIT TEST.
102
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ACM, LOSS OF IGNITION RUN ONLY
ACM, ORC RUN ONLY CIRCUIT OPEN
FCM, ORC RUN ONLY CIRCUIT OPEN
IPM, ORC RUN ONLY CIRCUIT OPEN
ORC RUN ONLY DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN
FCM, ORC RUN ONLY CIRCUIT SHORT
IPM, ORC RUN ONLY CIRCUIT SHORT
ACM, ORC RUN ONLY CIRCUIT SHORT
ORC RUN ONLY CIRCUIT SHORT
HIGH BATTERY VOLTAGE
ORC RUN ONLY OVER VOLTAGE
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT
103
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Yes → Go To 3
No → WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE
BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEED-
ING. Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with
Service Instructions.
Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
3 Select the active FCM RUN ONLY DTC displayed on the DRB. All
104
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
5 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND All
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Front Control Module.
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance of the ORC Run - Start Driver circuit between the Front
Control Module connector and the Airbag Control Module adapter.
Is the resistance below 1.0 ohms?
No → Go To 6
Yes → Refer to Charging Category for the P1594 Charging System Too
High symptom.
Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
105
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Yes → Go To 9
Yes → Go To 10
No → Replace the IPM.
Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
106
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
107
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Symptom:
MODULE NOT CONFIGURED FOR SAB
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PCM, PCI COMMUNICATION FAILURE
CHECK PCM VIN
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACM, ORC NOT CONFIGURED FOR SIDE AIRBAGS
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT
Yes → Go To 3
108
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Yes → Go To 4
4 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND All
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY
TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.
Repair
Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service
Instructions. WARNING: make sure the battery is disconnected
and wait 2 minutes before proceeding.
Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components, the ignition must be
turned off and the battery must be disconnected.
5 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: MAINTAIN A SAFE DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE
PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
109
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Symptom:
NO CLUSTER MESSAGE
NO CLUSTER MESSAGE
When Monitored: With ignition on, the ACM monitors the PCI Bus for a message from
the MIC containing the airbag warning indicator status. The MIC transmits the message
one time at ignition on, lamp state change, or in response to the ACM message.
Set Condition: If the MIC message is not received for 10 consecutive seconds, the code
will set.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
MIC, COMMUNICATION FAILURE
ACM, NO CLUSTER MESSAGES
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT
Yes → Go To 3
110
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Repair
WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED
AT ANY TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED. Replace the Airbag
Control Module in accordance with Service Instructions.
Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
4 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: MAINTAIN A SAFE DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE
PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
Yes → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.
No → No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning
vehicle to customer.
111
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Symptom:
NO LEFT SIACM MESSAGE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
NO LEFT SIACM MESSAGE
ACM, NO LEFT SIACM MESSAGE
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT
2 With the DRBIIIt select PASSIVE RESTRAINTS, SIDE AIRBAG then LEFT SIDE All
from the DRB menu.
Does the DRBIIIt show NO RESPONSE or BUS +/- SIGNAL OPEN?
3 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND All
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.
Repair
Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service
Instructions. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE
IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED.
Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
112
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
113
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Symptom:
NO ODOMETER MESSAGE
NO ODOMETER MESSAGE
When Monitored: With ignition on, the ACM monitors the PCI Bus for the Odometer
message from the Body Control Module. The PCM transmits the odometer message at 1
second intervals.
Set Condition: The code will set, if the ACM does not see the odometer message for 10
seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PCM, PCI COMMUNICATION FAILURE
NO ODOMETER MESSAGE
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACM, NO ODOMETER MESSAGE
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT
2 Connect the DRBIIIt to the data link connector and select PASSIVE RESTRAINTS, All
AIRBAG, SYSTEM TEST.
With the DRBIIIt, read the PCM Active on the Bus:.
Does the DRB show PCM ACTIVE ON THE BUS?
Yes → Go To 3
114
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
4 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND All
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY
TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.
Repair
WARNING: make sure the battery is disconnected and wait 2
minutes before proceeding. Replace the Airbag Control Module in
accordance with Service Instructions.
Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
NOTE: When reconnecting airbag system components the Ignition must be
turned off and the Battery must be disconnected.
5 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: MAINTAIN A SAFE DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE
PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
Yes → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.
115
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Symptom:
NO PCI TRANSMISSION
NO PCI TRANSMISSION
When Monitored: With the ignition on and the module transmitting information on the
PCI BUS.
Set Condition: The code will set if the onboard diagnostic cannot detect the module
transmitting information on the PCI BUS for 4 consecutive seconds. NOTE: Any PCI Bus
Failure will may cause a stored code to set.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE - ACM
LEFT SIDE IMPACT AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE - LSIACM
RIGHT SIDE IMPACT AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE - RSIACM
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT
116
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
ACM - ACTIVE
WARNING: TURN IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BAT-
TERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with the Service
Instructions.
ACM - STORED
Go To 2
117
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
118
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Symptom:
NO PCM MESSAGE
NO PCM MESSAGE
When Monitored: With ignition on, the Side Impact Airbag Control Module monitors the
PCI Bus for the PCM VIN message.
Set Condition: If the Side Impact Airbag Control Module fails to see the PCM message on
the PCI Bus for 15 seconds the code will set.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PCM, PCI COMMUNICATION FAILURE
NO PCM MESSAGE
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT
SIACM, NO PCM MESSAGE
2 Connect the DRBIIIt to the data link connector and select PASSIVE RESTRAINTS, All
AIRBAG, SYSTEM TEST.
With the DRBIIIt, read the PCM Active on the Bus:.
Does the DRB show PCM ACTIVE ON THE BUS?
Yes → Go To 3
119
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
4 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND All
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
WARNING: IF THE SIDE IMPACT AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS
DROPPED AT ANY TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.
Repair
WARNING: MAKE SURE THE BATTERY IS DISCONNECTED,
THEN WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Replace
the Side Impact Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service
Instructions.
Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
5 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: MAINTAIN A SAFE DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE
PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
120
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Symptom:
NO RIGHT SIACM MESSAGE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
NO RIGHT SIACM MESSAGE
ACM, NO RIGHT SIACM MESSAGE
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT
2 With the DRBIIIt select SIDE AIRBAG and the RIGHT SIDE AIRBAG from the All
DRBIIIt menu.
Does the DRBIIIt show NO RESPONSE or BUS +/- SIGNAL OPEN?
121
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Repair
Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service
Instructions. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE
IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED.
Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
4 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: MAINTAIN A SAFE DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE
PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
Yes → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.
No → No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning
vehicle to customer.
122
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Symptom:
PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH CIRCUIT OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PASSENGER SBS OPEN
PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH CIRCUITS OPEN
ACM, PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH CIRCUIT OPEN
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT
123
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Yes → Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with the Service
information. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE
IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED.
Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
4 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: MAINTAIN A SAFE DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE
PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
124
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Symptom:
PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORT TO BATTERY
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH CIRCUITS SHORTED TO BATTERY
PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORT TO BATTERY
ACM, PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORT TO BATTERY
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT
125
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
4 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: MAINTAIN A SAFE DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE
PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
126
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Symptom:
PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORT TO GROUND
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORT TOGETHER OR TO GROUND
PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER
PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH CIRCUITS SHORTED TO GROUND
ACM, PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORT TO GROUND
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT
No → Go To 3
127
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Yes → Repair the Passenger Seat Belt Switch Line 1 and Line 2 shorted
together.
Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 4
4 WARNING: TURN IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT All
TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance of the Passenger SBS Line 1 and line 2 circuit between the
Passenger SBS connector and ground.
Is the resistance below 10K ohms on either circuit?
Yes → Repair the Passenger Seat Belt Switch line 1 or line 2 shorted to
ground.
Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with the Service
information. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE
IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED.
Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
5 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: MAINTAIN A SAFE DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE
PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
Yes → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.
128
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Symptom:
PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN
PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 1 OR LINE 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
ACM, PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT OPEN
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT
2 WARNING: TURN IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT All
TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner connector.
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner connector.
WARNING: TURN IGNITION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt, read the active Airbag Control Module DTC’s.
Does the DRBIIIt display PASSENGER SBT CIRCUIT OPEN?
Yes → Go To 3
No → Replace the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner in accordance with the
Service Information.
Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
129
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
4 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: MAINTAIN A SAFE DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE
PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
130
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Symptom:
PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 1 SHORT TO LINE 2
PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORT
ACM, PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORT
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT
2 WARNING: TURN IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT All
TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner connector.
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner connector.
WARNING: TURN IGNITION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt, read the active Airbag Control Module DTC’s.
Does the DRBIIIt show PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER CIRCUIT SHORT?
Yes → Go To 3
No → Replace the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner in accordance with the
Service Information.
Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
131
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
4 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: MAINTAIN A SAFE DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE
PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
132
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Symptom:
PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO BATTERY
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO BATTERY
PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 1 OR LINE 2 SHORT TO BATTERY
ACM, PASSENGER SBT SHORT TO BATTERY
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT
2 WARNING: TURN IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT All
TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner connector.
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner connector.
WARNING: TURN IGNITION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt, read the active Airbag Control Module DTC’s.
Does the DRBIIIt display PASSENGER SBT SHORT TO BATTERY?
Yes → Go To 3
No → Replace the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner in accordance with the
Service Information.
Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
133
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Yes → Repair the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner Line 1 or Line 2 short
to battery.
Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
4 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: MAINTAIN A SAFE DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE
PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
134
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Symptom:
PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO GROUND
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER SHORT TO GROUND
PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 1 OR LINE 2 SHORTED TO GROUND
ACM, PASSENGER SBT SHORT TO GROUND
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT
2 WARNING: TURN IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT All
TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner connector.
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner connector.
WARNING: TURN IGNITION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt, read the active Airbag Control Module DTC’s.
Does the DRBIIIt display PASSENGER SBT SHORT TO GROUND?
Yes → Go To 3
No → Replace the Passenger Seat Belt Tensioner in accordance with the
Service Information.
Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
135
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
4 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: MAINTAIN A SAFE DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE
PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
136
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Symptom:
PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PAB SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN
PAB SQUIB 1 LINE 1 OR LINE 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
ACM, PAB SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT
137
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Yes → Go To 3
3 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND All
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Load Tool from the Passenger Airbag connector(s).
Disconnect the Airbag Control module connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the Load Tool ACM Adaptor to the Airbag Control Module connector(s).
Measure the resistance of the Passenger Squib 1 Line 1 and Line 2 circuit between
the ACM Adaptor and the Passenger Airbag connector.
Is the resistance below 1.0 ohms on both circuits?
Yes → Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service
Instructions. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE
IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED.
Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Repair open or high resistance in Passenger Squib 1 Line 1 or
Line 2 circuits.
Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
138
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
139
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Symptom:
PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PAB SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT
PAB SQUIB 1 LINE 1 SHORT TO LINE 2
ACM, PAB SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT
2 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND All
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Passenger Airbag connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE
DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR
IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED, AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR
FATAL INJURY.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Passenger Airbag connector(s).
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt, read the active Airbag Control Module DTC’s.
Does the DRBIIIt show PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT?
Yes → Go To 3
140
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
4 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: MAINTAIN A SAFE DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE
PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
141
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Symptom:
PASSENGER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PAB SQUIB 1 CIRCUITS SHORT TO BATTERY
PAB SQUIB 1 LINE 1 OR LINE 2 SHORT TO BATTERY
ACM, PAB SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT
2 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND All
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Passenger Airbag connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE
DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR
IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED, AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR
FATAL INJURY.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Passenger Airbag connector(s).
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt, read the active Airbag Control Module DTC’s.
Does the DRBIIIt show PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY?
Yes → Go To 3
142
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
4 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: MAINTAIN A SAFE DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE
PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
143
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Symptom:
PASSENGER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PAB SQUIB 1 CIRCUITS SHORT TO GROUND
PAB SQUIB 1 LINE 1 OR LINE 2 SHORT TO GROUND
ACM, PAB SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT
144
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Yes → Go To 3
3 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND All
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Load Tool from the Passenger Airbag connector(s).
Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool Adaptor to the Airbag Control Module connector.
Measure the resistance of the Passenger Squib 1 Line 1 or Line 2 circuit between the
Passenger Airbag Module Connector and ground.
Is the resistance below 10K ohms on either circuit?
Yes → Repair Passenger Squib 1 Line 1 and Line 2 circuits for a short to
ground.
Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
145
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
146
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Symptom:
PASSENGER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 OR LINE 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
ACM, PASSENGER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT
147
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Yes → Go To 3
3 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND All
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Load Tool from the Passenger Airbag connector(s).
Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool adaptor to the Airbag Control Module connec-
tor(s).
Measure the resistance of the Passenger Squib 2 Line 1 and Line 2 circuits between
the ACM Adaptor and the Passenger Airbag connector.
Is the resistance below 1.0 ohms on both circuits?
148
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
149
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Symptom:
PASSENGER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT
PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 SHORT TO LINE 2
ACM, PASSENGER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT
2 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND All
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Passenger Airbag connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE
DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR
IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED, AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR
FATAL INJURY.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Passenger Airbag connector(s).
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt, read the active Airbag Control Module DTC’s.
Does the DRBIIIt show PASSENGER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT?
Yes → Go To 3
150
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
4 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: MAINTAIN A SAFE DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE
PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
151
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Symptom:
PASSENGER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO BATTERY
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY
PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 OR LINE 2 SHORT TO BATTERY
ACM, PASSENGER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT
2 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND All
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Passenger Airbag connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE
DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR
IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED, AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR
FATAL INJURY.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Passenger Airbag connector(s).
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt, read the active Airbag Control Module DTC’s.
Does the DRBIIIt show PASSENGER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO BATTERY?
Yes → Go To 3
152
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
4 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: MAINTAIN A SAFE DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE
PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
153
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Symptom:
PASSENGER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO GROUND
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PASSENGER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 OR LINE 2 SHORT TO GROUND
ACM, PASSENGER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT
154
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Yes → Go To 3
3 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND All
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE
DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR
IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED, AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR
FATAL INJURY.
Disconnect the Load Tool from the Passenger Airbag connector(s).
Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector(s).
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean repair as necessary.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool Adaptor to the Airbag Control Module connec-
tor(s).
Measure the resistance of the Passenger Squib 2 Line 1 and Line 2 circuits between
the Passenger Airbag Module connector and ground.
Is the resistance below 10K ohms on either circuit?
Yes → Repair Passenger Squib 2 Line 1 or Line 2 circuit for a short to
ground.
Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service
Information. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE
IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED.
Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
155
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
156
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Symptom:
SEAT SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
SEAT AIRBAG CIRCUIT OPEN
SEAT SQUIB LINE 1 OR LINE 2 CIRCUIT OPEN
SIACM, SEAT SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT
157
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Yes → Go To 3
3 WARNING: TURN IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT All
TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Load Tool from the Seat Airbag Connector.
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED SEAT BACK PAD-
DED SIDE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL
INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED, AND COULD RESULT IN
SERIOUS OR FATAL INJURY.
Disconnect the Side Impact Airbag Control Module Connector.
If the SIACM connector is equipped with shorting clips or bars connect the
appropriate Airbag Load Tool SIACM Adapter to the connector.
Measure the resistance of the Seat Squib Line 1 and Line 2 circuits between the Load
Tool SIACM adaptor and the Seat Airbag connector.
Is the resistance below 1.0 ohms on both circuits?
Yes → Replace the Side Impact Airbag Control Module in accordance
with the Service information. WARNING: IF THE SIDE IMPACT
AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME, IT
MUST BE REPLACED.
Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Repair open or high resistance in the Seat Squib Line 1 or Line 2
circuits.
Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
158
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
159
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Symptom:
SEAT SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
SEAT AIRBAG CIRCUIT SHORT
SEAT SQUIB LINE 1 SHORT TO LINE 2
SIACM, SEAT SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT
160
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Yes → Go To 3
3 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND All
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Side Impact Airbag Control Module connector
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
If the SIACM connector is equipped with shorting clips or bars connect the
appropriate Airbag Load Tool Adapter to the connector.
Measure the resistance between the Seat Squib Line 1 and Line 2 circuits at the Seat
Airbag connector.
Is the resistance below 10K ohms?
161
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
162
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Symptom:
SEAT SQUIB SHORT TO BATTERY
POSSIBLE CAUSES
SEAT AIRBAG SHORT TO BATTERY
SEAT SQUIB LINE 1 OR LINE 2 SHORTED TO BATTERY
SIACM, SEAT SQUIB SHORT TO BATTERY
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT
163
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Yes → Go To 3
3 WARNING: TURN IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT All
TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED SEAT BACK PAD-
DED SIDE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL
INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED, AND COULD RESULT IN
SERIOUS OR FATAL INJURY.
Disconnect the Airbag Load Tool.
Disconnect the Side Impact Airbag Control Module connector.
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
If the SIACM connector is equipped with shorting clips or bars connect the
appropriate Airbag Load Tool SIACM Adapter to the connector.
WARNING: TURN IGNITION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
Measure the voltage of the Seat Squib Line 1 and Line 2 circuits between the Seat
Airbag connector and ground.
Is any voltage present on either circuit?
Yes → Repair Seat Squib Line 1 or Line 2 shorted to battery.
Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Side Impact Airbag Control Module in accordance
with Service Information. WARNING: IF THE SIDE IMPACT
AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME, IT
MUST BE REPLACED.
Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
164
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
165
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Symptom:
SEAT SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND
POSSIBLE CAUSES
SEAT AIRBAG SHORT TO GROUND
SEAT SQUIB LINE 1 OR LINE 2 SHORTED TO GROUND
SIACM, SEAT SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT
166
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Yes → Go To 3
3 WARNING: TURN IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT All
TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED SEAT BACK PAD-
DED SIDE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE, THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL
INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED, AND COULD RESULT IN
SERIOUS OR FATAL INJURY.
Disconnect the Airbag Load Tool.
Disconnect the Side Impact Airbag Control Module connector.
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean and repair as necessary.
If the SIACM connector is equipped with shorting clips or bars connect the
appropriate Airbag Load Tool SIAM Adapter to the connector.
Measure the resistance of the Seat Squib Line 1 and Line 2 circuits between the
Curtain Squib connector and ground.
Is the resistance below 10K ohms on either circuit?
Yes → Repair Seat Squib Line 1 or Line 2 shorted to ground.
Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Side Impact Airbag Control Module in accordance
with Service Instructions. WARNING: IF THE SIDE IMPACT
AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME, IT
MUST BE REPLACED.
Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
167
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
168
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Symptom:
VEHICLE BODY STYLE UNKNOWN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PCM, PCI COMMUNICATION FAILURE
VEHICLE BODY STYLE UNKNOWN
ACM, VEHICLE BODY STYLE UNKNOWN
STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION
ACTIVE CODE PRESENT
2 Connect the DRBIIIt to the data link connector and select PASSIVE RESTRAINTS, All
AIRBAG, SYSTEM TEST.
With the DRBIIIt, read the PCM Active on the Bus:.
Does the DRB show PCM ACTIVE ON THE BUS:?
Yes → Go To 3
169
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
4 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND All
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY
TIME, IT MUST BE REPLACED.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.
Repair
Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service
Instructions. WARNING: make sure the battery is disconnected
and wait 2 minutes before proceeding.
Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
NOTE: When reconnecting airbag system components the Ignition must be
turned off and the Battery must be disconnected.
5 With the DRBIIIt, record and erase all DTC’s from all Airbag modules. All
If equipped with Passenger Airbag On - Off switch, read the DTC’s in all switch
positions.
If any ACTIVE codes are present they must be resolved before diagnosing any stored
codes.
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND
WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Look for chaffed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires and broken, bent, pushed
out, spread, corroded, or contaminated terminals.
The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent
problem.
Reconnect any disconnected components and harness connector.
WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON, THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.
With the DRBIIIt monitor active codes as you work through the following steps.
WARNING: MAINTAIN A SAFE DISTANCE FROM ALL AIRBAGS WHILE
PERFORMING THE FOLLOWING STEPS.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the related airbag circuit or component.
If codes are related to the Driver circuits, rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop.
You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code
message.
Did the DTC become active?
Yes → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.
170
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AIRBAG
Symptom:
*AIRBAG INDICATOR ON WITHOUT ACTIVE TROUBLE CODES
POSSIBLE CAUSES
AIRBAG WARNING INDICATOR ON WITHOUT ACTIVE TROUBLE CODES
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER PROBLEMS
171
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUDIO
Symptom:
ALL OUTPUTS SHORT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DETERMINE FAULT
FRONT SHORTED SPEAKER
REAR SHORTED SPEAKER
(+) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(-) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
SPEAKER (+) & (-) CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER
SPEAKER SECTION OF RADIO
172
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUDIO
Yes → Go To 3
No → Replace the Speaker that when disconnected the DTC did not
reset. Note: On the premium system, check the I/P speaker
circuits between the front door speaker and the I/P speaker for a
short to ground or shorted together condition before replacing
speaker.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace Speaker that when disconnected the DTC did not reset.
Note: On the premium system, check the rear speaker ckts
between the rear door speaker and the rear pillar speaker for a
short to ground or shorted together condition before replacing
speaker.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
173
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUDIO
No → Go To 6
174
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUDIO
Symptom List:
CASSETTE PLAYER INOP
CD MECHANICAL FAILURE
REAR TRANSMITTER FAILURE
*AM/FM SWITCH INOPERATIVE
*ANY STATION PRESET SWITCH INOPERATIVE
*BALANCE INOPERATIVE
*CD EJECT SWITCH INOPERATIVE
*EQUALIZER INOPERATIVE
*FADER INOPERATIVE
*FF/RW SWITCH INOPERATIVE
*HOUR/MINUTE SWITCHES INOPERATIVE
*PAUSE/PLAY SWITCH INOPERATIVE
*PWR SWITCH INOPERATIVE
*SCAN SWITCH INOPERATIVE
*SEEK SWITCH INOPERATIVE
*SET SWITCH INOPERATIVE
*TAPE EJECT SWITCH INOPERATIVE
*TIME SWITCH INOPERATIVE
*TUNE SWITCH INOPERATIVE
Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests.
The title for the tests will be CASSETTE PLAYER INOP.
CD MECHANICAL FAILURE
When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition and CD player turned on.
Set Condition: The code will set if the radio detects a CD mechanical failure.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERNAL FAILURE
175
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUDIO
Repair
Replace the Radio.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
176
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUDIO
Symptom:
CD CHANGER MECHANICAL FAILURE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERNAL FAILURE
177
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUDIO
Symptom:
CD CHANGER READ FAILURE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CD CHANGER READ FAILURE
178
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUDIO
Symptom:
CD CHANGER TEMPERATURE HIGH
POSSIBLE CAUSES
HIGH TEMPERATURE FAILURE
179
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUDIO
Symptom:
CD PLAY FAILURE
CD PLAY FAILURE
When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition and the radio CD player turned on.
Set Condition: The code will set if a CD that is not formatted as a music CD or is
scratched, dirty so the radio can not play the CD.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CD PLAY FAILURE
180
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUDIO
Symptom:
CD READ FAILURE
CD READ FAILURE
When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition and the radio CD player turned on.
Set Condition: The code will set if a CD that is not formatted as a music CD is installed
in the radio CD player.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CD READ FAILURE
181
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUDIO
Symptom:
CD TEMPERATURE HIGH
CD TEMPERATURE HIGH
When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition and the radio CD player turned on.
Set Condition: The code will set if the temperature inside the radio CD player is above
+70° C (+156° F).
POSSIBLE CAUSES
HIGH TEMPERATURE FAILURE
182
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUDIO
Symptom:
LOW VOLTAGE LEVEL
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK CHARGING SYSTEM
CHECK VOLTAGE LEVEL AT RADIO
RADIO
183
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUDIO
Symptom List:
NBS OUTPUT 1 OPEN
NBS OUTPUT 2 OPEN
Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests.
The title for the tests will be NBS OUTPUT 1 OPEN.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK DTCS
FUSED B+ CIRCUIT OPEN
NBS RELAY OPEN
NBS RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
FRONT CONTROL MODULE
Yes → Go To 2
Yes → Go To 3
No → Check IPM Fuse #14 for an open. If OK, replace the Integrated
Power Module (IPM).
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
184
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUDIO
Yes → Go To 4
185
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUDIO
Symptom List:
NBS OUTPUT 1 SHORT TO BATT
NBS OUTPUT 2 SHORT TO BATT
Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests.
The title for the tests will be NBS OUTPUT 1 SHORT TO
BATT.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK DTCS
NBS RELAY SHORTED
NBS RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY
FRONT CONTROL MODULE
Yes → Go To 2
186
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUDIO
Yes → Go To 3
187
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUDIO
Symptom:
NO ANTENNA CONNECTION
NO ANTENNA CONNECTION
When Monitored: With the ignition on and the radio in seek up/down mode.
Set Condition: With the radio in seek or scan mode for two minutes and the radio does not
detect an antenna connection or does not receive a radio station signal.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
BAD ANTENNA CONNECTION
TEST ANTENNA
RADIO
2 Refer to the Audio System in the service information and test the Antenna in All
accordance with the service procedure.
Is the Antenna ok?
Yes → Go To 3
No → Test Complete.
188
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUDIO
Symptom:
POWER AMP SHUTDOWN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DETERMINE FAULT
FRONT SHORTED SPEAKER
REAR SHORTED SPEAKER
(+) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
(-) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
SPEAKER (+) & (-) CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER
SPEAKER SECTION OF RADIO
189
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUDIO
Yes → Go To 3
No → Replace the Speaker that when disconnected the DTC did not
reset. Note: On the premium system, check the I/P speaker
circuits between the front door speaker and the I/P speaker for a
short to ground or shorted together condition before replacing
speaker.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace Speaker that when disconnected the DTC did not reset.
Note: On the premium system, check the rear speaker ckts
between the rear door speaker and the rear pillar speaker for a
short to ground or shorted together condition before replacing
speaker.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
190
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUDIO
No → Go To 6
191
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUDIO
Symptom:
REMOTE RADIO SWITCH STUCK
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
LEFT REMOTE RADIO SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND
RIGHT REMOTE RADIO SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND
RADIO CONTROL MUX CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND AT THE SWITCH
RADIO CONTROL MUX CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE RETURN CIRCUIT AT THE SWITCH
CLOCKSPRING SHORTED TO GROUND
RADIO CONTROL MUX CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
RADIO CONTROL MUX CKT SHORTED TO THE RADIO CONTROL MUX RETURN CKT
BODY CONTROL MODULE
Yes → Go To 2
2 WARNING: Turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait 2 minutes All
before proceeding.
CAUTION: Do not place an intact undeployed airbag module face down on
a hard surface, the airbag module will propel into the air if accidently
deployed.
Remove the Driver Airbag Module.
Disconnect the Left Remote Radio Switch harness connector.
Turn the ignition on, reconnect the battery.
With the DRB, enter Body Computer then Sensors and monitor the Radio Control SW
voltage.
Is the voltage approximately 5.0 volts?
Yes → Replace the Left Remote Radio Switch.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3
192
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUDIO
No → Go To 4
Yes → Go To 5
No → Go To 6
No → Repair the Radio Control MUX circuit for a short to the Radio
Control MUX Return circuit between the clockspring and the
remote radio switches.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 7
193
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUDIO
No → Go To 8
194
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUDIO
Symptom:
*REMOTE RADIO CONTROLS INOPERATIVE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
OPEN RADIO CONTROL MUX CIRCUIT AT THE SWITCH
OPEN RADIO CONTROL MUX RETURN CIRCUIT AT THE SWITCH
REMOTE RADIO SWITCH
BODY CONTROL MODULE - INTERNAL SHORT
OPEN CLOCKSPRING
OPEN RADIO CONTROL MUX CIRCUIT
OPEN RADIO CONTROL MUX RETURN CIRCUIT
BODY CONTROL MODULE - OPEN INTERNAL
Yes → Go To 2
No → Go To 7
Yes → Go To 3
Yes → Check the circuits between the clockspring connector and the
splice for an open. If ok, replace the Clockspring.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 4
195
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUDIO
No → Repair the Radio Control MUX circuit for an open between the
clockspring and the BCM.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Repair the Radio Control MUX Return circuit for an open be-
tween the clockspring and the BCM.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
7 WARNING: Turn the ignition off, disconnect the battery and wait 2 minutes All
before proceeding.
CAUTION: Do not place an intact undeployed airbag module face down on
a hard surface, the airbag module will propel into the air if accidently
deployed.
Remove the Driver Airbag Module.
Disconnect both remote radio switch harness connectors.
Turn the ignition on, reconnect the battery.
Measure the voltage of the Radio Control MUX circuit at the inoperative remote
radio switch.
Is the voltage approximately 5.0 volts?
Yes → Go To 8
No → Repair the Radio Control MUX circuit for an open between the
inoperative switch and the splice.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
196
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUDIO
Yes → Go To 9
No → Repair the Radio Control MUX Return circuit for an open be-
tween the inoperative switch and the clockspring.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
197
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
Symptom:
AC PRESSURE TOO HIGH (ACTIVE)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PCM/ECM DTC(S) PRESENT
ATC
198
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
Symptom List:
AC PRESSURE TOO HIGH (STORED)
DRIVER BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (STORED)
DRIVER BLEND DOOR RANGE TOO LARGE (STORED)
DRIVER BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (STORED)
EVAP TEMP SENSOR OPEN (STORED)
EVAP TEMP SENSOR SHORTED (STORED)
FRONT IR SENSOR AND CONTROL HEAD MISMATCH (STORED)
FRONT IR SENSOR CHANGE TOO LARGE (STORED)
FRONT IR SENSOR HIGH (STORED)
FRONT IR SENSOR LOW (STORED)
FRONT IR SENSOR NOT CALIBRATED (STORED)
FRONT KEYBOARD COMMUNICATION FAULT (STORED)
FRONT KEYBOARD FAULT (STORED)
FRONT MODE DOOR NOT RESPONDING (STORED)
FRONT MODE DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (STORED)
FRONT MODE DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (STORED)
PASS BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (STORED)
PASS BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (STORED)
PASS BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (STORED)
PCI BUS SHORTED HIGH (STORED)
PCI BUS SHORTED LOW (STORED)
REAR BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (STORED)
REAR BLEND DOOR RANGE TOO LARGE (STORED)
REAR BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (STORED)
REAR FAN POT OPEN (STORED)
REAR FAN POT SHORTED (STORED)
REAR KEYBOARD FAULT (STORED)
REAR MODE DOOR NOT RESPONDING (STORED)
REAR MODE DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (STORED)
REAR MODE DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (STORED)
REAR MODE POT OPEN (STORED)
REAR MODE POT SHORTED (STORED)
RECIRC DOOR NOT RESPONDING (STORED)
RECIRC DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (STORED)
RECIRC DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (STORED)
Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests.
The title for the tests will be AC PRESSURE TOO HIGH
(STORED).
199
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
200
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
201
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
202
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
203
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK FOR ACTIVE ATC DTCS
AC COOLDOWN TEST FAULT MESSAGE(S) PRESENT
STORED CODES TEST COMPLETE
No → Go To 2
204
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
205
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
Symptom:
COOLDOWN TEST FAILED
POSSIBLE CAUSES
OTHER COOLDOWN TEST FAULT MESSAGES PRESENT
ATC DTC(S) PRESENT
CHECK THE PCM/ECM FOR DTCS
A/C SYSTEM TESTING
2 CAUTION: The work area ambient temperature must be above 15.6°C (60°F) All
to test A/C system operation.
Turn the ignition on.
With the DRBIIIt, read ATC DTCs.
Does the DRBIIIt display any ATC DTCs?
No → Go To 3
206
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
207
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
Symptom:
DRIVER BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (ACTIVE)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRIVER BLEND DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT (A) SHORTED TO GROUND
DRIVER BLEND DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT (B) SHORTED TO GROUND
DRIVER BLEND DOOR DRIVER CIRCUITS (A) AND (B) SHORTED TOGETHER
DRIVER BLEND DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT (A) OPEN
DRIVER BLEND DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT (B) OPEN
ATC
DRIVER BLEND DOOR ACTUATOR
No → Repair the Driver Blend Door Driver (B) circuit for a short to
ground.
With the DRBIIIt, reset the ATC after repair is complete.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
208
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
No → Repair the Driver Blend Door Driver (A) and (B) circuits for a
short together.
With the DRBIIIt, reset the ATC after repair is complete.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Repair the Driver Blend Door Driver (A) circuit for an open.
With the DRBIIIt, reset the ATC after repair is complete.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 7
Repair
Replace the Driver Blend Door Actuator.
With the DRBIIIt, reset the ATC after repair is complete.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
209
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
Symptom:
DRIVER BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (ACTIVE)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK THE ATC FOR DTCS
DRIVER BLEND DOOR ACTUATOR
DRIVER BLEND DOOR LINKAGE
ATC
No → Go To 3
3 Remove the Driver Blend Door Actuator. Rotate the blend door (door only). Note: This All
should rotate approximately 45 degrees from stop to stop.
Inspect the blend door linkage for excessive wear or missing linkage.
Were any mechanical problems found?
210
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
Symptom:
DRIVER BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (ACTIVE)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK THE ATC FOR DTCS
ATC
OBSTRUCTED BLEND DOOR
DRIVER BLEND DOOR ACTUATOR
Yes → Go To 3
211
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
212
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
Symptom:
EEPROM CHECKSUM ERROR (ACTIVE)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATC - EEPROM CHECKSUM ERROR
213
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
Symptom:
EVAP TEMP SENSOR OPEN (ACTIVE)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
EVAPORATOR TEMP SENSOR SIGNAL CKT SHORTED TO BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL CKT
EVAP TEMP SENSOR SIGNAL CKT SHORTED TO REAR BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL CKT
ATC
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
No → Go To 3
214
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
Yes → Go To 6
215
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
216
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
Symptom:
EVAP TEMP SENSOR SHORTED (ACTIVE)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO SENSOR GROUND CIR-
CUIT
ATC
No → Go To 2
Yes → Go To 3
No → Repair the Evaporator Temperature Sensor Signal circuit be-
tween the ATC C2 harness connector and the in-line C202
harness connector (HVAC side) for a short to ground.
With the DRBIIIt, reset the ATC after repair is complete.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
217
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
218
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
Symptom List:
FRONT AND REAR BLOWER OUTPUT 1 OPEN
FRONT AND REAR BLOWER OUTPUT 2 OPEN
Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests.
The title for the tests will be FRONT AND REAR BLOWER
OUTPUT 1 OPEN.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FRONT & REAR BLOWER OUTPUT 1/2 OPEN
219
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
Symptom List:
FRONT AND REAR BLOWER OUTPUT 1 SHORT TO BATT
FRONT AND REAR BLOWER OUTPUT 2 SHORT TO BATT
Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests.
The title for the tests will be FRONT AND REAR BLOWER
OUTPUT 1 SHORT TO BATT.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FRONT & REAR BLOWER OUTPUT 1/2 SHORT TO BATT
220
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
Symptom List:
FRONT IR SENSOR AND CONTROL HEAD MISMATCH (ACTIVE)
FRONT IR SENSOR CHANGE TOO LARGE (ACTIVE)
FRONT IR SENSOR HIGH (ACTIVE)
FRONT IR SENSOR LOW (ACTIVE)
Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests.
The title for the tests will be FRONT IR SENSOR AND
CONTROL HEAD MISMATCH (ACTIVE).
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATC REMOTE SENSOR
221
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
Symptom List:
FRONT IR SENSOR NOT CALIBRATED (ACTIVE)
FRONT KEYBOARD FAULT (ACTIVE)
Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests.
The title for the tests will be FRONT IR SENSOR NOT
CALIBRATED (ACTIVE).
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATC - PROTECTED IGNITION CIRCUIT FAULT
KDB 2 CLOCK CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
KDB 2 DATA CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
KDB 2 DATA CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
PROTECTED IGNITION CIRCUIT OPEN
SENSOR RETURN CIRCUIT OPEN
KDB 2 CLOCK CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
KDB 2 DATA CIRCUIT OPEN
ATC - KDB 2 DATA CIRCUIT FAULT
ATC - SENSOR RETURN CIRCUIT FAULT
KDB 2 CLOCK CIRCUIT OPEN
ATC - KDB 2 CLOCK CIRCUIT FAULT
ATC REMOTE SENSOR
222
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
No → Go To 16
Yes → Go To 3
No → Go To 13
Yes → Go To 5
No → Go To 9
223
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
Yes → Go To 6
No → Go To 7
Yes → Go To 8
No → Repair the Sensor Return circuit for an open.
With the DRBIIIt, reset the ATC after repair is complete.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 10
Yes → Go To 11
224
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
Repair
Replace the ATC.
With the DRBIIIt, reset the ATC after repair is complete.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Yes → Go To 14
No → Repair the KDB 2 Data circuit for a short to ground.
With the DRBIIIt, reset the ATC after repair is complete.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Repair
Replace the ATC.
With the DRBIIIt, reset the ATC after repair is complete.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
225
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
226
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
Symptom:
FRONT KEYBOARD COMMUNICATION FAULT (ACTIVE)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATC
227
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
Symptom:
FRONT MODE DOOR NOT RESPONDING (ACTIVE)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
MODE DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT (A) SHORTED TO GROUND
MODE DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT (B) SHORTED TO GROUND
MODE DOOR DRIVER CIRCUITS (A) AND (B) SHORTED TOGETHER
MODE DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT (A) OPEN
MODE DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT (B) OPEN
ATC
MODE DOOR ACTUATOR
No → Repair the Mode Door Driver (B) circuit for a short to ground.
With the DRBIIIt, reset the ATC after repair is complete.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
228
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
No → Repair the Mode Door Driver (A) and (B) circuits for a short
together.
With the DRBIIIt, reset the ATC after repair is complete.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Yes → Go To 6
No → Repair the Mode Door Driver (B) circuit for an open.
With the DRBIIIt, reset the ATC after repair is complete.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 7
Repair
Replace the Mode Door Actuator.
With the DRBIIIt, reset the ATC after repair is complete.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
229
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
Symptom:
FRONT MODE DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (ACTIVE)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK THE ATC FOR DTCS
MODE DOOR ACTUATOR
MODE DOOR LINKAGE
ATC
No → Go To 3
3 Remove the Mode Door Actuator. Rotate the mode doors (doors only). Note: These All
should rotate approximately 45 degrees from stop to stop.
Inspect the mode door linkage for excessive wear or missing linkage.
Were any mechanical problems found?
230
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
Symptom:
FRONT MODE DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (ACTIVE)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK THE ATC FOR DTCS
ATC
OBSTRUCTED MODE DOOR
MODE DOOR ACTUATOR
3 Remove the Mode Door Actuator. Rotate the mode doors (doors only). Note: These All
should rotate approximately 45 degrees from stop to stop.
Do the mode doors move smoothly in both directions?
231
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
Symptom:
INVALID CONDITIONS FOR COOLDOWN TEST, EVAP TEMPERA-
TURE TOO LOW
POSSIBLE CAUSES
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE TOO LOW
ATC DTC(S) PRESENT
CHECK THE PCM/ECM FOR DTCS
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT HIGH RESISTANCE
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT HIGH RESISTANCE
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
Yes → Go To 2
2 CAUTION: The work area ambient temperature must be above 15.6°C (60°F) All
to test A/C system operation.
Turn the ignition on.
With the DRBIIIt, read ATC DTCs.
Does the DRBIIIt display any ATC DTCs?
Yes → Return to the symptom list and choose the symptom(s). After the
repair is complete, with the DRBIIIt, erase the DTC(s). Cycle the
ignition switch. With the DRBIIIt, reset the ATC. With the
DRBIIIt, actuate the Cooldown Test.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3
232
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
Yes → Go To 5
No → Go To 6
No → Go To 6
6 NOTE: Ensure that the Evaporator Temperature Sensor harness connector All
is connected to the Evaporator Temperature Sensor.
NOTE: Ensure that the voltmeter leads meet the terminals in the connector
and that there is good terminal to wire connection.
NOTE: Ensure the voltmeter leads are connected for positive polarity.
Back probe the Sensor Ground circuit between the Evaporator Temperature Sensor
harness connector and the ATC harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Is the voltage below 0.10 volt?
Yes → Go To 7
No → Repair the high resistance in the Sensor Ground circuit. After the
repair is complete, with the DRBIIIt, reset the ATC. With the
DRBIIIt, accuate the Cooldown Test.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
233
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
234
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
Symptom:
PASS BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (ACTIVE)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PASSENGER BLEND DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT (A) SHORTED TO GROUND
PASSENGER BLEND DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT (B) SHORTED TO GROUND
PASSENGER BLEND DOOR DRIVER CIRCUITS (A) AND (B) SHORTED TOGETHER
PASSENGER BLEND DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT (A) OPEN
PASSENGER BLEND DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT (B) OPEN
ATC
PASSENGER BLEND DOOR ACTUATOR
No → Repair the Passenger Blend Door Driver (B) circuit for a short to
ground.
With the DRBIIIt, reset the ATC after repair is complete.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
235
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
No → Repair the Passenger Blend Door Driver (A) and (B) circuits for a
short together.
With the DRBIIIt, reset the ATC after repair is complete.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Repair the Passenger Blend Door Driver (A) circuit for an open.
With the DRBIIIt, reset the ATC after repair is complete.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Yes → Go To 6
No → Repair the Passenger Blend Door Driver (B) circuit for an open.
With the DRBIIIt, reset the ATC after repair is complete.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 7
Repair
Replace the Passenger Blend Door Actuator.
With the DRBIIIt, reset the ATC after repair is complete.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
236
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
Symptom:
PASS BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (ACTIVE)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK THE ATC FOR DTCS
PASSENGER BLEND DOOR ACTUATOR
PASSENGER BLEND DOOR LINKAGE
ATC
No → Go To 3
3 Remove the Passenger Blend Door Actuator. Rotate the blend door (door only). Note: All
This should rotate approximately 45 degrees from stop to stop.
Inspect the blend door linkage for excessive wear or missing linkage.
Were any mechanical problems found?
237
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
Symptom:
PASS BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (ACTIVE)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK THE ATC FOR DTCS
ATC
OBSTRUCTED BLEND DOOR
PASSENGER BLEND DOOR ACTUATOR
Yes → Go To 3
238
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
239
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
Symptom List:
PCI BUS SHORTED HIGH (ACTIVE)
PCI BUS SHORTED LOW (ACTIVE)
Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests.
The title for the tests will be PCI BUS SHORTED HIGH
(ACTIVE).
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC CONDITION
240
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
Symptom:
REAR BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (ACTIVE)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
REAR BLEND DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT (A) SHORTED TO GROUND
REAR BLEND DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT (B) SHORTED TO GROUND
REAR BLEND DOOR DRIVER CIRCUITS (A) AND (B) SHORTED TOGETHER
REAR BLEND DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT (A) OPEN
REAR BLEND DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT (B) OPEN
ATC
REAR BLEND DOOR ACTUATOR
No → Repair the Rear Blend Door Driver (B) circuit for a short to
ground.
With the DRBIIIt, reset the ATC after repair is complete.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
241
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
No → Repair the Rear Blend Door Driver (A) and (B) circuits for a short
together.
With the DRBIIIt, reset the ATC after repair is complete.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Repair the Rear Blend Door Driver (A) circuit for an open.
With the DRBIIIt, reset the ATC after repair is complete.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 7
Repair
Replace the Rear Blend Door Actuator.
With the DRBIIIt, reset the ATC after repair is complete.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
242
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
Symptom:
REAR BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (ACTIVE)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK THE ATC FOR DTCS
REAR BLEND DOOR ACTUATOR
REAR BLEND DOOR LINKAGE
ATC
No → Go To 3
3 Remove the Rear Blend Door Actuator. Rotate the blend door (door only). Note: This All
should rotate approximately 45 degrees from stop to stop.
Inspect the blend door linkage for excessive wear or missing linkage.
Were any mechanical problems found?
243
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
Symptom:
REAR BLEND DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (ACTIVE)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK THE ATC FOR DTCS
ATC
OBSTRUCTED BLEND DOOR
REAR BLEND DOOR ACTUATOR
3 Remove the Rear Blend Door Actuator. Rotate the blend door (door only). Note: This All
should rotate approximately 45 degrees from stop to stop.
Does the rear blend door move smoothly in both directions?
244
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
Symptom List:
REAR FAN POT OPEN (ACTIVE)
REAR FAN POT SHORTED (ACTIVE)
REAR MODE POT OPEN (ACTIVE)
REAR MODE POT SHORTED (ACTIVE)
Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests.
The title for the tests will be REAR FAN POT OPEN (ACTIVE).
POSSIBLE CAUSES
REAR ATC SWITCH
245
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
Symptom:
REAR KEYBOARD FAULT (ACTIVE)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
BCM
IGNITION SWITCH (RUN) CIRCUIT OPEN
KDB CLOCK CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
KDB DATA CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
KDB DATA CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
KDB CLOCK CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
KDB DATA CIRCUIT OPEN
ATC - KDB DATA CIRCUIT FAULT
KDB CLOCK CIRCUIT OPEN
ATC - KDB CLOCK CIRCUIT FAULT
REAR ATC SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
REAR AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL SWITCH
No → Go To 14
246
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
No → Go To 11
No → Go To 5
Yes → Go To 6
No → Go To 7
247
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
Yes → Go To 12
248
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
Repair
Replace the ATC.
With the DRBIIIt, reset the ATC after repair is complete.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
249
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
Symptom:
REAR MODE DOOR NOT RESPONDING (ACTIVE)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
REAR MODE DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT (A) SHORTED TO GROUND
REAR MODE DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT (B) SHORTED TO GROUND
REAR MODE DOOR DRIVER CIRCUITS (A) AND (B) SHORTED TOGETHER
REAR MODE DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT (A) OPEN
REAR MODE DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT (B) OPEN
ATC
REAR MODE DOOR ACTUATOR
Yes → Go To 2
No → Repair the Rear Mode Door Driver (A) circuit for a short to
ground.
With the DRBIIIt, reset the ATC after repair is complete.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Yes → Go To 3
No → Repair the Rear Mode Door Driver (B) circuit for a short to
ground.
With the DRBIIIt, reset the ATC after repair is complete.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
250
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
Yes → Go To 4
No → Repair the Rear Mode Door Driver (A) and (B) circuits for a short
together.
With the DRBIIIt, reset the ATC after repair is complete.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Yes → Go To 6
No → Repair the Rear Mode Door Driver (B) circuit for an open.
With the DRBIIIt, reset the ATC after repair is complete.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 7
Repair
Replace the Rear Mode Door Actuator.
With the DRBIIIt, reset the ATC after repair is complete.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
251
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
Symptom:
REAR MODE DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (ACTIVE)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK THE ATC FOR DTCS
REAR MODE DOOR ACTUATOR
REAR MODE DOOR LINKAGE
ATC
No → Go To 3
3 Remove the Rear Mode Door Actuator. Rotate the mode door (door only). Note: This All
should rotate approximately 45 degrees from stop to stop.
Inspect the rear mode door linkage for excessive wear or missing linkage.
Were any mechanical problems found?
252
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
Symptom:
REAR MODE DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (ACTIVE)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK THE ATC FOR DTCS
ATC
OBSTRUCTED MODE DOOR
REAR MODE DOOR ACTUATOR
3 Remove the Rear Mode Door Actuator. Rotate the blend door (door only). Note: This All
should rotate approximately 45 degrees from stop to stop.
Does the rear mode door move smoothly in both directions?
253
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
Symptom:
RECIRC DOOR NOT RESPONDING (ACTIVE)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
RECIRC DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT (A) SHORTED TO GROUND
RECIRC DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT (B) SHORTED TO GROUND
RECIRC DOOR DRIVER CIRCUITS (A) AND (B) SHORTED TOGETHER
RECIRC DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT (A) OPEN
RECIRC DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT (B) OPEN
ATC
RECIRCULATION DOOR ACTUATOR
Yes → Go To 3
No → Repair the Recirculation Door Driver (B) circuit for a short to
ground.
With the DRBIIIt, reset the ATC after repair is complete.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
254
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
No → Repair the Recirculation Door Driver (A) and (B) circuits for a
short together.
With the DRBIIIt, reset the ATC after repair is complete.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 7
Repair
Replace the Recirculation Door Actuator.
With the DRBIIIt, reset the ATC after repair is complete.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
255
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
Symptom:
RECIRC DOOR TRAVEL TOO LARGE (ACTIVE)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK THE ATC FOR DTCS
RECIRCULATION DOOR ACTUATOR
RECIRCULATION DOOR LINKAGE
ATC
No → Go To 3
3 Remove the Recirculation Door Actuator. Rotate the recirculation door (door only). All
Note: This should rotate approximately 45 degrees from stop to stop.
Inspect the recirculation door linkage for excessive wear or missing linkage.
Were any mechanical problems found?
256
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
Symptom:
RECIRC DOOR TRAVEL TOO SMALL (ACTIVE)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK THE ATC FOR DTCS
ATC
OBSTRUCTED RECIRC DOOR
RECIRCULATION DOOR ACTUATOR
3 Remove the Recirculation Door Actuator. Rotate the recirculation door (door only). All
Note: This should rotate approximately 45 degrees from stop to stop.
Does the recirculation door move smoothly in both directions?
257
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
Symptom:
*ATC HEAD LED(S)/BACK LIGHTING INOPERATIVE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK FOR ATC DTCS
CHECK FOR BCM DTCS
ATC - LED(S) INOPERATIVE
ATC - BACK LIGHTING INOPERATIVE
PANEL LAMPS DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE - PANEL LAMPS DRIVER OPEN
No → Go To 2
258
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
Yes → Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the Service
Information.
With the DRBIIIt, reset the ATC after repair is complete.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Repair the Panel Lamps Driver circuit for an open.
With the DRBIIIt, reset the ATC after repair is complete.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
259
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
Symptom:
*FRONT BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FRONT CONTROL MODULE (FCM) DTC(S) PRESENT
IPM FUSE #10
FUSED FRONT BLOWER MOTOR RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
BLOWER MOTOR SHORTED TO GROUND
FRONT BLOWER POWER MODULE SHORTRD TO GROUND
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
FRONT BLOWER POWER MODULE OPEN
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE OPEN
CHECK BLOWER MOTOR OPERATION
FRONT BLOWER POWER MODULE OPEN
IPM - OPEN CIRCUIT
IPM - OPEN CIRCUIT
FRONT BLOWER MOTOR RELAY
IPM - OPEN CIRCUIT
FUSED FRONT BLOWER MOTOR RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
No → Go To 6
260
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
Yes → Replace the Front Blower Power Module in accordance with the
Service Information. Replace IPM Fuse #10.
With the DRBIIIt, reset the ATC after repair is complete.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Yes → Go To 7
No → Go To 13
261
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
Yes → Go To 8
No → Go To 9
Yes → Go To 10
No → Repair the Blower Motor Control circuit for an open.
With the DRBIIIt, reset the ATC after repair is complete.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
262
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
263
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
Yes → Replace the Front Blower Power Module in accordance with the
Service Information.
With the DRBIIIt, reset the ATC after repair is complete.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Blower Motor in accordance with the Service Infor-
mation.
With the DRBIIIt, reset the ATC after repair is complete.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Yes → Go To 14
No → Replace the IPM in accordance with the Service Information.
With the DRBIIIt, reset the ATC after repair is complete.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Yes → Go To 15
No → Replace the IPM in accordance with the Service Information.
With the DRBIIIt, reset the ATC after repair is complete.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
264
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
Yes → Go To 16
No → Replace the Front Blower Motor Relay in accordance with the
Service Information.
With the DRBIIIt, reset the ATC after repair is complete.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Yes → Repair the Fused Front Blower Motor Relay Output circuit for an
open.
With the DRBIIIt, reset the ATC after repair is complete.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
265
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
Symptom:
*FRONT BLOWER RUNS AT ONLY ONE SPEED
POSSIBLE CAUSES
BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE
FRONT BLOWER POWER MODULE
266
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
267
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
Symptom:
*HVAC SYSTEM TEST
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE PCM/ECM, THE BCM, AND THE FCM
CHECK FOR HVAC RELATED DTCS IN THE PCM/ECM
CHECK FOR BCM DTCS
CHECK FOR FCM DTCS
CHECK FOR ACTIVE ATC DTCS
CHECK FOR AC COOLDOWN TEST FAULT MESSAGES
CHECK FOR HVAC RELATED DTCS IN THE PCM/ECM
MANUAL A/C SYSTEM TEST
No → Go To 3
268
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
269
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
No → Go To 7
270
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
271
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
Symptom:
*REAR ATC SWITCH LED(S)/BACK LIGHTING INOPERATIVE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK FOR ATC DTCS
CHECK FOR BCM DTCS
REAR ATC SWITCH - LED(S) INOPERATIVE
REAR ATC SWITCH - BACK LIGHTING INOPERATIVE
PANEL LAMPS DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE - PANEL LAMPS DRIVER OPEN
No → Go To 2
Yes → Go To 4
272
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
Yes → Replace the Rear ATC Switch in accordance with the Service
Information.
With the DRBIIIt, reset the ATC after repair is complete.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 5
Yes → Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the Service
Information.
With the DRBIIIt, reset the ATC after repair is complete.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Repair the Panel Lamps Driver circuit for an open.
With the DRBIIIt, reset the ATC after repair is complete.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
273
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
Symptom:
*REAR BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FRONT CONTROL MODULE (FCM) DTC(S) PRESENT
IPM FUSE #12
FUSED REAR BLOWER RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
BLOWER MOTOR SHORTED TO GROUND
REAR BLOWER MOTOR POWER MODULE SHORTRD TO GROUND
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
REAR BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
REAR BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
REAR BLOWER MOTOR POWER MODULE OPEN
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE OPEN
CHECK BLOWER MOTOR OPERATION
REAR BLOWER MOTOR POWER MODULE OPEN
IPM - OPEN CIRCUIT
IPM - OPEN CIRCUIT
REAR BLOWER MOTOR RELAY
IPM - OPEN CIRCUIT
FUSED REAR BLOWER MOTOR RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
No → Go To 6
274
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
Yes → Replace the Rear Blower Motor Power Module in accordance with
the Service Information. Replace IPM Fuse #12.
With the DRBIIIt, reset the ATC after repair is complete.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Yes → Go To 7
No → Go To 13
275
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
Yes → Go To 8
Yes → Go To 11
No → Replace the Rear Blower Motor Power Module in accordance with
the Service Information.
With the DRBIIIt, reset the ATC after repair is complete.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
276
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
Yes → Go To 12
No → Replace the Automatic Temperature Control Module in accor-
dance with the Service Information.
With the DRBIIIt, reset the ATC after repair is complete.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
277
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
Yes → Replace the Rear Blower Motor Power Module in accordance with
the Service Information.
With the DRBIIIt, reset the ATC after repair is complete.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Blower Motor in accordance with the Service Infor-
mation.
With the DRBIIIt, reset the ATC after repair is complete.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Yes → Go To 14
No → Replace the IPM in accordance with the Service Information.
With the DRBIIIt, reset the ATC after repair is complete.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Yes → Go To 15
No → Replace the IPM in accordance with the Service Information.
With the DRBIIIt, reset the ATC after repair is complete.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
278
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
Yes → Go To 16
No → Replace the Rear Blower Motor Relay in accordance with the
Service Information.
With the DRBIIIt, reset the ATC after repair is complete.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Yes → Repair the Fused Rear Blower Motor Relay Output circuit for an
open.
With the DRBIIIt, reset the ATC after repair is complete.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
279
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
Symptom:
*REAR BLOWER RUNS AT ONLY ONE SPEED
POSSIBLE CAUSES
REAR BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE
REAR BLOWER MOTOR POWER MODULE
280
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
Yes → Replace the Rear Blower Motor Power Module in accordance with
the Service Information.
With the DRBIIIt, reset the ATC after repair is complete.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
281
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CABIN HEATER
Symptom List:
A. CABIN HEATER PRE-TEST
CABIN HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN (STORED)
CABIN HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY
(STORED)
Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests.
The title for the tests will be A. CABIN HEATER PRE-TEST.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
NO RESPONSE FROM CABIN HEATER MODULE
DTC(S) PRESENT
CABIN HEATER INOPERABLE FROM A/C - HEATER MODULE (MTC)
CABIN HEATER INOPERABLE FROM AUTO TEMP CONTROL (ATC)
STORED DCHA DTC(S) TEST COMPLETE
282
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CABIN HEATER
Repair
Go To 4
283
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CABIN HEATER
Yes → Return to the symptom list and choose the DTC(s). Diagnose and
repair all FCM faults prior to diagnosing DCHA faults. If DTC
B1813 Heater In Lockout Mode reset with other DTC(s), reset the
heater before diagnosing the other DTC(s).
Perform CABIN HEATER VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 5
284
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CABIN HEATER
Yes - MTC
Refer to symptom *Cabin Heater Inoperable From A/C - Heater
Module (MTC) in the Cabin Heater category.
Perform CABIN HEATER VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Yes - ATC
Refer to symptom *Cabin Heater Inoperable From Auto Temp
Control (ATC) in the Cabin Heater category.
Perform CABIN HEATER VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Let DCHA cool. Inspect fuel line, intake & exhaust, & coolant
hoses for restrictions, obstructions, loose clamps, leakage, etc.
Check connectors. Clean & repair as necessary. Refer to Service
Manual for additional symptom based diagnosis, if necessary.
Perform CABIN HEATER VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
285
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CABIN HEATER
Symptom:
B1000 CONTROL UNIT ERRONEOUS
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DCHA CONTROL UNIT FAULT
286
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CABIN HEATER
Symptom List:
B1800 NO START
B1801 FLAME OUT: DURING HEATING CYCLE
B1801 FLAME OUT: UNSTABLE OPERATION
Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests.
The title for the tests will be B1800 NO START.
B1800 NO START
When Monitored: After DCHA activation.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the Flame Sensor resistance is not within the expected
parameters 160 sections after activation.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
LOW FUEL LEVEL IN VEHICLE’S FUEL TANK
DOSING PUMP INOPERABLE, NO DOSING PUMP DTCS SET
DCHA FUEL LINE RESTRICTED/LEAKING/DAMAGED
DOSING PUMP
DCHA AIR INTAKE/EXHAUST RESTRICTED
DCHA HEATER MODULE FAULT
287
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CABIN HEATER
Yes → Go To 2
No → Add fuel to the vehicle’s fuel tank to bring the fuel level above 1/8
of a tank.
Perform CABIN HEATER VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Yes → Go To 3
No → Replace the Dosing Pump in accordance with the Service Infor-
mation.
Perform CABIN HEATER VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
288
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CABIN HEATER
Yes → Go To 4
289
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CABIN HEATER
Yes → Replace the DCHA Heater Module in accordance with the Service
Information.
Perform CABIN HEATER VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
290
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CABIN HEATER
Symptom:
B1802 POWER SUPPLY OUT OF RANGE: LOW VOLTAGE THRESH-
OLD
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FIELD MODE TEST RUN WITH THE ENGINE OFF
VEHICLE’S BATTERY SYSTEM
VEHICLE’S CHARGING SYSTEM NOT OPERATING PROPERLY
DCHA CONTROL UNIT FAULT
FUSED B+ CIRCUIT HIGH RESISTANCE
DCHA CONTROL UNIT FAULT
291
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CABIN HEATER
Yes → Go To 4
No → Repair the vehicle’s charging system in accordance with the
Service Information.
Perform CABIN HEATER VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Yes → Replace the DCHA Heater Module in accordance with the Service
Information.
Perform CABIN HEATER VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 5
292
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CABIN HEATER
293
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CABIN HEATER
Symptom:
B1802 POWER SUPPLY OUT OF RANGE: VOLTAGE ABOVE 15.5
VOLTS
POSSIBLE CAUSES
VEHICLE’S CHARGING SYSTEM OVERCHARGING
DCHA CONTROL UNIT FAULT
Yes → Replace the DCHA Heater Module in accordance with the Service
Information.
Perform CABIN HEATER VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
294
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CABIN HEATER
Symptom:
B1803 FLAME DETECTED PRIOR TO COMBUSTION
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FLAME SENSOR FAULT
295
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CABIN HEATER
Symptom:
B1811 HEATER OVERHEATED
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DCHA HEATER MODULE FAULT
DCHA COOLANT HOSES RESTRICTED/LEAKING/DAMAGED
ENGINE’S COOLING SYSTEM FAULT
DCHA CONTROL UNIT FAULT
B1811 CLEARED, ADDITIONAL DTC(S) PRESENT
No → Go To 2
296
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CABIN HEATER
Yes → Go To 3
Repair
Go To 5
297
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CABIN HEATER
Repair
Go To 6
298
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CABIN HEATER
299
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CABIN HEATER
Symptom:
B1813 HEATER IN LOCKOUT MODE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
B1813 AND ADDITIONAL DTC(S) PRESENT
B1813 RESET, NO ADDITIONAL DTC(S) PRESENT
B1813 CLEARED, ADDITIONAL DTC(S) PRESENT
STORED DCHA DTC(S) TEST COMPLETE
Repair
Go To 2
300
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CABIN HEATER
No → Allow DCHA to cool. Inspect fuel line & coolant hoses for restric-
tions, obstructions, loose clamps, leakage, etc. Repair as neces-
sary. Check connectors. Clean & repair as necessary. Refer to
Service Manual for additional symptom diagnosis, if necessary.
Perform CABIN HEATER VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
301
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CABIN HEATER
Symptom:
B1820 DOSING PUMP CIRCUIT: OPEN OR SHORT TO BATTERY
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DOSING PUMP CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED HIGH
DOSING PUMP CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
DOSING PUMP
DCHA CONTROL UNIT FAULT
Yes → Repair the Dosing Pump Control circuit for a short to voltage.
Perform CABIN HEATER VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 2
302
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CABIN HEATER
Yes → Go To 3
Yes → Go To 4
No → Repair the Ground circuit for an open.
Perform CABIN HEATER VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
303
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CABIN HEATER
304
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CABIN HEATER
Symptom:
B1820 DOSING PUMP CIRCUIT: SHORT TO GROUND
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DOSING PUMP SHORTED TO GROUND
DOSING PUMP CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE GROUND CIRCUIT
DOSING PUMP CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
DCHA CONTROL UNIT FAULT
305
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CABIN HEATER
Yes → Go To 2
306
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CABIN HEATER
Yes → Repair the Dosing Pump Control circuit for a short to the Ground
circuit.
Perform CABIN HEATER VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3
307
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CABIN HEATER
Symptom List:
B1821 COMBUSTION AIR FAN CIRCUIT: OPEN
B1821 COMBUSTION AIR FAN CIRCUIT: SHORT TO GROUND
Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests.
The title for the tests will be B1821 COMBUSTION AIR FAN
CIRCUIT: OPEN.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
COMBUSTION AIR FAN/DCHA CONTROL UNIT FAULT
308
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CABIN HEATER
Symptom List:
B1822 GLOW PIN/FLAME SENSOR: OPEN
B1822 GLOW PIN/FLAME SENSOR: SHORT TO GROUND
Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests.
The title for the tests will be B1822 GLOW PIN/FLAME SEN-
SOR: OPEN.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
GLOW PIN/HEATER MODULE FAULT
Repair
Replace the DCHA Heater Module in accordance with the Service
Information.
Perform CABIN HEATER VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
309
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CABIN HEATER
Symptom List:
B1823 WATER PUMP CIRCUIT: OPEN
B1823 WATER PUMP CIRCUIT: SHORT TO GROUND
Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests.
The title for the tests will be B1823 WATER PUMP CIRCUIT:
OPEN.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DCHA CONTROL UNIT FAULT
Repair
Replace the DCHA Heater Module in accordance with the Service
Information.
Perform CABIN HEATER VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
310
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CABIN HEATER
Symptom:
B1824 FAN SWITCH LINE SHORT TO GROUND
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DCHA CONTROL UNIT FAULT
311
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CABIN HEATER
Symptom:
CABIN HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN (ACTIVE)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
NO RESPONSE FROM CABIN HEATER MODULE
CABIN HEATER ASSIST CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN TO IPM
IPM, OPEN CIRCUIT
FCM, OPEN CIRCUIT
FCM FAULT
CABIN HEATER ASSIST CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE GROUND CIRCUIT
CABIN HEATER ASSIST CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
CABIN HEATER ASSIST CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
DCHA CONTROL UNIT FAULT
312
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CABIN HEATER
No → Go To 5
Yes → Go To 4
No → Repair the Cabin Heater Assist Control circuit for an open.
Perform CABIN HEATER VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
313
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CABIN HEATER
Yes → Repair the Cabin Heater Assist Control circuit for a short to the
Ground circuit.
Perform CABIN HEATER VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 7
314
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CABIN HEATER
Yes → Repair the Cabin Heater Assist Control circuit for a short to
ground.
Perform CABIN HEATER VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 8
315
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CABIN HEATER
Symptom:
CABIN HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY (AC-
TIVE)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DCHA CONTROL UNIT FAULT
CABIN HEATER ASSIST CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT
FCM FAULT
CABIN HEATER ASSIST CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED HIGH
Yes → Go To 2
No → Replace the DCHA Heater Module in accordance with the Service
Information.
Perform CABIN HEATER VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
316
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CABIN HEATER
No → Go To 4
317
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CABIN HEATER
318
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CABIN HEATER
Symptom:
*CABIN HEATER INOPERABLE FROM A/C - HEATER MODULE
(MTC)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DCHA ACTIVATION CRITERIA NOT MET
NO PCI BUS COMMUNICATION WITH FCM/HVAC MODULE
FCM OR HAVC DTCS PRESENT
FCM FAULT
A/C - HEATER CONTROL MODULE FAULT
Yes → Go To 2
319
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CABIN HEATER
Yes → For FCM DTCs, return to the symptom list and choose the
symptom(s). Also, refer to Ignition, Power, Accessory category for
related symptom(s). For HVAC DTCs, refer to Heater & A/C for
related symptom(s).
Perform CABIN HEATER VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 4
320
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CABIN HEATER
Symptom:
*CABIN HEATER INOPERABLE FROM AUTO TEMP CONTROL
(ATC)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DCHA ACTIVATION CRITERIA NOT MET
NO PCI BUS COMMUNICATION WITH FCM/ATC
FCM OR ATC DTCS PRESENT
FCM FAULT
AUTO TEMP CONTROL FAULT
Yes → Go To 2
No → Attempt to activate the DCHA when all of the operating criteria
are met.
Perform CABIN HEATER VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Yes → Go To 3
No → Refer to Communication for the related symptom(s)
Perform CABIN HEATER VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
321
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CABIN HEATER
Yes → For FCM DTCs, return to the symptom list and choose the
symptom(s). Also, refer to Ignition, Power, Accessory category for
related symptom(s). For ATC DTCs, refer to Automatic Tempera-
ture Control for related symptom(s).
Perform CABIN HEATER VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 4
322
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CABIN HEATER
323
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CHIME
Symptom:
*CHIME INOPERATIVE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
USE DRB TO ACTUATE CHIME
CHIME DRIVER CIRCUIT - OPEN
CHIME DRIVER CIRCUIT - SHORT TO GROUND
CHIME DRIVER CIRCUIT - SHORT TO VOLTAGE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
BCM
No → Go To 4
No → Go To 5
324
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CHIME
325
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CHIME
Symptom:
*KEY IN IGNITION AND DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN CHIME NOT
OPERATING PROPERLY
POSSIBLE CAUSES
BODY CONTROL MODULE DTC
DRB CHIME ACTUATOR
DRIVER DOOR AJAR STATUS
IGNITION SWITCH
BODY CONTROL MODULE
Yes → Go To 3
No → Refer to symptom Chime Inoperative in the Chime category.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Yes → Go To 4
4 With the DRBIIIt in BCM Inputs/Outputs, read the Key in Ign Sw state while All
inserting the key in and out of the ignition switch.
Does the DRBIIIt display change from open to closed?
326
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CHIME
Symptom:
*PROBLEM WITH THE VEHICLE SPEED WARNING CHIME
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INCORRECT COUNTRY CODE PROGRAMMED IN BCM
BODY CONTROL MODULE
327
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
ATC MODULE MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE
BODY CONTROL MODULE
No → Test Complete.
328
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
AUDIO MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE RADIO
BODY CONTROL MODULE
No → Test Complete.
329
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Symptom List:
BCM, PCI BUS SHORTED TO BATTERY
BCM, PCI BUS SHORTED TO GROUND
FCM, PCI BUS SHORTED TO BATTERY
FCM, PCI BUS SHORTED TO GROUND
Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests.
The title for the tests will be BCM, PCI BUS SHORTED TO
BATTERY.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
330
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
331
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
COUNTRY CODE NOT PROGRAMMED
POSSIBLE CAUSES
SELECT CORRECT COUNTRY CODE
332
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
FCM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE FRONT CONTROL MODULE
BODY CONTROL MODULE
No → Test Complete.
333
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
FCM, BCM COMMUNICATION FAULT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE BCM
FRONT CONTROL MODULE
No → Test Complete.
334
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
FCM, HVAC COMMUNICATION FAULT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE HVAC
FRONT CONTROL MODULE
Yes → Replace the Front Control Module in accordance with the service
information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.
335
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
FCM, PCI INTERNAL FAULT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FCM, PCI INTERNAL FAULT
336
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
FCM, PCM COMMUNICATION FAULT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PCM COMMUNICATION FAULT
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE PCM
PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
Yes → Go To 3
No → Refer to the communication category and perform the appropriate
symptom.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
337
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
338
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
FCM, RADIO COMMUNICATION FAULT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE RADIO
FRONT CONTROL MODULE
No → Test Complete.
339
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
FCM, TCM COMMUNICATION FAULT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE TCM
FRONT CONTROL MODULE
No → Test Complete.
340
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
INTERNAL BCM FAILURE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERNAL BCM FAILURE
341
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
LEFT PSD MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK FOR DTCS
VERIFY DTC
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE LEFT SLIDING DOOR CONTROL MODULE
BODY CONTROL MODULE
Yes → Go To 3
No → The condition that caused this DTC is currently not present. Use
the wiring diagrams/schematic as a guide, and inspect the related
wiring harness for a possible intermittent.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
342
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
No → Test Complete.
343
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
LIFTGATE MODULE MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK FOR DTCS
VERIFY DTC
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE POWER LIFTGATE MODULE
BODY CONTROL MODULE
Yes → Go To 3
No → The condition that caused this DTC is currently not present. Use
the wiring diagrams/schematic as a guide, and inspect the related
wiring harness for a possible intermittent.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
344
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
No → Test Complete.
345
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
MIC MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK FOR DTCS
VERIFY DTC
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE MIC
BODY CONTROL MODULE
Yes → Go To 3
No → The condition that caused this DTC is currently not present. Use
the wiring diagrams/schematic as a guide, and inspect the related
wiring harness for a possible intermittent.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Yes → Go To 4
346
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Yes → Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the service
information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.
347
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
MSM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE MEMORY SEAT MODULE
BODY CONTROL MODULE
No → Test Complete.
348
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
NO PCI MESSAGES FROM CD CHANGER
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CD CHANGER (DIN) CABLE
CD CHANGER PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN
IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
RADIO GROUND CKT OPEN
CD CHANGER
No → Go To 2
349
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Yes → Go To 5
Repair
Replace the CD Changer.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
350
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
ORC MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER
BODY CONTROL MODULE
No → Test Complete.
351
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
OTIS MODULE MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE OTIS
BODY CONTROL MODULE
No → Test Complete.
352
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
PCI INTERNAL HARDWARE FAILURE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PCI INTERNAL HARDWARE FAILURE
353
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
PCM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PCM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE PCM
PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
Yes → Go To 3
No → Refer to the communication category and perform the appropriate
symptom.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
354
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
355
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
RADIO MEM MSG NOT RECEIVED
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE RADIO
CHECK THE MEMORY SYSTEM
BODY CONTROL MODULE
Yes → Go To 3
No → Refer to the Memory Seat category and perform the appropriate
symptom.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
356
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
RIGHT PSD MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK FOR DTCS
VERIFY DTC
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE RIGHT SLIDING DOOR CONTROL MODULE
BODY CONTROL MODULE
Yes → Go To 3
No → The condition that caused this DTC is currently not present. Use
the wiring diagrams/schematic as a guide, and inspect the related
wiring harness for a possible intermittent.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
357
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
No → Test Complete.
358
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
SKIM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER MODULE
BODY CONTROL MODULE
No → Test Complete.
359
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
TCM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE TCM
BODY CONTROL MODULE
No → Test Complete.
360
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECKING FOR VOLTAGE
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN
AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE
361
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Yes → Go To 4
No → Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open.
Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
362
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
MODULE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE BCM
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
FUSED (B+) CKT OPEN
FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE
Yes → Go To 3
Yes → Go To 4
Yes → Go To 5
363
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Yes → Go To 6
No → Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Repair
Replace the Automatic Temperature Control Module in accor-
dance with the service information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
364
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM BODY CONTROL MODULE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH ANOTHER MODULE
FUSED (B+) CKT OPEN
OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT(S)
OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT
BODY CONTROL MODULE
Yes → Go To 2
No → Refer to symptom list for problems related to the PCI Bus
Communication Failure.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Yes → Go To 3
No → Check fuse #14 in the IPM for an open. If ok, repair the Fused B+
circuit for an open or short. Refer to the wiring diagrams in the
service information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
365
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Yes → Go To 5
No → Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Repair
Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the service
information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
366
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM CABIN HEATER ASSIST - DIESEL ONLY
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE ECM
FUSED B+ CIRCUIT OPEN
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
SCI TRANSMIT CIRCUIT OPEN
CABIN HEATER ASSIST
367
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Repair
Replace the Cabin Heater Assist in accordance with the service
information.
Perform CABIN HEATER VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
368
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM CONTROLLER ANTILOCK BRAKE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
NO RESPONSE FROM CAB
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
OPEN FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT
OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT
CONTROLLER ANTILOCK BRAKE
Yes → Go To 4
No → Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit for an open.
Perform ABS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
369
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Yes → Go To 5
No → Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open.
Perform ABS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Repair
Replace the Controller Antilock Brake in accordance with the
Service Information.
Perform ABS VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
370
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM ECM (PCI BUS) - DIESEL ONLY
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ECM PCI NO RESPONSE
PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
Yes → Go To 2
No → Refer to symptom PCI Bus Communication Failure in the Com-
munications category.
Perform ROAD TEST VERIFICATION - VER-2.
2 With the DRB read ECM Diagnostic Trouble Codes. This is to ensure power and All
grounds to the ECM are operational.
NOTE: If the DRB will not read ECM DTCs, follow the NO RESPONSE TO
ECM (SCI only) symptom path, if vehicle will start. For NO START Condi-
tions follow the no start symptom in the powertrain diagnostic information.
Turn the ignition off.
Disconnect the ECM harness connectors.
Use Scope input cable CH7058, Cable to Probe adapter CH7062, and the red and
black test probes.
Connect the scope input cable to the channel one connector on the DRB. Attach the
red and black leads and the cable to probe adapter to the scope input cable.
With the DRBIIIt select Pep Module Tools.
Select lab scope.
Select Live Data.
Select 12 volt square wave.
Press F2 for Scope.
Press F2 and use the down arrow to set voltage range to 20 volts. Set Probe to x10.
Press F2 again when complete.
Connect the Black lead to ground. Connect the Red lead to the PCI Bus circuit in the
ECM connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Observe the voltage display on the DRB Lab Scope.
Does the voltage pulse from 0 to approximately 7.5 volts?
371
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM ECM (SCI ONLY) - DIESEL ONLY
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK ECM POWERS AND GROUNDS
CABIN HEATER ASSIST
SCI TRANSMIT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
SCI TRANSMIT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
SCI TRANSMIT CIRCUIT OPEN
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
No → Repair as necessary.
Perform ROAD TEST VERIFICATION - VER-2.
Yes → Go To 3
No → Go To 4
372
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Repair
Replace and program the Engine Control Module in accordance
with the Service Information.
Perform ROAD TEST VERIFICATION - VER-2.
373
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM FRONT CONTROL MODULE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH ANOTHER MODULE
OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT(S)
OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT
FRONT CONTROL MODULE
374
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Yes → Go To 4
No → Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Repair
Replace the Front Control Module in accordance with the service
information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
375
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM HVAC
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE BCM
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT
A/C HEATER CONTROL
376
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Yes → Go To 5
No → Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Repair
Replace the A/C Heater Control in accordance with the service
information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
377
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE BCM
OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT
OPEN FUSED B+ CIRCUIT
OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER WAKE UP SENSE CKT OPEN
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER WAKE UP SENSE CKT INTERNALLY OPEN
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER WAKE UP SENSE CKT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER WAKE UP SENSE CKT INTERNALLY SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
BODY CONTROL MODULE
378
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Yes → Go To 5
No → Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Yes → Go To 6
No → Go To 9
No → Go To 8
379
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Yes → Repair the Instrument Cluster Wake Up Sense circuit for a short
to voltage.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the service
information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
380
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM LEFT SIACM
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERROGATE FCM
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
SIACM RUN/START DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN
PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN
LEFT SIDE IMPACT AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE
Yes → Go To 3
No → Repair the Ground circuit for an open.
Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
3 Warning: TURN IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT All
TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Left Side Impact Airbag Control Module harness connector.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool SIACM Adapter to the SIACM connector.
Turn the ignition on and then reconnect the Battery.
Measure the voltage of the SIACM Run/Start Driver circuit.
Is the voltage above 6.0 volts?
Yes → Go To 4
381
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Yes → Go To 5
No → Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open.
Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
382
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM LEFT SLIDING DOOR CONTROL MODULE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT OPEN
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN
LEFT SLIDING DOOR WAKE UP SIGNAL WIRE OPEN
LEFT SLIDING DOOR WAKE UP SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO VOLTAGE
LEFT SLIDING DOOR WAKE UP SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE - LEFT SLIDING DOOR WAKE UP GROUND OPEN
LEFT SLIDING DOOR CONTROL MODULE - OPEN
Yes → Go To 2
No → Repair the Fused B(+) circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
383
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Yes → Go To 4
No → Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 8
Yes → Repair the Left Sliding Door Wake Up Signal wire for a short to
voltage.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 6
384
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Repair
Replace the Left Sliding Door Control Module in accordance with
the service information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Yes → Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the service
information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Repair the Left Sliding Door Wake Up Signal wire for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
385
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM MEMORY SEAT/MIRROR MODULE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE BCM
FUSED B+ CIRCUIT OPEN
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT
MEMORY SEAT/MIRROR MODULE
Yes → Go To 4
386
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Yes → Go To 5
No → Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open.
Perform MEMORY SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
387
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM OVERHEAD CONSOLE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
FUSED B+ CIRCUIT OPEN
OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT
OVERHEAD CONSOLE
Yes → Go To 2
No → Repair the ground circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Yes → Go To 3
No → Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit for an open.
Refer to the wiring diagrams located in the Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
388
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Yes → Go To 5
No → Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Repair
Replace the Overhead Console in accordance with the service
information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
389
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (PCI BUS) - NGC
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PCM PCI NO RESPONSE
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN
Yes → Go To 2
No → Refer to symptom PCI Bus Communication Failure in the Com-
munications category.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 1 - NGC.
2 With the DRB read the Powertrain DTC’s. This is to ensure power and grounds to the All
PCM are operational.
NOTE: If the DRB will not read PCM DTC’s, follow the NO RESPONSE TO
PCM (PCM SCI only) symptom path.
Turn the ignition off.
Disconnect the PCM harness connectors.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Use Scope input cable CH7058, Cable to Probe adapter CH7062, and the red and
black test probes.
Connect the scope input cable to the channel one connector on the DRB. Attach the
red and black leads and the cable to probe adapter to the scope input cable.
With the DRBIIIt select Pep Module Tools.
Select lab scope.
Select Live Data.
Select 12 volt square wave.
Press F2 for Scope.
Press F2 and use the down arrow to set voltage range to 20 volts. Set Probe to x10.
Press F2 again when complete.
Connect the Black lead to the chassis ground. Connect the Red lead to the PCI Bus
circuit in the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815.
Turn the ignition on.
Observe the voltage display on the DRB Lab Scope.
Does the voltage pulse from 0 to approximately 7.5 volts?
Yes → Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module in accor-
dance with the Service Information.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 1 - NGC.
390
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (PCI BUS) - SBEC
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PCM PCI NO RESPONSE
PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
Yes → Go To 2
No → Refer to symptom PCI Bus Communication Failure in the Com-
munications category.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 1.
391
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
392
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (PCM SCI ONLY) - NGC
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK PCM POWERS AND GROUNDS
PCM SCI TRANSMIT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
PCM SCI RECEIVE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
PCM SCI CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER
PCM SCI TRANSMIT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
PCM SCI RECEIVE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
PCM SCI RECEIVE CIRCUIT OPEN
PCM SCI TRANSMIT CIRCUIT OPEN
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
Yes → Repair the PCM SCI Transmit circuit for a short to voltage.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 1 - NGC.
No → Go To 3
Yes → Repair the PCM SCI Receive circuit for a short to voltage.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 1 - NGC.
No → Go To 4
393
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Yes → Repair the PCM SCI Receive circuit for a short to ground.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 1 - NGC.
No → Go To 7
Yes → Go To 8
No → Repair the PCM SCI Receive circuit for an open.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 1 - NGC.
394
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
395
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (SCI ONLY) - SBEC
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK PCM POWERS AND GROUNDS
SCI TRANSMIT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
SCI RECEIVE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
SCI CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER
SCI TRANSMIT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
SCI RECEIVE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
SCI RECEIVE CIRCUIT OPEN
SCI TRANSMIT CIRCUIT OPEN
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
Yes → Go To 2
No → Repair as necessary.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 1.
No → Go To 4
Yes → Repair the SCI Transmit (PCM) circuit for a short to ground.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 1.
No → Replace the Transmission Control Module in accordance with the
service information.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 1.
396
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Yes → Repair the SCI Transmit (PCM) circuit for a short to voltage.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 1.
No → Go To 5
Yes → Repair the short between the SCI Transmit (PCM) and the SCI
Receive (PCM) circuits.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 1.
No → Go To 7
Yes → Go To 9
No → Repair the SCI Receive (PCM) circuit for an open.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 1.
397
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Repair
Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module in accor-
dance with the Service Information.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 1.
398
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM POWER LIFTGATE MODULE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT OPEN
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE - LIFTGATE WAKE UP GROUND OPEN
LIFTGATE MODULE WAKE UP SIGNAL WIRE OPEN
LIFTGATE MODULE WAKE UP SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO VOLTAGE
LIFTGATE MODULE WAKE UP SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN
POWER LIFTGATE MODULE - OPEN
Yes → Go To 2
No → Repair the Fused B(+) circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
399
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Yes → Go To 4
No → Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 8
Yes → Repair the Liftgate Module Wake Up Signal wire for a short to
voltage.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 6
400
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Repair
Replace the Power Liftgate Module in accordance with the service
information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Yes → Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the service
information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Repair the Liftgate Module Wake Up Signal wire for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
401
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM RADIO
POSSIBLE CAUSES
NO RESPONSE FROM RADIO
OPEN FUSED ACCESSORY RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT
OPEN FUSED B+ CIRCUIT
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT
RADIO
Yes → Go To 3
No → Check fuse #5 in the IPM for an open. If ok, repair the Fused
Accessory Relay Output circuit for an open or short. Refer to the
wiring diagrams located in the Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Yes → Go To 4
No → Check fuse #14 in the IPM for an open. If ok, repair the Fused B+
circuit for an open or short. Refer to the wiring diagrams located
in the Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
402
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Yes → Go To 5
5 Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the All
vehicle before proceeding. If not, refer to the symptom list from the menu
and repair as necessary.
Disconnect the Radio C1 harness connector.
Use Scope input cable CH7058, Cable to Probe adapter CH7062, and the red and
black test probes.
Connect the scope input cable to the channel one connector on the DRB. Attach the
red and black leads and the cable to probe adapter to the scope input cable.
Install DRBIIIt SuperCard 2 CH8361 into DRBIIIt.
With the DRBIIIt select Pep Module Tools.
Select lab scope.
Select Live Data.
Select 12 volt square wave.
Press F2 for Scope.
Press F2 and use the down arrow to set voltage range to 20 volts. Set Probe to x10.
Press F2 again when complete.
Connect the Black lead to the chassis ground. Connect the Red lead to the PCI Bus
circuit in the Radio connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Observe the voltage display on the DRB Lab Scope.
Does the voltage pulse from 0 to approximately 7.5 volts?
Yes → Go To 6
No → Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Repair
Replace the Radio.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
403
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM RIGHT SIACM
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERROGATE FCM
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
SIACM RUN/START DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN
PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN
RIGHT SIDE IMPACT AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE
3 Warning: TURN IGNITION OFF, DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT All
TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Disconnect the Right Side Impact Airbag Control Module harness connector.
Connect the appropriate Load Tool SIACM Adapter to the SIACM connector.
Turn the ignition on and then reconnect the Battery.
Measure the voltage of the SIACM Run/Start Driver circuit.
Is the voltage above 6.0 volts?
Yes → Go To 4
404
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Yes → Go To 5
No → Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open.
Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
405
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM RIGHT SLIDING DOOR CONTROL MOD-
ULE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT OPEN
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN
RIGHT SLIDING DOOR WAKE UP SIGNAL WIRE OPEN
RIGHT SLIDING DOOR WAKE UP SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO VOLTAGE
RIGHT SLIDING DOOR WAKE UP SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE - RIGHT SLIDING DOOR WAKE UP GROUND OPEN
RIGHT POWER SLIDING DOOR MODULE - OPEN
Yes → Go To 2
No → Repair the Fused B(+) circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
406
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Yes → Go To 4
No → Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 8
Yes → Repair the Right Sliding Door Wake Up Signal wire for a short to
voltage.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 6
407
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Repair
Replace the Right Sliding Door Control Module in accordance with
the service information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Yes → Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the service
information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Repair the Right Sliding Door Wake Up Signal wire for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
408
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER MODULE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE BCM
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT OPEN
OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT
SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER MODULE
Yes → Go To 3
Yes → Go To 4
409
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Yes → Go To 6
No → Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open.
Perform SKIS VERIFICATION.
Repair
Replace and program the Sentry Key Immobilizer Module in
accordance with the Service Information.
Perform SKIS VERIFICATION.
410
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM THATCHAM ALARM MODULE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE BCM
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT
THATCHAM ALARM MODULE
411
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Yes → Go To 5
No → Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Repair
Replace the Thatcham Alarm Module in accordance with the
service information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
412
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE -
EATX
POSSIBLE CAUSES
NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
FCM OUTPUT (RUN/ST) CIRCUIT OPEN
FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (START) CIRCUIT OPEN
FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (START) CIRCUIT SHORT
FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT OPEN
GROUND CIRCUIT(S) OPEN
OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
Yes → Go To 3
No → Repair the FCM Output (Run/St) circuit for an open. Refer to the
wiring diagrams location in the Service Information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
413
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Yes → Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output (Start) circuit for a
short to voltage. Refer to the wiring diagrams located in the
Service Information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 5
Yes → Go To 6
No → Repair the Fused B(+) circuit for an open. Refer to the wiring
diagrams located in the Service Information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
414
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Yes → Go To 7
No → Repair the Ground circuit(s) for an open. Check the main ground
connection to engine block and/or chassis. Refer to the wiring
diagrams located in the Service Information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
7 Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the All
vehicle before proceeding. If not, refer to the symptom list from the menu
and repair as necessary.
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Use Scope input cable CH7058, Cable to Probe adapter CH7062, and the red and
black test probes.
Connect the scope input cable to the channel one connector on the DRB. Attach the
red and black leads and the cable to probe adapter to the scope input cable.
With the DRBIIIt select Pep Module Tools.
Select lab scope.
Select Live Data.
Select 12 volt square wave.
Press F2 for Scope.
Press F2 and use the down arrow to set voltage range to 20 volts. Set Probe to x10.
Press F2 again when complete.
Connect the Black lead to the chassis ground. Connect the Red lead to the PCI Bus
circuit in the TCM connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Observe the voltage display on the DRB Lab Scope.
Does the voltage pulse from 0 to approximately 7.5 volts?
Yes → Go To 8
No → Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
8 Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as All
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.
Repair
Replace the Transmission Control Module in accordance with the
service information. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK
LEARN AND REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
415
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE - NGC
POSSIBLE CAUSES
NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT OPEN
GROUND CIRCUIT(S) OPEN
PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
416
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Yes → Go To 4
No → Repair the Fused B(+) circuit for an open. Refer to the wiring
diagrams located in the Service Information.
Perform 41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST -
VER 1.
No → Repair the Ground circuit(s) for an open. Check the main ground
connection to engine block and/or chassis. Refer to the wiring
diagrams located in the Service Information.
Perform 41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST -
VER 1.
417
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
6 Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as All
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.
Repair
Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module in accor-
dance with the service information. WITH THE DRBIIIt PER-
FORM QUICK LEARN AND REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.
Perform 41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST -
VER 1.
418
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*PCI BUS COMMUNICATION FAILURE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
WIRING HARNESS INTERMITTENT
OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT AT THE DATA LINK CONNECTOR (DLC)
PCI BUS CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
MODULE SHORT TO VOLTAGE
PCI BUS CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
MODULE SHORT TO GROUND
No → Test Complete.
419
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
Yes → Go To 4
4 NOTE: Reconnect the PCM/ECM harness connector and the negative bat- All
tery cable.
Turn the ignition on.
Measure the voltage of the PCI Bus circuit at the Data Link Connector (DLC).
Is the voltage above 7.0 volts?
Yes → Go To 5
No → Go To 6
420
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMMUNICATION
421
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
DOOR AJAR
Symptom:
*HOOD AJAR CIRCUIT OPEN (EXPORT ONLY)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
HOOD AJAR SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
HOOD AJAR SWITCH
HOOD AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE INTERNAL MALFUNCTION
Yes → Go To 3
No → Repair the Ground circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 4
422
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
DOOR AJAR
Symptom:
*HOOD AJAR CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND (EXPORT ONLY)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
HOOD AJAR SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND
HOOD AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE INTERNAL MALFUNCTION
Yes → Repair the Hood Ajar Switch Sense circuit for a short to ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
423
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
DOOR AJAR
Symptom:
*LEFT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
LEFT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
LEFT FRONT DOOR (LOCK MOTOR) AJAR SWITCH
LEFT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE INTERNAL MALFUNCTION
2 Disconnect the Left Front Door (Lock Motor) Ajar Switch harness connector. All
Using a 12-volt Test Light connected to 12-volts, test the Ground circuit for
continuity.
Does the light illuminate?
Yes → Go To 3
No → Repair the Ground circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
3 Disconnect the Left Front Door (Lock Motor) Ajar Switch harness connector. All
With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the DR DOOR AJAR SW state.
Connect a jumper wire between Sense circuit and the Ground circuit.
Does the DRBIIIt display DR DOOR AJAR SW: CLOSED?
Yes → Replace the Left Front Door (Lock Motor) Ajar Switch.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 4
No → Repair the Left Front Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
424
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
DOOR AJAR
Symptom:
*LEFT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED
TO GROUND
POSSIBLE CAUSES
LEFT FRONT DOOR (LOCK MOTOR) AJAR SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND
LEFT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE INTERNAL MALFUNCTION
Yes → Replace the Left Front Door (Lock Motor) Ajar Switch.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 2
Yes → Repair the Left Front Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit for a short to
ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
425
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
DOOR AJAR
Symptom:
*LEFT SLIDING DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
LEFT SLIDING DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
LEFT SLIDING DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE INTERNAL MALFUNCTION
LEFT SLIDING DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH (LATCH ASSY).
2 Reconnect the Left Sliding Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch connector at the bottom of All
the door.
Remove the door panel from the sliding door.
Disconnect the Left Sliding Door Lock Motor/Ajar or Latch Sensing Switch connector
at the door mechanism.
Connect a jumper wire between the Left Sliding Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit and
ground.
With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the LSLIDE DR AJAR SW state.
Did the Switch State change from OPEN to CLOSED?
Yes → Go To 3
No → Repair the Left Sliding Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch harness for
an open between the door mechanism and the intermediate
harness connector at the bottom of the door.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
3 Disconnect the Left Sliding Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch connector at the door All
mechanism.
Connect a jumper wire between the Left Sliding Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit and
the Ground circuit.
With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the LSLIDE DR AJAR SW state.
Did the Switch State change from OPEN to CLOSED?
Yes → Replace the Sliding Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch (or Latch
Sensing Switch)..
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Repair the Ground circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
426
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
DOOR AJAR
No → Repair the Left Sliding Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit for an open
between the intermediate connector and the Body Control Mod-
ule.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
427
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
DOOR AJAR
Symptom:
*LEFT SLIDING DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED
TO GROUND
POSSIBLE CAUSES
LEFT SLIDING DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND
LEFT SLIDING DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE INTERNAL MALFUNCTION
LEFT SLIDING DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH (LATCH ASSY).
Yes → Go To 2
No → Go To 3
2 Reconnect the Left Sliding Door harness connector at the bottom of the door. All
Remove the door panel from the sliding door.
Disconnect the Left Sliding Door Lock Motor/Ajar or Latch Sensing Switch connector
at the door mechanism.
With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the LSLIDE DR AJAR SW state.
Did the Switch State change from CLOSED to OPEN?
Yes → Replace the Sliding Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch or Latch Assem-
bly.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Repair the Left Sliding Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch harness for
a short to ground between the door mechanism and the interme-
diate harness connector at the bottom of the door.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
428
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
DOOR AJAR
Symptom:
*LIFTGATE AJAR CIRCUIT OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
LIFTGATE AJAR SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
LIFTGATE AJAR SWITCH (CINCH/RELEASE MOTOR)
LIFTGATE AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE INTERNAL MALFUNCTION
2 NOTE: If Power Liftgate equipped the ajar switch is in the Liftgate Cinch/ All
Release Motor.
Disconnect the Liftgate Ajar switch connector.
Using a 12-volt Test Light connected to 12-volts, test the Ground circuit for
continuity.
Does the light illuminate?
Yes → Go To 3
429
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
DOOR AJAR
Symptom:
*LIFTGATE AJAR CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
POSSIBLE CAUSES
LIFTGATE AJAR SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND
LIFTGATE AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE INTERNAL MALFUNCTION
430
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
DOOR AJAR
Symptom:
*RIGHT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
RIGHT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
RIGHT FRONT DOOR (LOCK MOTOR) AJAR SWITCH
RIGHT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE INTERNAL MALFUNCTION
2 Disconnect the Right Front Door (Lock Motor) Ajar Switch harness connector. All
Using a 12-volt Test Light connected to 12-volts, test the Ground circuit for
continuity.
Does the light illuminate?
Yes → Go To 3
No → Repair the Ground circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
3 Disconnect the Right Front Door (Lock Motor) Ajar Switch harness connector. All
With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the PASS DOOR AJAR SW state.
Connect a jumper wire between Sense circuit and the Ground circuit.
Does the DRBIIIt display PASS DOOR AJAR SW: CLOSED?
Yes → Replace the Right Front Door (Lock Motor) Ajar Switch.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 4
No → Repair the Right Front Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit for an
open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
431
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
DOOR AJAR
Symptom:
*RIGHT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED
TO GROUND
POSSIBLE CAUSES
RIGHT FRONT DOOR (LOCK MOTOR) AJAR SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND
RIGHT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE INTERNAL MALFUNCTION
Yes → Replace the Right Front Door (Lock Motor) Ajar Switch.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 2
Yes → Repair the Right Front Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit for a short
to ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
432
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
DOOR AJAR
Symptom:
*RIGHT SLIDING DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
RIGHT SLIDING DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
RIGHT SLIDING DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE INTERNAL MALFUNCTION
RIGHT SLIDING DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH (LATCH ASSY)
2 Reconnect the Right Sliding Door harness connector at the bottom of the door. All
Remove the door panel from the sliding door.
Disconnect the Right Sliding Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch (Latch Assy) connector at
the door mechanism.
Connect a jumper wire between the Right Sliding Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit and
ground.
With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the RSLIDE DR AJAR SW state.
Did the Switch State change from OPEN to CLOSED?
Yes → Go To 3
No → Repair the Right Sliding Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch harness for
an open between the door mechanism and the intermediate
harness connector at the bottom of the door.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
3 Disconnect the Right Sliding Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch connector at the door All
mechanism.
Connect a jumper wire between the Right Sliding Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit and
the Ground circuit.
With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the RSLIDE DR AJAR SW state.
Did the Switch State change from OPEN to CLOSED?
Yes → Replace the Sliding Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch or Latch Assem-
bly.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
433
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
DOOR AJAR
No → Repair the Right Sliding Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit for an
open between the intermediate connector and the Body Control
Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
434
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
DOOR AJAR
Symptom:
*RIGHT SLIDING DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
POSSIBLE CAUSES
RIGHT SLIDING DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND
RIGHT SLIDING DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE INTERNAL MALFUNCTION
RIGHT SLIDING DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH (LATCH ASSY)
Yes → Go To 2
No → Go To 3
2 Reconnect the Right Sliding Door harness connector at the bottom of the door. All
Remove the door panel from the sliding door.
Disconnect the Right Sliding Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch (Latch Assy) connector at
the door mechanism.
With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the RSLIDE DR AJAR SW state.
Did the Switch State change from CLOSED to OPEN?
Yes → Replace the Sliding Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch or Latch Assem-
bly.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Repair the Right Sliding Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch harness for
a short to ground between the door mechanism and the interme-
diate harness connector at the bottom of the door.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Yes → Repair the Right Sliding Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit for a
short to ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
435
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS
Symptom:
EBL RUN ONLY RELAY OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
OPEN B+ TO RELAY
VERIFY ACTIVE DTC
MISSING RELAY
FRONT CONTROL MODULE
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY
INTELLIGENT POWER MODULE
Yes → Go To 3
3 Remove the Rear Window Defogger relay from the IPM. All
Measure the voltage of pin 86 in the Rear Defogger Relay socket.
Is the voltage above 10.0 volts?
Yes → Go To 4
436
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS
437
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS
Symptom:
EBL RUN ONLY RELAY SHORTED TO BATTERY
POSSIBLE CAUSES
VERIFY ACTIVE DTC
FRONT CONTROL MODULE
INTELLIGENT POWER MODULE
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY
Yes → Go To 3
438
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
BACKUP LAMP OUTPUT OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
GROUND CIRCUIT
BACKUP LAMP OPEN
BACKUP LAMP DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE
Yes → Go To 3
No → Repair the Ground Circuit.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
439
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
440
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
BACKUP LAMP OUTPUT SHORT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
BACKUP LAMP
BACKUP LAMP DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE
No → Go To 3
Yes → Repair the Backup Lamp Driver circuit for a short to ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
441
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
MISSING RELAY
OPEN FUSE
FOG LAMP RELAY
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
FOG LAMP RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
FRONT CONTROL MODULE
INTELLIGENT POWER MODULE
No → Go To 5
Yes → Go To 3
No → Go To 4
442
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
No → Go To 6
443
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
FRONT FOG LAMP SHORTED TO BATTERY
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
FOG LAMP RELAY
FRONT CONTROL MODULE
INTELLIGENT POWER MODULE
No → Go To 3
444
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
HEADLAMP SWITCH MISMATCH
POSSIBLE CAUSES
VERIFY AUTO HEADLAMP SWITCH
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS
BODY CONTROL MODULE
No → Go To 4
4 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorts and open circuits.
Were there any problems found?
Yes → Repair as necessary.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.
445
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
HEADLAMP SWITCH OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS
HEADLAMP SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT OPEN
HEADLAMP SWITCH MUX RETURN CIRCUIT OPEN
HEADLAMP SWITCH OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE
No → Go To 5
446
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Yes → Repair the Headlamp Switch MUX Return circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the Service
Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
5 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorts and open circuits.
Were there any problems found?
No → Test Complete.
447
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
HEADLAMP SWITCH SHORT TO GROUND
POSSIBLE CAUSES
HEADLAMP SWITCH SHORTED
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS
HEADLAMP SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
HEADLAMP SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT SHORT TO MUX RETURN CIRCUIT
BODY CONTROL MODULE
No → Go To 5
Yes → Repair the Headlamp Switch MUX Circuit for a short to ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 4
448
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Yes → Repair the Headlamp Switch MUX circuit for a short to the
Headlamp Switch MUX Return circuit.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the Service
Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
5 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorts and open circuits.
Were there any problems found?
449
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
HIGH BEAM SWITCH INPUT OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH
HIGH BEAM SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT OPEN
MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH MUX RETURN CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE
No → Go To 3
450
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
No → Go To 4
451
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
HIGH BEAM SWITCH INPUT SHORT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH
HIGH BEAM SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
HIGH BEAM SWITCH MUX SHORT TO MUX RETURN CIRCUIT
BODY CONTROL MODULE
Yes → Repair the High Beam Switch MUX circuit for a short to ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 4
452
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
453
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
LEFT FRONT TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
TURN SIGNAL LAMP OPEN
LEFT TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE
Yes → Go To 3
No → Go To 4
454
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
455
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
LEFT FRONT TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT SHORT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
LEFT FRONT TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT SHORT TO GROUND
TURN SIGNAL LAMP
BODY CONTROL MODULE
Yes → Repair the Left Front Turn Signal Output circuit for a short to
ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3
456
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
457
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
LEFT HIGH BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FRONT CONTROL MODULE
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
LEFT HEADLAMP
LEFT HIGH BEAM DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN
WIRING HARNESS INSPECTION
Yes → Go To 2
No → Go To 5
Yes → Go To 4
No → Repair the Left High Beam Driver circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
458
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
459
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
LEFT HIGH BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FRONT CONTROL MODULE
LEFT HEADLAMP
LEFT HIGH BEAM DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
WIRING PROBLEM
WIRING HARNESS INSPECTION
Yes → Go To 2
No → Go To 5
No → Go To 3
Yes → Go To 4
460
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
No → Test Complete.
461
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
LEFT HIGH BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FRONT CONTROL MODULE
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
HIGH BEAM AND LOW BEAM DRIVERS CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER
LEFT HEADLAMP
LEFT HIGH BEAM DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
WIRING PROBLEM
WIRING HARNESS INSPECTION
Yes → Go To 2
No → Go To 7
Yes → Repair the Left High Beam Driver circuit for a short to the Left
Low Beam Driver circuit.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 4
462
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
No → Repair the Left High Beam Driver circuit for a short to voltage.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.
463
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
LEFT LOW BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FRONT CONTROL MODULE
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
LEFT HEADLAMP
LEFT LOW BEAM DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN
WIRING HARNESS INSPECTION
Yes → Go To 2
No → Go To 5
Yes → Go To 4
No → Repair the Left Low Beam Driver circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
464
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
465
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
LEFT LOW BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FRONT CONTROL MODULE
LEFT HEADLAMP
LEFT LOW BEAM DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
WIRING PROBLEM
WIRING HARNESS INSPECTION
Yes → Go To 2
No → Go To 5
No → Go To 3
Yes → Go To 4
466
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
No → Test Complete.
467
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
LEFT LOW BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FRONT CONTROL MODULE
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
HIGH BEAM AND LOW BEAM DRIVERS CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER
LEFT HEADLAMP
LEFT LOW BEAM DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
WIRING PROBLEM
WIRING HARNESS INSPECTION
Yes → Go To 2
No → Go To 7
Yes → Repair the Left High Beam Driver circuit for a short to the Left
Low Beam Driver circuit.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 4
468
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
No → Repair the Left Low Beam Driver circuit for a short to voltage.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.
469
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
LEFT REAR TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
TURN SIGNAL LAMP OPEN
LEFT REAR TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE
Yes → Go To 3
No → Go To 4
470
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
471
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
LEFT REAR TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT SHORT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
LEFT REAR TURN SIGNAL DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
TURN SIGNAL LAMP
BODY CONTROL MODULE
472
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
473
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
LEFT SIDE PARK LAMP OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
GROUND CIRCUIT
PARK LAMP
PARK LAMP FUSE #2
PARK LAMP RELAY
PARK LAMP OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
FRONT CONTROL MODULE
INTELLIGENT POWER MODULE
Yes → Go To 3
No → Repair the Ground Circuit.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
474
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
No → Go To 4
Yes → Repair the Park Lamp Output Circuit for an open condition.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 7
475
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
PARK LAMP OUTPUT 1 OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
MISSING RELAY
OPEN FUSE
PARK LAMP RELAY
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
RIGHT FRONT FUSED PARK LAMP RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
FRONT CONTROL MODULE
INTELLIGENT POWER MODULE
No → Go To 6
Yes → Go To 3
No → Go To 4
476
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
No → Go To 5
477
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
PARK LAMP OUTPUT 1 SHORT TO BATTERY
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
PARK LAMP RELAY
FRONT CONTROL MODULE
INTELLIGENT POWER MODULE
No → Go To 3
478
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
PARK LAMP OUTPUT 2 OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
MISSING RELAY
OPEN FUSE
PARK LAMP RELAY
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
LEFT FRONT FUSED PARK LAMP RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
FRONT CONTROL MODULE
INTELLIGENT POWER MODULE
No → Go To 6
Yes → Go To 3
No → Go To 4
479
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
No → Go To 5
480
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
PARK LAMP OUTPUT 2 SHORT TO BATTERY
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
PARK LAMP RELAY
FRONT CONTROL MODULE
INTELLIGENT POWER MODULE
No → Go To 3
481
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
RIGHT FRONT TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
TURN SIGNAL LAMP OPEN
RIGHT FRONT TURN SIGNAL DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE
INTELLIGENT POWER MODULE
Yes → Go To 3
No → Repair the Ground Circuit.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
482
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
No → Go To 5
483
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
RIGHT FRONT TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT SHORT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
RIGHT FRONT TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT SHORT TO GROUND
TURN SIGNAL LAMP
INTELLIGENT POWER MODULE
Yes → Repair the Right Front Turn Signal Output circuit for a short to
ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3
484
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
485
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
RIGHT HIGH BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FRONT CONTROL MODULE
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
RIGHT HEADLAMP
RIGHT HIGH BEAM DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN
WIRING HARNESS INSPECTION
Yes → Go To 2
No → Go To 5
Yes → Go To 4
No → Repair the Right High Beam Driver circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
486
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
487
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
RIGHT HIGH BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FRONT CONTROL MODULE
RIGHT HEADLAMP
RIGHT HIGH BEAM DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
WIRING PROBLEM
WIRING HARNESS INSPECTION
Yes → Go To 2
No → Go To 5
No → Go To 3
Yes → Go To 4
488
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
No → Test Complete.
489
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
RIGHT HIGH BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLT-
AGE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FRONT CONTROL MODULE
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
HIGH BEAM AND LOW BEAM DRIVERS CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER
RIGHT HEADLAMP
RIGHT HIGH BEAM DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
WIRING PROBLEM
WIRING HARNESS INSPECTION
Yes → Repair the Right High Beam Driver circuit for a short to the Right
Low Beam Driver circuit.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 4
490
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
No → Repair the Right High Beam Driver circuit for a short to voltage.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
491
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
RIGHT LOW BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FRONT CONTROL MODULE
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
RIGHT HEADLAMP
RIGHT LOW BEAM DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN
WIRING HARNESS INSPECTION
Yes → Go To 2
No → Go To 5
Yes → Go To 4
No → Repair the Right Low Beam Driver circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
492
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
493
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
RIGHT LOW BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FRONT CONTROL MODULE
RIGHT HEADLAMP
RIGHT LOW BEAM DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
WIRING PROBLEM
WIRING HARNESS INSPECTION
Yes → Go To 2
No → Go To 5
No → Go To 3
Yes → Go To 4
494
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
No → Test Complete.
495
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
RIGHT LOW BEAM HEADLAMP CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FRONT CONTROL MODULE
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
HIGH BEAM AND LOW BEAM DRIVERS CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER
RIGHT HEADLAMP
RIGHT LOW BEAM DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
WIRING PROBLEM
WIRING HARNESS INSPECTION
Yes → Go To 2
No → Go To 7
Yes → Go To 3
Yes → Repair the Right High Beam Driver circuit for a short to the Right
Low Beam Driver circuit.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 4
496
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
No → Repair the Right Low Beam Driver circuit for a short to voltage.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
497
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
RIGHT REAR TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
GROUND CIRCUIT
TURN SIGNAL LAMP
RIGHT REAR TURN SIGNAL DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE
Yes → Go To 3
No → Go To 4
498
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Yes → Repair the Right Rear Turn Signal Driver Circuit for an open
condition.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
499
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
RIGHT REAR TURN SIGNAL OUTPUT SHORT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
RIGHT REAR TURN SIGNAL DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
TURN SIGNAL LAMP
BODY CONTROL MODULE
Yes → Repair the Right Rear Turn Signal Driver circuit for a short to
ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3
500
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
501
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
RIGHT SIDE PARK LAMP OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
GROUND CIRCUIT
PARK LAMP
PARK LAMP FUSE #3
PARK LAMP OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
PARK LAMP RELAY
FRONT CONTROL MODULE
INTELLIGENT POWER MODULE
Yes → Go To 3
No → Repair the Ground Circuit.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
502
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
No → Go To 4
Yes → Repair the Park Lamp Output circuit for an open condition.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 7
503
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH INPUT OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT OPEN
MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH MUX RETURN CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE
No → Go To 3
504
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
No → Go To 4
505
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH INPUT SHORT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH MUX SHORT TO MUX RETURN CIRCUIT.
MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH MUX RETURN CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE
No → Go To 3
Yes → Repair the Turn Signal Switch MUX circuit for a short to ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 4
506
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
507
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
Symptom List:
A/C SWITCH FAULT (ACTIVE) - MTC
CHECKSUM FAILURE (ACTIVE) - MTC
DEFOG SWITCH FAULT (ACTIVE) - MTC
POWER SWITCH FAULT (ACTIVE) - MTC
RECIRC SWITCH FAULT (ACTIVE) - MTC
Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests.
The title for the tests will be A/C SWITCH FAULT (ACTIVE) -
MTC.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
A/C - HEATER CONTROL MODULE
508
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
Repair
Replace the A/C - Heater Control Module in accordance with the
Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
509
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
Symptom List:
A/C SWITCH FAULT (STORED) - MTC
BACKLIGHT DIMMING RX FAILURE (STORED) - MTC
BLEND OVERCURRENT (STORED) - MTC
CHECKSUM FAILURE (STORED) - MTC
DEFOG SWITCH FAULT (STORED) - MTC
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN
(STORED) - MTC
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT SHORT
(STORED) - MTC
LOOPBACK TEST FAILURE (STORED) - MTC
MODE OVERCURRENT (STORED) - MTC
NO FUEL LEVEL MESSAGE RECEIVED (STORED) - MTC
PCM COMMUNICATION FAILURE (STORED) - MTC
POWER SWITCH FAULT (STORED) - MTC
REAR BLEND OVERCURRENT (STORED) - MTC
REAR BLEND POT CIRCUIT OPEN (STORED) - MTC
REAR BLEND POT CIRCUIT SHORT (STORED) - MTC
REAR MODE OVERCURRENT (STORED) - MTC
RECIRC OVERCURRENT (STORED) - MTC
RECIRC SWITCH FAULT (STORED) - MTC
TX FAILURE (STORED) - MTC
VEHICLE ODOMETER FAILURE (STORED) - MTC
ZONE OVERCURRENT (STORED) - MTC
Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests.
The title for the tests will be A/C SWITCH FAULT (STORED) -
MTC.
510
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
511
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
512
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK FOR ACTIVE HVAC DTCS AND SYSTEM TESTS FAULT MESSAGES
STORED CODE(S) TEST COMPLETE
513
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
514
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
Symptom List:
ACT CKT TEST PASSED, OVERCURRENT DTCS ACTIVE - MTC
BLEND CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND - MTC
BLEND CIRCUIT SHORTED TO IGN OR BATT - MTC
COMMON DRIVER SHORTED TO GROUND - MTC
COMMON DRIVER SHORTED TO IGN OR BATT - MTC
MODE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND - MTC
MODE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO IGN OR BATT - MTC
REAR BLEND CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND - MTC
REAR BLEND CIRCUIT SHORTED TO IGN OR BATT - MTC
REAR MODE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND - MTC
REAR MODE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO IGN OR BATT - MTC
RECIRC CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND - MTC
RECIRC CIRCUIT SHORTED TO IGN OR BATT - MTC
SHORT TOO COMPLEX - MTC
ZONE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND - MTC
ZONE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO IGN OR BATT - MTC
Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests.
The title for the tests will be ACT CKT TEST PASSED, OVER-
CURRENT DTCS ACTIVE - MTC.
515
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
516
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED LOW
DOOR ACTUATOR SHORTED
DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED HIGH
A/C - HEATER CONTROL MODULE
INTERMITTENT WIRING PROBLEM
DOOR DRIVER CIRCUITS SHORTED HIGH
DOOR DRIVER CIRCUITS SHORTED LOW
DOOR DRIVER CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER
DOOR DRIVER CIRCUITS SHORTED TO COMMON DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT
DOOR ACTUATORS SHORTED
A/C - HEATER CONTROL MODULE
INTERMITTENT WIRING PROBLEM
517
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
No → Go To 3
Yes → Replace the door actuator in accordance with the Service Infor-
mation.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 5
518
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
No → Go To 5
Yes → Repair all door driver circuits with a resistance below 10K ohms
for a short to ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 8
519
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
No → Go To 9
No → Go To 11
520
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
Yes → Repair the door driver circuits with a resistance below 10K ohms
for a short to the Common Door Driver circuit or Rear Common
Door Driver circuit.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace all door actuators with a resistance below 30.0 ohms in
accordance with the Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
521
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
Symptom:
BACKLIGHT DIMMING RX FAILURE (ACTIVE) - MTC
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ADDITIONAL CODE(S) PRESENT
A/C - HEATER CONTROL MODULE
BODY CONTROL MODULE - NO DIM MESSAGE TO A/C - HEATER CONTROL MODULE
Yes → Replace the A/C - Heater Control Module in accordance with the
Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
522
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
Symptom List:
BLEND CALIBRATION FAULT - MTC
MODE CALIBRATION FAULT - MTC
REAR BLEND CALIBRATION FAULT - MTC
REAR MODE CALIBRATION FAULT - MTC
RECIRCULATION CALIBRATION FAULT - MTC
ZONE CALIBRATION FAULT - MTC
Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests.
The title for the tests will be BLEND CALIBRATION FAULT -
MTC.
523
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK FOR ACTUATOR CIRCUIT TEST FAULT MESSAGES
CHECK FOR ACTIVE HVAC DTCS
MODE LINKAGE/DOOR BINDING
PASSENGER BLEND LINKAGE/DOOR BINDING
DRIVER BLEND LINKAGE/DOOR BINDING
RECIRCULATION LINKAGE/DOOR BINDING
REAR MODE LINKAGE/DOOR BINDING
REAR BLEND LINKAGE/DOOR BINDING
A/C - HEATER CONTROL MODULE
DOOR ACTUATOR DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN
COMMON DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN
DOOR ACTUATOR
A/C - HEATER CONTROL MODULE
REAR DOOR ACTUATOR DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN
REAR COMMON DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN
DOOR ACTUATOR
BROKEN ACTUATOR/LINKAGE/DOOR
524
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
No → Go To 2
2 NOTE: All Actuator Circuit Test fault messages and Overcurrent DTCs must All
be repaired before diagnosing Calibration fault messages.
Turn the ignition on.
With the DRBIIIt, read active HVAC DTCs.
Does the DRBIIIt display any active HVAC DTCs?
525
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
Broken Linkage
Remove door actuator from housing. By hand, attempt to rotate
actuator in both directions. Also, inspect for disconnected, miss-
ing, or broken door linkage, and a warped or broken door. Repair
as necessary in accordance with the Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
5 NOTE: After completing HVAC Door Recalibration, the DRBIIIt will store All
the total span and the status of each door actuator. Selecting HVAC Door
Cal Monitor in System Tests will display this information.
With the DRBIIIt in HVAC, select System Tests, and then select HVAC Door Cal
Monitor.
Which message does the DRBIIIt display for Blend Status?
No Pulses
Go To 8
526
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
Broken Linkage
Remove door actuator from housing. By hand, attempt to rotate
actuator in both directions. Also, inspect for disconnected, miss-
ing, or broken door linkage, and a warped or broken door. Repair
as necessary in accordance with the Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
7 NOTE: After completing HVAC Door Recalibration, the DRBIIIt will store All
the total span and the status of each door actuator. Selecting HVAC Door
Cal Monitor in System Tests will display this information.
With the DRBIIIt in HVAC, select System Tests, and then select HVAC Door Cal
Monitor.
Which message does the DRBIIIt display for Recirc Status?
No Pulses
Go To 8
527
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
Yes → Go To 10
No → Repair the door driver circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
528
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
Broken Linage
Remove door actuator from housing. By hand, attempt to rotate
actuator in both directions. Also, inspect for disconnected, miss-
ing, or broken door linkage, and a warped or broken door. Repair
as necessary in accordance with the Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
12 NOTE: After completing HVAC Door Recalibration, the DRBIIIt will store All
the total span and the status of each door actuator. Selecting HVAC Door
Cal Monitor in System Tests will display this information.
With the DRBIIIt in HVAC, select System Tests, and then select HVAC Door Cal
Monitor.
Which message does the DRBIIIt display for R Blend Status?
No Pulses
Go To 13
529
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
Yes → Go To 15
No → Repair the Rear Common Door Driver circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
530
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
Symptom List:
BLEND OVERCURRENT (ACTIVE) - MTC
MODE OVERCURRENT (ACTIVE) - MTC
REAR BLEND OVERCURRENT (ACTIVE) - MTC
REAR MODE OVERCURRENT (ACTIVE) - MTC
RECIRC OVERCURRENT (ACTIVE) - MTC
ZONE OVERCURRENT (ACTIVE) - MTC
Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests.
The title for the tests will be BLEND OVERCURRENT (AC-
TIVE) - MTC.
531
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
POSSIBLE CAUSES
RUN THE ACTUATOR CIRCUIT TEST
Repair
With the DRBIIIt in HVAC, System Tests, actuate the Actuator
Circuit Test. Read the Actuator Circuit Test message(s). Return to
the symptom list and choose the symptom(s).
If two or more drivelines are shorted together when running the
Actuator Ckt Test, the DRBIIIt may display Actuator Ckt Test
Passed even though Overcurrent DTCs are active. If this occurs,
refer to symptom Act Ckt Test Passed, Overcurrent DTCs Active.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
532
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
Symptom:
BLOWER NOT ON HIGH - MTC
POSSIBLE CAUSES
HVAC DTC(S) PRESENT
TEST SET UP CONDITIONS NOT MET
FRONT BLOWER/RELATED CIRCUITS
No → Go To 2
2 Was the front blower control set to high speed the entire time the Cooldown Test was All
actuated?
Yes → Check the front blower motor and related circuits for front blower
operation problems. Repair as necessary. After repair is complete,
with the DRBIIIt, actuate the Cooldown Test.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Start the engine. Set the Front Blower Front Control switch to
high speed. With the DRBIIIt, actuate the Cooldown Test.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
533
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
Symptom List:
COOLDOWN TEST SENSOR FAILURE - MTC
COOLDOWN TIME EXCESSIVE FAULT - MTC
Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests.
The title for the tests will be COOLDOWN TEST SENSOR
FAILURE - MTC.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
HVAC DTC(S) PRESENT
CHECK THE PCM/ECM FOR DTCS
A/C SYSTEM TESTING
534
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
535
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
Symptom:
COOLDOWN TEST TOO COLD TO START - MTC
POSSIBLE CAUSES
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE TOO LOW
HVAC DTC(S) PRESENT
CHECK THE PCM/ECM FOR DTCS
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT HIGH RESISTANCE
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT HIGH RESISTANCE
A/C - HEATER CONTROL MODULE
Yes → Go To 2
No → Perform additional testing as necessary.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
2 CAUTION: The evaporator temperature must be above 12.7°C (55°F) and the All
work area ambient temperature must be above 21.1°C (70°F) to test A/C
system operation.
Turn the ignition on.
With the DRBIIIt, read HVAC DTCs.
Does the DRBIIIt display any HVAC DTCs?
Yes → Return to the symptom list and choose the symptom(s). After the
repair is complete, with the DRBIIIt, erase the DTC(s). Cycle the
ignition switch. With the DRBIIIt, actuate the Cooldown Test.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3
536
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
No → Go To 4
Yes → Go To 5
No → Go To 6
No → Go To 6
6 NOTE: Ensure that the Evaporator Temperature Sensor harness connector All
is connected to the Evaporator Temperature Sensor.
NOTE: Ensure that the voltmeter leads meet the terminals in the connector
and that there is good terminal to wire connection.
NOTE: Ensure the voltmeter leads are connected for positive polarity.
Back probe the Sensor Ground circuit between the Evaporator Temperature Sensor
harness connector and the A/C - Heater Control Module C1 harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Is the voltage below 0.10 volt?
Yes → Go To 7
537
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
538
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
Symptom:
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN (ACTIVE)
- MTC
POSSIBLE CAUSES
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED HIGH
A/C - HEATER CONTROL MODULE
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
No → Go To 2
539
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
Yes → Replace the A/C - Heater Control Module in accordance with the
Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3
Yes → Go To 4
No → Repair the Evaporator Temperature Sensor Signal circuit be-
tween the A/C - Heater Control Module C1 harness connector and
the in-line C202 harness connector (HVAC side) for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
540
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
Yes → Check the wiring harness between the in-line C202 harness
connector (plenum side) and the Evaporator Temperature Sensor
for an open. Repair as necessary. If Ok, replace the Evaporator
Temperature Sensor in accordance with the Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
541
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
Symptom:
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT SHORT (AC-
TIVE) - MTC
POSSIBLE CAUSES
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO SENSOR GROUND CIR-
CUIT
A/C - HEATER CONTROL MODULE
Yes → Check the Evap Temp Sensor Signal circuit between the in-line
C202 harness connector (plenum side) and the Evap Temp Sensor
for a short to ground. Repair as necessary. If Ok, replace the
Evaporator Temperature Sensor in accordance with the Service
Info.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 2
542
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
Yes → Go To 3
No → Repair the Evaporator Temperature Sensor Signal circuit be-
tween the A/C - Heater Control Module C1 harness connector and
the in-line C202 harness connector (HVAC side) for a short to
ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Yes → Replace the A/C - Heater Control Module in accordance with the
Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Repair the Evaporator Temperature Sensor Signal circuit be-
tween the A/C - Heater Control Module C1 harness connector and
the in-line C202 harness connector (HVAC side) for a short to
Sensor Ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
543
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
Symptom List:
FRONT AND REAR BLOWER OUTPUT 1 OPEN
FRONT AND REAR BLOWER OUTPUT 2 OPEN
Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests.
The title for the tests will be FRONT AND REAR BLOWER
OUTPUT 1 OPEN.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK DTCS
B+ CIRCUIT OPEN
FRONT AND REAR BLOWER RELAYS OPEN
FRONT/REAR BLOWER MOTOR RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
FRONT/REAR BLOWER MOTOR RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
FRONT CONTROL MODULE
Yes → Go To 2
544
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
Yes → Go To 4
No → Replace the Front Blower Motor Relay and the Rear Blower Motor
Relay, if equipped.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 5
Yes → Replace the Front Control Module (FCM) in accordance with the
Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
545
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
Symptom List:
FRONT AND REAR BLOWER OUTPUT 1 SHORT TO BATT
FRONT AND REAR BLOWER OUTPUT 2 SHORT TO BATT
Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests.
The title for the tests will be FRONT AND REAR BLOWER
OUTPUT 1 SHORT TO BATT.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK DTCS
FRONT BLOWER MOTOR RELAY SHORTED
REAR BLOWER MOTOR RELAY SHORTED
FRONT/REAR BLOWER MOTOR RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY
FRONT CONTROL MODULE
Yes → Go To 2
No → Replace the Front Control Module (FCM) in accordance with the
Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
546
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
547
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
Symptom:
LOOPBACK TEST FAILURE (ACTIVE) - MTC
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ADDITIONAL CODE(S) PRESENT
A/C - HEATER CONTROL MODULE
548
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
Symptom List:
NO FUEL LEVEL MESSAGE RECEIVED (ACTIVE) - MTC
PCM COMMUNICATION FAILURE (ACTIVE) - MTC
VEHICLE ODOMETER FAILURE (ACTIVE) - MTC
Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests.
The title for the tests will be NO FUEL LEVEL MESSAGE
RECEIVED (ACTIVE) - MTC.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE PCM/ECM
PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN
POWERTRAIN/ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
Yes → Replace the A/C - Heater Control Module in accordance with the
Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 2
549
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
Yes → Go To 3
550
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
Symptom:
REAR BLEND POT CIRCUIT OPEN (ACTIVE) - MTC
POSSIBLE CAUSES
5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
CHECK REAR TEMPERATURE FEEDBACK SIGNAL CIRCUIT VOLTAGE
REAR TEMPERATURE FEEDBACK SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
A/C - HEATER CONTROL MODULE
5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO REAR TEMPERATURE FEEDBACK SIGNAL CIRCUIT
REAR TEMPERATURE RETURN CIRCUIT OPEN
REAR BLEND POTENTIOMETER
A/C - HEATER CONTROL MODULE
No → Go To 2
551
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
Yes → Replace the A/C - Heater Control Module in accordance with the
Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Repair the Rear Temperature Feedback Signal circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Yes → Go To 5
No → Repair the 5 Volt Supply circuit for a short to the Rear Temper-
ature Feedback Signal circuit.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
552
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
553
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
Symptom:
REAR BLEND POT CIRCUIT SHORT (ACTIVE) - MTC
POSSIBLE CAUSES
5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN
5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO REAR TEMPERATURE RETURN CIRCUIT
REAR TEMPERATURE FEEDBACK SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
REAR TEMPERATURE FEEDBACK SIGNAL CKT SHORTED TO REAR TEMPERATURE RETURN
CKT
REAR BLEND POTENTIOMETER SHORTED
A/C - HEATER CONTROL MODULE
No → Repair the 5 Volt Supply circuit for a short to the Rear Temper-
ature Return circuit.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
554
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
Yes → Go To 4
Yes → Replace the A/C - Heater Control Module in accordance with the
Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
555
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
Symptom:
TX FAILURE (ACTIVE) - MTC
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE HVAC MODULE
ADDITIONAL CODE(S) PRESENT
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE PCM/ECM, BCM, AND FCM
A/C - HEATER CONTROL MODULE
No → Go To 3
556
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
No → Test Complete.
557
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
Symptom List:
*A/C STATUS INDICATOR FLASHING - MTC
*RECIRC STATUS INDICATOR FLASHING - MTC
Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests.
The title for the tests will be *A/C STATUS INDICATOR
FLASHING - MTC.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
AC COOLDOWN TEST NEEDS TO BE RUN
HVAC DOOR RECALIBRATION NEEDS TO BE RUN
2 CAUTION: The evaporator temperature must be above 12.7°C (55°F) and the All
work area ambient temperature must be above 21.1°C (70°F) to test A/C
operation.
NOTE: The A/C status indicator will flash twice per second to indicate that
the AC Cooldown Test needs to be run.
NOTE: The A/C status indicator will stop flashing twice per second if either
the AC Cooldown Test returns passed, or if any button on the control is
pressed, or if the ignition is cycled and the odometer shows greater than
eight miles.
NOTE: The Power and A/C status indicators will flash alternately while the
AC Cooldown Test is running.
Start the engine.
Turn the Blower control to the high speed position.
With the DRBIIIt in HVAC, System Tests, actuate the AC Cooldown Test.
Does the DRBIIIt display: Cooldown Test Passed?
558
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
559
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
Symptom:
*BLEND/MODE/RECIRC DOOR OPERATION IMPROPER -- DUAL &
THREE-ZONE MTC
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK FOR ACTIVE HVAC DTCS
CHECK FOR HVAC DO0R RECALIBRATION FAULT MESSAGES
MODE DOOR ACTUATOR/LINKAGE/DOOR
PASSENGER BLEND DOOR ACTUATOR/LINKAGE/DOOR
DRIVER BLEND DOOR ACTUATOR/LINKAGE/DOOR
RECIRCULATION DOOR ACTUATOR/LINKAGE/DOOR
REAR MODE DOOR ACTUATOR/LINKAGE/DOOR
REAR BLEND DOOR ACTUATOR/LINKAGE/DOOR
No → Go To 2
2 NOTE: All Actuator Circuit Test fault messages and Overcurrent DTCs must All
be repaired before diagnosing Calibration fault messages.
Turn the ignition on.
With the DRBIIIt in HVAC, System Tests, actuate the HVAC Door Recalibration
Test.
Does the DRBIIIt display any HVAC Door Recalibration fault messages?
No → Go To 3
560
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
Mode Door
Go To 4
Recirculation Door
Go To 7
561
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
562
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
563
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
Symptom:
*BLEND/MODE/RECIRC DOOR OPERATION IMPROPER --
SINGLE-ZONE MTC
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK FOR ACTIVE HVAC DTCS
CHECK FOR HVAC DO0R RECALIBRATION FAULT MESSAGES
MODE DOOR ACTUATOR/LINKAGE/DOOR
BLEND DOOR ACTUATOR/LINKAGE/DOOR
RECIRCULATION DOOR ACTUATOR/LINKAGE/DOOR
No → Go To 2
2 NOTE: All Actuator Circuit Test fault messages and Overcurrent DTCs must All
be repaired before diagnosing Calibration fault messages.
Turn the ignition on.
With the DRBIIIt in HVAC, System Tests, actuate the HVAC Door Recalibration
Test.
Does the DRBIIIt display any HVAC Door Recalibration fault messages?
Yes → Return to the symptom list and choose the symptom(s).
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3
Blend Door
Go To 5
Recirculation Door
Go To 6
564
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
565
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
Symptom:
*FRONT A/C - HEATER CONTROL ILLUMINATION INOPERATIVE -
MTC
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK FOR HVAC DTCS
CHECK FOR BCM DTCS
A/C - HEATER CONTROL MODULE
PANEL LAMPS DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE - PANEL LAMPS DRIVER OPEN
No → Go To 3
Yes → Replace the A/C - Heater Control Module in accordance with the
Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 4
566
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
567
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
Symptom:
*FRONT BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE - MTC
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FRONT CONTROL MODULE (FCM) DTC(S) PRESENT
IPM FUSE #10
FUSED FRONT BLOWER MOTOR RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
FRONT BLOWER MOTOR RESISTOR BLOCK SHORTED TO GROUND
FRONT BLOWER MOTOR RESISTOR BLOCK SHORTED TO GROUND
BLOWER MOTOR
BLOWER MOTOR
A/C - HEATER CONTROL MODULE
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
BLOWER MOTOR HIGH DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN
FRONT BLOWER MOTOR RESISTOR BLOCK OPEN
FRONT BLOWER MOTOR RESISTOR BLOCK OPEN
IPM - OPEN CIRCUIT
IPM - OPEN CIRCUIT
FRONT BLOWER MOTOR RELAY
IPM - OPEN CIRCUIT
FUSED FRONT BLOWER MOTOR RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
No → Go To 2
Yes → Go To 3
No → Go To 7
568
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
569
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
Yes → Go To 8
No → Go To 12
8 Turn the Power switch on the A/C - Heater Control Module off. All
Turn the ignition off.
Using a jumper wire connected to ground, back probe the Rear Blower High Speed
circuit in the Front Blower Motor Resistor Block C2 harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Turn the Power switch on the A/C - Heater Control Module on.
Does the blower motor run at high speed?
Yes → Go To 9
No → Replace the Blower Motor in accordance with the Service Infor-
mation.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
9 Turn the Power switch on the A/C - Heater Control Module off. All
Turn the ignition off.
Disconnect the A/C - Heater Control Module C2 harness connector.
Using a jumper wire connected to ground, back probe the Blower Motor High Driver
circuit in the A/C - Heater Control Module C2 harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Turn the Power switch on the A/C - Heater Control Module on.
Does the blower motor run at high speed?
Yes → Go To 10
No → Go To 11
Yes → Replace the A/C - Heater Control Module in accordance with the
Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Repair the Ground circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
570
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
571
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
Yes → Go To 16
No → Replace the Front Blower Motor Relay in accordance with the
Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
572
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
Symptom:
*FRONT BLOWER MOTOR SPEEDS INCORRECT - MTC
POSSIBLE CAUSES
BLOWER MOTOR DRIVER CIRCUIT(S) SHORTED TO GROUND
BLOWER MOTOR DRIVER CIRCUIT(S) SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
BLOWER MOTOR DRIVER CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER
A/C - HEATER CONTROL MODULE - SPEEDS INCORRECT
BLOWER MOTOR DRIVER CIRCUIT(S) OPEN
BLOWER MOTOR RESISTOR BLOCK - OPEN SPEED
Yes → Go To 3
No → Go To 5
3 Turn the Power switch on the A/C - Heater Control Module off. All
Turn the ignition off.
Disconnect the A/C - Heater Control Module C2 harness connector.
Disconnect the Front Blower Motor Resistor Block C1 harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Measure the voltage of each of the Blower Motor Driver circuits (cavities 2, 3, 5, 9,
and 10) in the A/C - Heater Control Module C2 harness connector.
Is there any voltage present?
Yes → Repair all Blower Motor Driver circuits with voltage present for a
short to voltage.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 4
573
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
574
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
Symptom:
*HVAC SYSTEM TEST - MTC
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE PCM/ECM, THE BCM, AND THE FCM
CHECK FOR HVAC RELATED DTCS IN THE PCM/ECM
CHECK FOR BCM DTCS
CHECK FOR FCM DTCS
CHECK FOR ACTIVE HVAC DTCS AND SYSTEM TESTS FAULT MESSAGES
CHECK FOR HVAC RELATED DTCS IN THE PCM/ECM
MANUAL A/C SYSTEM TEST
No → Go To 3
575
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
No → Go To 6
576
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
Symptom:
*REAR A/C - HEATER CONTROL ILLUMINATION INOPERATIVE -
MTC
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK FOR HVAC DTCS
CHECK FOR BCM DTCS
INOPERATIVE BULB
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
REAR BLOWER REAR CONTROL SWITCH
PANEL LAMPS DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE - PANEL LAMPS DRIVER OPEN
No → Go To 2
No → Go To 3
Yes → Go To 4
No → Replace the bulb.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
577
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
Yes → Go To 5
No → Go To 6
Yes → Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the Service
Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Repair the Panel Lamps Driver circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
578
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
Symptom:
*REAR BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE - MTC
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FRONT CONTROL MODULE (FCM) DTC(S) PRESENT
IPM FUSE #12
FUSED REAR BLOWER MOTOR RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
BLOWER MOTOR
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
A/C - HEATER CONTROL MODULE
CHECK FOR POWER TO REAR BLOWER MOTOR
BLOWER MOTOR
REAR BLOWER HIGH SPEED CIRCUIT OPEN
REAR BLOWER MOTOR HIGH CIRCUIT OPEN
REAR BLOWER MOTOR RESISTOR BLOCK
IPM - OPEN CIRCUIT
IPM - OPEN CIRCUIT
REAR BLOWER MOTOR RELAY
IPM - OPEN CIRCUIT
FUSED REAR BLOWER MOTOR RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
No → Go To 2
Yes → Go To 3
No → Go To 5
579
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
No → Go To 4
Yes → Replace the A/C - Heater Control Module in accordance with the
Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Repair the Ground circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
580
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
Yes → Go To 8
No → Go To 11
8 Turn the Power switch on the A/C - Heater Control Module off. All
Turn the ignition off.
Using a jumper wire connected to ground, back probe the DB/OR wire in the Rear
Blower Motor 2-pin harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Turn the Power switch on the A/C - Heater Control Module on.
Does the blower motor run at high speed?
Yes → Go To 9
No → Repair the DB/OR wire between the Rear Blower Motor 2-pin
harness connector and the Rear Blower Motor Resistor Block
harness connector for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Yes → Replace the Rear Blower Motor Resistor Block in accordance with
the Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
581
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
Yes → Go To 12
Yes → Repair the Fused Rear Blower Motor Relay Output circuit for an
open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
582
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
Symptom:
*REAR BLOWER MOTOR SPEEDS INCORRECT - MTC
POSSIBLE CAUSES
REAR BLOWER REAR CONTROL SWITCH
REAR BLOWER MOTOR DRIVER CIRCUIT(S) SHORTED TO GROUND
A/C - HEATER CONTROL MODULE
REAR BLOWER REAR CONTROL SWITCH
REAR BLOWER MOTOR DRIVER CIRCUIT(S) SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
REAR BLOWER MOTOR FRONT CONTROL FEED CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
REAR BLOWER DRIVER CKT(S) SHORTED TO REAR BLOWER FRONT CONTROL FEED CKT
REAR BLOWER MOTOR DRIVER CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER
A/C - HEATER CONTROL MODULE
REAR BLOWER MOTOR DRIVER CIRCUIT(S) OPEN
REAR BLOWER MOTOR RESISTOR BLOCK
Yes → Go To 2
No → Go To 4
2 Turn the Rear Blower switch on the A/C - Heater Control Module off. All
Turn the Power switch on the A/C - Heater Control Module off.
Turn the ignition off.
Disconnect the Rear Blower Rear Control Switch C1 harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Turn the Power switch on the A/C - Heater Control Module on.
Does the rear blower run?
Yes → Go To 3
No → Replace the Rear Blower Rear Control Switch in accordance with
the Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
583
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
Yes → Repair all Rear Blower Motor Driver circuits with a resistance
below 10K ohms for a short to ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the A/C - Heater Control Module in accordance with the
Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
4 Turn the Rear Blower switch on the A/C - Heater Control Module off. All
Turn the Power switch on the A/C - Heater Control Module off.
Turn the ignition off.
Disconnect the Rear Blower Rear Control Switch C1 harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Turn the Power switch on the A/C - Heater Control Module on.
Turn the Rear Blower switch on the A/C - Heater Control Module to the Low,
Medium, and High speed positions while listening for the rear blower motor to
change speed accordingly.
Does the rear blower speed change accordingly?
Yes → Replace the Rear Blower Rear Control Switch in accordance with
the Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 5
5 Turn the Power switch on the A/C - Heater Control Module off. All
Turn the ignition off.
Disconnect the Rear Blower Front Control Switch harness connector.
Disconnect the Rear Blower Rear Control Switch C1 harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Turn the Power switch on the A/C - Heater Control Module on.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Using a 12-volt test light connect to ground, back probe each of the Rear Blower
Motor Driver circuits (Low, Medium, and High) in the Rear Blower Front Control
Switch harness connector and in the Rear Blower Rear Control Switch C1 harness
connector.
Does the test light illuminate brightly on each circuit?
Yes → Go To 6
No → Go To 10
584
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
Yes → Repair all Rear Blower Motor Driver circuits with voltage present
for a short to voltage.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 7
7 Turn the Power switch on the A/C - Heater Control Module off. All
Turn the ignition off.
Disconnect the Rear Blower Front Control Switch harness connector.
Disconnect the Rear Blower Rear Control Switch C1 harness connector.
Turn the ignition on
Measure the voltage of the Rear Blower Motor Front Control Feed circuit.
Is there any voltage present?
Yes → Repair the Rear Blower Motor Front Control Feed circuit for a
short to voltage.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 8
No → Go To 9
585
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
Yes → Replace the Rear Blower Motor Resistor Block in accordance with
the Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
586
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
Symptom:
*REAR BLOWER REAR CONTROL SWITCH INOP IN ONE OR
MORE SPEEDS - MTC
POSSIBLE CAUSES
REAR BLOWER MOTOR DRIVER CIRCUIT(S) OPEN
REAR BLOWER REAR CONTROL SWITCH
REAR BLOWER MOTOR FRONT CONTROL FEED CIRCUIT OPEN
A/C - HEATER CONTROL MODULE
2 Turn the Power switch on the A/C - Heater Control Module off. All
Turn the ignition off.
Make sure that the Rear Blower Rear Control C1 harness connector is connected to
the Rear Blower Rear Control Switch.
Using a jumper wire connected to ground, back probe the Rear Blower Motor Front
Control Feed circuit in the Rear Blower Rear Control Switch C1 harness connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Turn the Power switch on the A/C - Heater Control Module on.
Turn the Blower switch on the Rear Blower Rear Control Switch to each speed
position.
Does the rear blower run in all speeds?
Yes → Go To 3
No → Replace the Rear Blower Rear Control Switch in accordance with
the Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
587
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
HEATING & A/C
Yes → Replace the A/C - Heater Control Module in accordance with the
Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Repair the Rear Blower Motor Front Control Feed circuit for an
open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
588
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY
Symptom:
ACCESSORY POWER OUTPUT 1 OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FRONT CONTROL MODULE
FUSE & RELAY CENTER INTERNAL MALFUNCTION
ACCESSORY RELAY
FRONT CONTROL MODULE
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
No → Go To 3
589
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY
No → Go To 4
590
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY
Symptom:
ACCESSORY POWER OUTPUT 1 SHORT TO B+
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FRONT CONTROL MODULE
FUSE & RELAY CENTER INTERNAL MALFUNCTION
ACCESSORY RELAY
FRONT CONTROL MODULE
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
No → Go To 3
591
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY
No → Go To 4
592
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY
Symptom:
ACCESSORY POWER OUTPUT 2 OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FRONT CONTROL MODULE
FUSE & RELAY CENTER INTERNAL MALFUNCTION
ACCESSORY RELAY
FCM
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
No → Go To 3
593
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY
No → Go To 4
594
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY
Symptom:
ACCESSORY POWER OUTPUT 2 SHORT TO B+
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FRONT CONTROL MODULE
FUSE & RELAY CENTER INTERNAL MALFUNCTION
ACCESSORY RELAY
FRONT CONTROL MODULE
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
No → Go To 3
595
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY
No → Go To 4
596
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY
Symptom:
CPA NOT ENGAGED
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FRONT CONTROL MODULE INTERNAL MALFUNCTION
FUSE AND RELAY CENTER INTERNAL MALFUNCTION
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
CONNECTOR POSITIVE ASSURANCE LOCK
Yes → Go To 3
597
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY
598
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY
Symptom:
HORN INPUT STUCK
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FRONT CONTROL MODULE INTERNAL MALFUNCTION
HORN SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
FUSE AND RELAY CENTER INTERNAL MALFUNCTION
No → Go To 3
599
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY
Symptom:
HORN RELAY OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FUSE AND RELAY CENTER INTERNAL MALFUNCTION
HORN RELAY
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
FRONT CONTROL MODULE
600
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY
601
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY
Symptom:
HORN RELAY SHORTED TO B+
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FUSE AND RELAY CENTER INTERNAL MALFUNCTION
HORN RELAY
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
FRONT CONTROL MODULE
602
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY
603
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY
Symptom:
IGNITION MUX SWITCH INPUT OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
IGNITION SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
IGNITION SWITCH FAILURE
IGNITION SWITCH SENSE RETURN CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE
IGNITION SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE
No → Go To 2
Yes → Go To 3
No → Go To 5
Yes → Replace the Ignition Switch in accordance with the service infor-
mation.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 4
604
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY
Yes → Repair the Ignition Switch Sense Return circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the service
information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
605
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY
Symptom:
IGNITION MUX SWITCH INPUT SHORT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
IGNITION SWITCH SHORTED
IGNITION SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
IGNITION SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO IGNITION SWITCH SENSE RETURN CIR-
CUIT
IGNITION SWITCH SENSE RETURN CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE
Yes → Go To 2
No → Replace the Ignition Switch in accordance with the service infor-
mation.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3
606
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY
Yes → Repair the Ignition Switch Sense circuit for a short to the Ignition
Switch Sense Return circuit.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 4
Yes → Repair the Ignition Switch Sense Return circuit for a short to
ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the service
information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
607
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY
Symptom:
IGNITION RUN OUTPUT SHORT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TEST FOR CURRENT DTCS
MODULE OR COMPONENT FAULT
FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE
No → The condition that caused this DTC is currently not present. Use
the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, and inspect the related
wiring harness for a possible intermittent condition.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
608
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY
3 NOTE: All modules and components identified in Test Number 2 must be All
disconnected from the BCM’s Fused Ignition Switch Output (Run) circuit
and the DTC must still be present for the result of this test to be valid.
Turn the ignition off.
Disconnect the Body Control Module (BCM) C3 and C4 harness connectors.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Fused Ignition Switch Output (Run)
circuits in the BCM C3 harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Fused Ignition Switch Output (Run)
circuit in the BCM C4 harness connector.
Is the resistance below 10K ohms on any of the circuits?
Yes → Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output (Run) circuit(s) with a
resistance below 10K ohms for a short to ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
609
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY
Symptom:
IGNITION RUN/START INPUT WIRING
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TEST FOR CURRENT DTC’S
FRONT CONTROL MODULE INTERNAL MALFUNCTION
FUSE AND RELAY CENTER INTERNAL MALFUNCTION
FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
610
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY
611
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY
Symptom:
IGNITION START INPUT WIRING
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TEST FOR CURRENT DTC’S
FRONT CONTROL MODULE INTERNAL MALFUNCTION
FUSE AND RELAY CENTER INTERNAL MALFUNCTION
FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (START) CIRCUIT OPEN
612
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY
613
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY
Symptom:
INTERNAL DRIVER FAULT #1
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FRONT CONTROL MODULE INTERNAL MALFUNCTION
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
614
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY
Symptom:
INTERNAL DRIVER FAULT #2
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FRONT CONTROL MODULE INTERNAL MALFUNCTION
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
615
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY
Symptom:
INTERNAL DRIVER FAULT #3
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FRONT CONTROL MODULE INTERNAL MALFUNCTION
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
616
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY
Symptom:
RUN/START HARDWARE INPUT FAILURE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TEST FOR CURRENT DTC’S
FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
IGNITION SWITCH
BODY CONTROL MODULE
Yes → Go To 3
617
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY
618
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom List:
ABS LAMP CKT SHORT
ABS LAMP OPEN
AIRBAG LAMP CKT SHORT
AIRBAG LAMP OPEN
Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests.
The title for the tests will be ABS LAMP CKT SHORT.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
No → Test Complete.
619
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
EL PANEL SHORT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK EXTERIOR ILLUMINATION
CHECK OPERATION OF ALL GAUGES
VERIFY CONCERN
PANEL LAMP DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
PANEL LAMP DRIVER OPEN CIRCUIT
OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT
BCM PANEL LAMP DRIVER CIRCUIT INTERNAL FAILURE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER PANEL LAMPS DRIVER INTERNAL FAILURE
Yes → Go To 3
No → Go To 2
Yes → Go To 4
620
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
No → Test Complete.
621
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
FRONT FOG LAMP INDICATOR OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS
FRONT FOG LAMP INDICATOR CIRCUIT OPEN
FRONT FOG LAMP INDICATOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
FRONT FOG LAMP INDICATOR CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
HEADLAMP SWITCH
BODY CONTROL MODULE
No → Go To 8
No → Go To 6
622
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Yes → Repair the Front Fog Lamp Indicator circuit for a short to voltage.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 5
Repair
Replace the Headlamp Switch.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Repair
Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
8 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorts and open circuits.
Were there any problems found?
No → Test Complete.
623
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
FRONT FOG LAMP INDICATOR SHORT TO GROUND
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS
FRONT FOG LAMP INDICATOR CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
HEADLAMP SWITCH
BODY CONTROL MODULE
No → Go To 4
Yes → Repair the Front Fog Lamp Indicator circuit for a short to ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 5
Repair
Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
624
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
No → Test Complete.
625
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom List:
FUEL GAUGE CHECKSUM FAILURE
SPEEDOMETER CHECKSUM FAILURE
TACHOMETER CHECKSUM FAILURE
TEMPERATURE GAUGE CHECKSUM FAILURE
Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests.
The title for the tests will be FUEL GAUGE CHECKSUM
FAILURE.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
626
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
FUEL LEVEL SENDING UNIT INPUT OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR SIGNAL SHORTED TO B+
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
FUEL LEVEL SENDING UNIT
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
BCM
No → Go To 7
Yes → Repair the Fuel Level Sensor Signal circuit shorted to battery
voltage.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3
627
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
No → Go To 5
Repair
Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.
628
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
FUEL LEVEL SENDING UNIT INPUT SHORT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
FUEL LEVEL SENDING UNIT
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR SIGNAL SHORTED TO GROUND
BCM
No → Go To 3
No → Go To 4
629
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Repair
Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
630
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
IOD WAKEUP CLUSTER OUTPUT OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER WAKE UP SENSE CKT OPEN
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER WAKE UP SENSE CKT SHORT TO GROUND
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
BODY CONTROL MODULE
No → Go To 5
Yes → Go To 4
631
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
632
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
IOD WAKEUP CLUSTER OUTPUT SHORT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER WAKE UP SENSE CKT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
BODY CONTROL MODULE
No → Go To 4
633
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Yes → Repair the Instrument Cluster Wake Up Sense circuit for a short
to voltage.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Instrument Cluster.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.
634
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
LEFT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR OPEN (HIGHLINE)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
FUSED B+ CIRCUIT OPEN
MESSAGE CENTER OPERATION
LEFT TURN INDICATOR DRIVER SHORTED TO GROUND
LEFT TURN INDICATOR DRIVER OPEN
BCM
Yes → Go To 2
No → Go To 3
635
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
No → Go To 6
Repair
Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
636
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
LEFT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR OPEN (LOWLINE)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
FUSED B+ CIRCUIT OPEN
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
LEFT TURN INDICATOR DRIVER SHORTED TO GROUND
LEFT TURN INDICATOR DRIVER OPEN
BCM
Yes → Go To 2
No → Go To 3
637
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Yes → Go To 7
No → Repair the Left Turn Indicator for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Repair
Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
638
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
LEFT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR SHORT (HIGHLINE)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
FUSED B+ CIRCUIT
MESSAGE CENTER OPERATION
LEFT TURN INDICATOR DRIVER SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
BCM
No → Go To 3
639
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Repair
Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
640
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
LEFT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR SHORT (LOWLINE)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
FUSED B+ CIRCUIT
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER OPERATION
LEFT TURN INDICATOR DRIVER SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
BCM
No → Go To 3
641
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Repair
Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
642
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
LOOPBACK FAILURE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
643
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom List:
NO ABS BUS MESSAGES RECEIVED
NO BCM BUS MESSAGES RECEIVED
NO FCM BUS MESSAGES RECEIVED
NO ORC BUS MESSAGES RECEIVED
NO TCM BUS MESSAGES RECEIVED
Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests.
The title for the tests will be NO ABS BUS MESSAGES
RECEIVED.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
NO COMMUNICATION WITH THE ABS, BCM, FCM, ORC, OR TCM MODULE
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Yes → Go To 2
No → Refer to the Communication category for the related symptom(s).
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
644
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
NO PCM BUS MESSAGES RECEIVED
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PCM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED
NO COMMUNICATION WITH THE PCM
PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
645
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
PANEL DIMMING OUTPUT SHORT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS
EMIC DIMMING CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
HEADLAMP SWITCH DIMMING CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
HVAC MODULE DIMMING CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
I/P MULTI-FUNCTION SWITCH DIMMING CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
MIRROR SWITCH DIMMING CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
RADIO DIMMING CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
REAR BLOWER CONTROL SWITCH DIMMING CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
EMIC
HEADLAMP SWITCH
I/P MULTI-FUNCTION SWITCH
MIRROR SWITCH
RADIO
REAR BLOWER CONTROL SWITCH
BODY CONTROL MODULE
HVAC MODULE
Yes → Go To 2
No → Go To 17
Yes → Go To 3
No → Replace the EMIC in accordance with the Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
646
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Yes → Go To 4
Yes → Go To 7
647
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Yes → Go To 8
No → Replace the HVAC Module in accordance with the Service Infor-
mation.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Yes → Go To 9
No → Replace the Radio in accordance with the Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 10
No → Go To 11
648
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
No → Go To 12
Yes → Repair the Rear Blower Control Switch Dimming circuit for a
short to ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 15
649
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
No → Go To 16
Repair
Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
17 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorts and open circuits.
Were there any problems found?
650
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
REAR FOG INDICATOR OUTPUT OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS
REAR FOG LAMP INDICATOR CIRCUIT OPEN
REAR FOG LAMP INDICATOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
REAR FOG LAMP INDICATOR CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
HEADLAMP SWITCH
BODY CONTROL MODULE
No → Go To 8
No → Go To 6
651
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Yes → Repair the Rear Fog Lamp Indicator circuit for a short to voltage.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 5
Repair
Replace the Headlamp Switch.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Repair
Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
8 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorts and open circuits.
Were there any problems found?
No → Test Complete.
652
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
REAR FOG INDICATOR OUTPUT SHORT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS
REAR FOG LAMP INDICATOR CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
HEADLAMP SWITCH
BODY CONTROL MODULE
No → Go To 4
Yes → Repair the Rear Fog Lamp Indicator circuit for a short to ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 5
Repair
Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
653
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
No → Test Complete.
654
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
RIGHT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR OPEN (HIGHLINE)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
FUSED B+ CIRCUIT
MESSAGE CENTER OPERATION
RIGHT TURN INDICATOR DRIVER SHORTED TO GROUND
RIGHT TURN INDICATOR DRIVER OPEN
BCM
Yes → Go To 2
No → Go To 3
655
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
No → Go To 6
Repair
Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
656
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
RIGHT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR OPEN (LOWLINE)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
RIGHT TURN INDICATOR DRIVER SHORTED TO GROUND
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
FUSED B+ CIRCUIT
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER OPERATION
RIGHT TURN INDICATOR DRIVER OPEN
BCM
Yes → Go To 2
No → Go To 3
657
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
No → Go To 7
Repair
Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
658
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
RIGHT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR SHORT (HIGHLINE)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
FUSED B+ CIRCUIT
MESSAGE CENTER OPERATION
RIGHT TURN INDICATOR DRIVER SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
BCM
No → Go To 3
659
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Repair
Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
660
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
RIGHT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR SHORT (LOWLINE)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
FUSED B+ CIRCUIT
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER OPERATION
RIGHT TURN INDICATOR DRIVER SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
BCM
No → Go To 3
661
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
No → Go To 6
Repair
Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
662
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
TCM MESSAGE MISMATCH
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TCM COMMUNICATION FAILURE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
663
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
*ANY PCI BUS INDICATOR INOPERATIVE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
NO RESPONSE - PCI BUS
NO RESPONSE - INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
NO RESPONSE - ECM / PCM
INDICATOR INOPERATIVE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Yes → Refer to the symptom list for problems related to *NO RE-
SPONSE FROM THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3
Yes → Refer to the symptom list for problems related to *NO RE-
SPONSE FROM THE POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
(Gas) / or *NO RESPONSE FROM THE ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE (Diesel)
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 4
4 NOTE: Diagnose and repair any PCM (gas) or ECM (diesel) DTCs before All
proceeding with this test.
Perform the Instrument Cluster diagnostic Self Test.
Observe the indicator in question during the Self Test.
Did the indicator illuminate?
664
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Symptom:
*SEAT BELT INDICATOR ALWAYS ON
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ACM SEAT BELT INDICATOR COMMAND PRESENT
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
665
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
INTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
DOOR/LIFTGATE LAMP OUTPUT SHORT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
COURTESY LAMPS DRIVER - LIFTGATE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
COURTESY LAMPS DRIVER - DOOR CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE
Yes → Go To 2
No → The condition that caused the symptom is currently not present.
Inspect the related wiring for a possible intermittent condition.
Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3
666
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
INTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
FRONT COURTESY LAMPS OUTPUT SHORT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
FRONT COURTESY LAMP OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORT
BODY CONTROL MODULE
OVERHEAD CONSOLE
667
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
INTERIOR LIGHTING
Symptom:
READING LAMP OUTPUT SHORT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
READING LAMPS DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORT
GLOVE BOX LAMP CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE
Yes → Repair the Glove Box Lamp Driver/ Reading Lamps Circuit for a
short to ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
668
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
BCM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED
POSSIBLE CAUSES
BCM RESPONSE
STORED CODE/PCI BUS COMMUNICATION PROBLEMS
MEMORY SEAT MIRROR MODULE
INTERMITTENT PROBLEM
2 With the DRBIIIt, erase the DTC from Memory Seat Mirror Module. All
Turn the ignition switch to the Off position then start the engine and let run for one
minute.
Now be sure that there is still communication with the Body Control module, if not
repair as necessary.
With the DRB check for the same DTC to reset in the MSMM.
Did the same DTC reset?
Yes → Go To 3
No → Test complete.
Perform MEMORY SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
3 NOTE: Visually inspect the related wiring harness including the PCI bus All
wire. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.
Note: Visually inspect the related wiring harness connectors. Look for
broken, bent, pushed out, or corroded terminals.
Note: Refer to any technical service bulletins that may apply.
Were any problems found?
669
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
CHARGING VOLTAGE HIGH MESSAGE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PCM TROUBLE CODES
STORED CODE COMMUNICATION PROBLEMS
MEMORY SEAT MIRROR MODULE
INTERMITTENT PROBLEM
No → Go To 2
2 With the DRBIIIt, erase the DTC from Memory Seat Mirror Module. All
Turn the ignition switch to the Off position then start the engine and let run for one
minute.
With the DRB check for the same DTC to reset in the MSMM.
Did the same DTC reset?
Yes → Go To 3
No → Test complete.
Perform MEMORY SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
3 Note: Visually inspect the related wiring harness. Look for any chafed, All
pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.
Note: Visually inspect the related wiring harness connectors. Look for
broken, bent, pushed out, or corroded terminals.
Note: Refer to any technical service bulletins that may apply.
Were any problems found?
No → Replace the Memory Seat Mirror Module.
Perform MEMORY SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Yes → Repair as necessary.
Perform MEMORY SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
670
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
CHARGING VOLTAGE LOW MESSAGE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PCM TROUBLE CODES
STORED CODE COMMUNICATION PROBLEMS
MEMORY SEAT MIRROR MODULE
INTERMITTENT PROBLEM
No → Go To 2
2 With the DRBIIIt, erase the DTC from Memory Seat Mirror Module. All
Turn the ignition switch to the Off position then start the engine and let run for one
minute.
With the DRB check for the same DTC to reset in the MSMM.
Did the same DTC reset?
Yes → Go To 3
No → Test complete.
Perform MEMORY SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
3 Note: Visually inspect the related wiring harness. Look for any chafed, All
pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.
Note: Visually inspect the related wiring harness connectors. Look for
broken, bent, pushed out, or corroded terminals.
Note: Refer to any technical service bulletins that may apply.
Were any problems found?
671
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
EEPROM REFRESH FAILURE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
EEPROM REFRESH FAILURE
Repair
Replace the Memory Seat Mirror Module.
Perform MEMORY SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
672
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
FRONT RISER DOWN POSITION STUCK
POSSIBLE CAUSES
STORED DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE
POWER SEAT SWITCH
SEAT FRONT DOWN SWITCH SENSE WIRE SHORT TO VOLTAGE
MEMORY SEAT MIRROR MODULE
Yes → Repair the Seat Front Down Switch Sense wire for a short to
voltage.
Perform MEMORY SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 4
673
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MEMORY SEAT
Repair
Replace the Memory Seat Mirror Module.
Perform MEMORY SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
674
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
FRONT RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH
POSSIBLE CAUSES
MEMORY SEAT MIRROR MODULE SENSOR GROUND OPEN
SEAT POSITION SENSOR GROUND WIRE OPEN
5 VOLT SUPPLY SHORTED HIGH
CHECK VOLTAGE ON FRONT RISER POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT
FRONT RISER SENSOR HIGH
FRONT RISER SENSOR SHORT TO MOTOR
MEMORY SEAT MIRROR MODULE FRONT RISER HIGH
STORED DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE
Yes → Go To 2
No → Go To 8
675
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MEMORY SEAT
Yes → Repair the Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply circuit for a short to battery.
Perform MEMORY SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 4
Yes → Repair the Front Riser Position Signal circuit for a short to
voltage.
Perform MEMORY SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 5
6 Ensure all seat and sensor connectors are connected and front riser motor is All
operational.
With the DRBIIIt in Body Memory Seat Sensors monitor the Front Riser Position
Sensor while operating the front riser motor to both limits.
Did the voltage ever go above 7.0 volts only when the motor was in operation?
Yes → Replace the Seat Track Assembly.
Perform MEMORY SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 7
Repair
Replace the Memory Seat Mirror Module.
Perform MEMORY SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
676
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MEMORY SEAT
677
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
FRONT RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW
POSSIBLE CAUSES
MEMORY SEAT MIRROR MODULE 5 VOLT SUPPLY
SEAT 5 VOLT SUPPLY WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
SEAT SENSOR 5 VOLT SUPPLY WIRE OPEN
FRONT RISER POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
FRONT RISER POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
FRONT RISER SENSOR LOW
MEMORY SEAT MIRROR MODULE FRONT RISER LOW
STORED DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE
Yes → Go To 2
2 Ensure the Memory Seat Mirror Module is fully connected before proceeding. All
Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Front Riser Position Sensor connector.
Turn ignition on.
Measure the voltage of the Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply circuit at front riser connector.
Is the voltage above 4.5 volts?
Yes → Go To 3
No → Go To 7
678
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MEMORY SEAT
No → Go To 5
Repair
Replace the Memory Seat Mirror Module.
Perform MEMORY SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 8
679
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MEMORY SEAT
Repair
Replace the Memory Seat Mirror Module.
Perform MEMORY SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
680
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
FRONT RISER UP POSITION STUCK
POSSIBLE CAUSES
STORED DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE
POWER SEAT SWITCH
SEAT FRONT UP SWITCH SENSE WIRE SHORT TO VOLTAGE
MEMORY SEAT MIRROR MODULE
Yes → Repair the Seat Front Up Switch Sense wire for a short to voltage.
Perform MEMORY SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 4
681
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MEMORY SEAT
Repair
Replace the Memory Seat Mirror Module.
Perform MEMORY SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
682
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
HORIZONTAL FORWARD POSITION STUCK
POSSIBLE CAUSES
STORED DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE
DRIVER POWER SEAT SWITCH
HORIZONTAL FORWARD SWITCH SENSE WIRE SHORT TO VOLTAGE
MEMORY SEAT MIRROR MODULE
Yes → Repair the Horizontal Forward Switch Sense wire for a short to
voltage.
Perform MEMORY SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 4
683
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MEMORY SEAT
Repair
Replace the Memory Seat Mirror Module.
Perform MEMORY SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
684
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
HORIZONTAL REARWARD POSITION STUCK
POSSIBLE CAUSES
STORED DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE
DRIVER POWER SEAT SWITCH
SEAT HORIZONTAL REARWARD SWITCH SENSE WIRE SHORT TO VOLTAGE
MEMORY SEAT MIRROR MODULE
685
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MEMORY SEAT
Repair
Replace the Memory Seat Mirror Module.
Perform MEMORY SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
686
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH
POSSIBLE CAUSES
MEMORY SEAT MIRROR MODULE SENSOR GROUND OPEN
SEAT SENSOR GROUND WIRE OPEN
5 VOLT SUPPLY SHORTED HIGH
CHECK VOLTAGE ON HORIZONTAL POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT
HORIZONTAL SENSOR HIGH
CHECK HORIZONTAL SENSOR SHORT TO MOTOR
MEMORY SEAT MIRROR MODULE HORIZONTAL SENSOR HIGH
STORED DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE
Yes → Go To 2
No → Go To 8
687
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MEMORY SEAT
Yes → Repair the Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply circuit for a short to battery.
Perform MEMORY SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 4
No → Go To 5
6 Ensure all seat and sensor connectors are connected and Horizontal motor is All
operational.
With the DRBIIIt in Body Memory Seat Sensors monitor the Horizontal Position
sensor while operating the seat Horizontal motor to both limits.
Did the voltage ever go above 7.0 volts only when the motor was in operation?
Yes → Replace the Seat Track Assembly.
Perform MEMORY SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 7
Repair
Replace the Memory Seat Mirror Module.
Perform MEMORY SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
688
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MEMORY SEAT
689
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW
POSSIBLE CAUSES
SEAT 5 VOLT SUPPLY WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
SEAT SENSOR 5 VOLT SUPPLY WIRE OPEN
HORIZONTAL POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
HORIZONTAL POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
MEMORY SEAT MIRROR MODULE 5 VOLT SUPPLY
HORIZONTAL SENSOR LOW
MEMORY SEAT MIRROR MODULE HORIZONTAL LOW
STORED DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE
Yes → Go To 2
2 Ensure the Memory Seat Mirror Module is fully connected before proceeding. All
Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Horizontal Position Sensor connector.
Turn ignition on.
Measure the voltage of the Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply circuit at Horizontal sensor
connector.
Is the voltage above 4.5 volts?
Yes → Go To 3
No → Go To 7
690
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MEMORY SEAT
No → Go To 5
Repair
Replace the Memory Seat Mirror Module.
Perform MEMORY SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 8
691
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MEMORY SEAT
Repair
Replace the Memory Seat Mirror Module.
Perform MEMORY SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
692
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
LEFT MIRROR HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH
POSSIBLE CAUSES
LEFT MIRROR HORIZONTAL POSITION WIRE SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
LEFT MIRROR SENSOR GROUND WIRE OPEN
STORED DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE
LEFT MIRROR HORIZONTAL POSITION SIGNAL OPEN
LEFT POWER MIRROR
MEMORY SEAT MIRROR MODULE HORIZONTAL POSITION SIGNAL
MEMORY SEAT MIRROR MODULE SENSOR GROUND
Yes → Go To 3
No → Go To 6
693
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MEMORY SEAT
No → Go To 5
Repair
Replace the Left Power Mirror.
Perform MEMORY SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 7
694
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
LEFT MIRROR HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW
POSSIBLE CAUSES
MSMM HORIZONTAL POSITION LOW
STORED DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE
LEFT MIRROR HORIZONTAL POSITION SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
LEFT POWER MIRROR
695
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MEMORY SEAT
696
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
LEFT MIRROR VERTICAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH
POSSIBLE CAUSES
LEFT MIRROR SENSOR GROUND WIRE OPEN
LEFT MIRROR VERTICAL POSITION WIRE SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
STORED DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE
LEFT MIRROR VERTICAL POSITION SIGNAL OPEN
LEFT POWER MIRROR
MEMORY SEAT MIRROR MODULE SENSOR GROUND
MEMORY SEAT MIRROR MODULE VERTICAL POSITION SIGNAL
Yes → Go To 3
No → Go To 6
697
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MEMORY SEAT
No → Go To 5
Repair
Replace the Left Power Mirror.
Perform MEMORY SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 7
698
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
LEFT MIRROR VERTICAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW
POSSIBLE CAUSES
MSMM VERTICAL POSITION LOW
STORED DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE
LEFT MIRROR VERTICAL POSITION SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
LEFT POWER MIRROR
699
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MEMORY SEAT
700
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
MEMORY POSITION SWITCH STUCK
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
MEMORY SET SWITCH STUCK
MEMORY SELECT SWITCH MUX SHORT TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE
No → Go To 3
701
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MEMORY SEAT
Repair
Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform MEMORY SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
702
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
MEMORY SWITCH INPUT OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
MEMORY SET SWITCH OPEN
MEMORY SELECT SWITCH MUX OPEN
MEMORY SELECT SWITCH RETURN OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE
703
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MEMORY SEAT
704
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
MEMORY SWITCH INPUT SHORT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
MEMORY SET SWITCH SHORTED
MEMORY SELECT SWITCH MUX SHORTED
BODY CONTROL MODULE
No → Go To 3
705
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MEMORY SEAT
Repair
Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform MEMORY SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
706
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
REAR RISER DOWN POSITION STUCK
POSSIBLE CAUSES
STORED DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE
DRIVER POWER SEAT SWITCH
SEAT REAR DOWN SWITCH SENSE WIRE SHORT TO VOLTAGE
MEMORY SEAT MIRROR MODULE
Yes → Repair the Seat Rear Down Switch Sense wire for a short to
voltage.
Perform MEMORY SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 4
707
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MEMORY SEAT
Repair
Replace the Memory Seat Mirror Module.
Perform MEMORY SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
708
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
REAR RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH
POSSIBLE CAUSES
MEMORY SEAT MIRROR MODULE SENSOR GROUND OPEN
SEAT SENSOR GROUND WIRE OPEN
5 VOLT SUPPLY SHORTED HIGH
CHECK VOLTAGE ON REAR RISER POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT
REAR RISER SENSOR HIGH
CHECK REAR RISER SHORT TO MOTOR
MEMORY SEAT MIRROR MODULE REAR RISER HIGH
STORED DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE
Yes → Go To 2
No → Go To 8
709
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MEMORY SEAT
Yes → Repair the Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply circuit for a short to battery.
Perform MEMORY SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 4
Yes → Repair the Rear Riser Position Signal circuit for a short to
voltage.
Perform MEMORY SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 5
6 Ensure all seat and sensor connectors are connected and rear riser motor is All
operational.
With the DRBIIIt in Body Memory Seat Sensors monitor the Rear Riser Position
sensor while operating the seat rear riser to both limits.
Did the voltage ever go above 7.0 volts only when the motor was in operation?
Yes → Replace the Seat Track Assembly.
Perform MEMORY SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 7
Repair
Replace the Memory Seat Mirror Module.
Perform MEMORY SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
710
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MEMORY SEAT
711
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
REAR RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW
POSSIBLE CAUSES
MEMORY SEAT MIRROR MODULE 5 VOLT SUPPLY
SEAT 5 VOLT SUPPLY WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
SEAT SENSOR 5 VOLT SUPPLY WIRE OPEN
REAR RISER POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
REAR RISER POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
REAR RISER SENSOR LOW
MEMORY SEAT MIRROR MODULE REAR RISER LOW
STORED DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE
Yes → Go To 2
2 Ensure the Memory Seat Mirror Module is fully connected before proceeding. All
Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Rear Riser Sensor connector.
Turn ignition on.
Measure the voltage of the Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply circuit at rear riser connector.
Is the voltage above 4.5 volts?
Yes → Go To 3
No → Go To 7
712
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MEMORY SEAT
No → Go To 5
Repair
Replace the Memory Seat Mirror Module.
Perform MEMORY SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 8
713
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MEMORY SEAT
Repair
Replace the Memory Seat Mirror Module.
Perform MEMORY SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
714
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
REAR RISER UP POSITION STUCK
POSSIBLE CAUSES
STORED DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE
DRIVER POWER SEAT SWITCH
SEAT REAR UP SWITCH SENSE WIRE SHORT TO VOLTAGE
MEMORY SEAT MIRROR MODULE
Yes → Repair the Seat Rear Up Switch Sense wire for a short to voltage.
Perform MEMORY SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 4
715
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MEMORY SEAT
Repair
Replace the Memory Seat Mirror Module.
Perform MEMORY SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
716
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
RECLINER DOWN POSITION STUCK
POSSIBLE CAUSES
STORED DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE
DRIVER POWER SEAT SWITCH
SEAT RECLINER DOWN SWITCH SENSE WIRE SHORT TO VOLTAGE
MEMORY SEAT MIRROR MODULE
Yes → Repair the Recliner Down Switch Sense wire for a short to
voltage.
Perform MEMORY SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 4
717
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MEMORY SEAT
Repair
Replace the Memory Seat Mirror Module.
Perform MEMORY SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
718
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
RECLINER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH
POSSIBLE CAUSES
MEMORY SEAT MIRROR MODULE SENSOR GROUND OPEN
SEAT SENSOR GROUND WIRE OPEN
5 VOLT SUPPLY SHORTED HIGH
CHECK VOLTAGE ON RECLINER POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT
RECLINER SENSOR HIGH
CHECK RECLINER SENSOR SHORT TO MOTOR
MEMORY SEAT MIRROR MODULE RECLINER SENSOR HIGH
STORED DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE
Yes → Go To 2
No → Go To 8
719
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MEMORY SEAT
Yes → Repair the Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply circuit for a short to battery.
Perform MEMORY SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 4
Yes → Repair the Recliner Position Signal circuit for a short to voltage.
Perform MEMORY SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 5
Yes → Go To 6
No → Replace the Seat Track Assembly.
Perform MEMORY SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
6 Ensure all seat and sensor connectors are connected and Recliner motor is opera- All
tional.
With the DRBIIIt in Body Memory Seat Sensors monitor the Recliner Position sensor
while operating the seat Recliner motor to both limits.
Did the voltage ever go above 7.0 volts only when the motor was in operation?
720
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MEMORY SEAT
721
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
RECLINER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW
POSSIBLE CAUSES
SEAT 5 VOLT SUPPLY WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
SEAT SENSOR 5 VOLT SUPPLY WIRE OPEN
RECLINER POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
RECLINER POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
MEMORY SEAT MIRROR MODULE 5 VOLT SUPPLY
RECLINER SENSOR LOW
MEMORY SEAT MIRROR MODULE RECLINER LOW
STORED DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE
Yes → Go To 2
2 Ensure the Memory Seat Mirror Module is fully connected before proceeding. All
Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Recliner Position Sensor connector.
Turn ignition on.
Measure the voltage of the Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply circuit at Recliner sensor
connector.
Is the voltage above 4.5 volts?
Yes → Go To 3
No → Go To 7
722
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MEMORY SEAT
No → Go To 5
Repair
Replace the Memory Seat Mirror Module.
Perform MEMORY SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 8
723
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MEMORY SEAT
Repair
Replace the Memory Mirror Module.
Perform MEMORY SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
724
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
RECLINER UP POSITION STUCK
POSSIBLE CAUSES
STORED DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE
DRIVER POWER SEAT SWITCH
RECLINER UP SWITCH SENSE WIRE SHORT TO VOLTAGE
MEMORY SEAT MIRROR MODULE
Yes → Repair the Recliner Up Switch Sense wire for a short to voltage.
Perform MEMORY SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 4
725
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MEMORY SEAT
Repair
Replace the Memory Seat Mirror Module.
Perform MEMORY SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
726
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
RIGHT MIRROR HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH
POSSIBLE CAUSES
RIGHT MIRROR HORIZONTAL POSITION WIRE SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
RIGHT MIRROR SENSOR GROUND WIRE OPEN
STORED DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE
RIGHT MIRROR HORIZONTAL POSITION SIGNAL OPEN
RIGHT POWER MIRROR
MEMORY SEAT MIRROR MODULE HORIZONTAL POSITION SIGNAL
MEMORY SEAT MIRROR MODULE SENSOR GROUND
Yes → Go To 3
No → Go To 6
727
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MEMORY SEAT
No → Go To 5
Repair
Replace the Right Power Mirror.
Perform MEMORY SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 7
728
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
RIGHT MIRROR HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW
POSSIBLE CAUSES
MSMM HORIZONTAL POSITION LOW
STORED DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE
RIGHT MIRROR HORIZONTAL POSITION SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
RIGHT POWER MIRROR
729
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MEMORY SEAT
730
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
RIGHT MIRROR VERTICAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH
POSSIBLE CAUSES
RIGHT MIRROR SENSOR GROUND WIRE OPEN
RIGHT MIRROR VERTICAL POSITION WIRE SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
STORED DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE
RIGHT MIRROR VERTICAL POSITION SIGNAL OPEN
RIGHT POWER MIRROR
MEMORY SEAT MIRROR MODULE SENSOR GROUND
MEMORY SEAT MIRROR MODULE VERTICAL POSITION SIGNAL
Yes → Go To 3
No → Go To 6
731
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MEMORY SEAT
No → Go To 5
Repair
Replace the Right Power Mirror.
Perform MEMORY SYSTEM VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 7
732
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MEMORY SEAT
Symptom:
RIGHT MIRROR VERTICAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW
POSSIBLE CAUSES
MSMM VERTICAL POSITION LOW
STORED DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE
RIGHT MIRROR VERTICAL POSITION SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
RIGHT POWER MIRROR
733
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
MEMORY SEAT
734
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
OVERHEAD CONSOLE
Symptom:
BUS MESSAGES MISSING
POSSIBLE CAUSES
BCM COMMUNICATION
PCM COMMUNICATION
FCM COMMUNICATION
EATX COMMUNICATION
EVIC
Yes → Go To 3
Yes → Go To 4
No → Refer to Communication Category and perform the appropriate
system.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
735
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
OVERHEAD CONSOLE
736
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
OVERHEAD CONSOLE
Symptom:
COMPASS TEST FAILURE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CMTC/EVIC MODULE
737
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
OVERHEAD CONSOLE
Symptom:
DEMAGNETIZE COMPASS AS PER SERVICE MANUAL
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DEMAGNETIZE COMPASS
738
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
OVERHEAD CONSOLE
Symptom:
EC MIRROR DAY/NIGHT LINE FAULT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
AUTOMATIC DAY/NIGHT MIRROR
AUTOMATIC HEADLAMP SWITCH SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN
AUTOMATIC HEADLAMP SWITCH SENSOR CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
AUTOMATIC HEADLAMP SWITCH SENSOR CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
CMTC/EVIC MODULE
739
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
OVERHEAD CONSOLE
740
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
OVERHEAD CONSOLE
Symptom:
EVIC INTERNAL FAILURE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
EVIC INTERNAL FAILURE
741
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
OVERHEAD CONSOLE
Symptom:
LOOPBACK FAILURE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CMTC/EVIC MODULE
742
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
OVERHEAD CONSOLE
Symptom:
NO BCM MESSAGES RECEIVED
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
NO RESPONSE - PCI BUS - BCM
CMTC/EVIC MODULE
Yes → Go To 2
No → The condition is not present at this time. Monitor DRBIIIt
parameters while wiggling the related wire harness. refer to any
Technical Service Bulletins (TSB) that may apply. Visually in-
spect the related wiring harness and connector terminals.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
743
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
OVERHEAD CONSOLE
Symptom:
NO FCM MESSAGES RECEIVED
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
NO RESPONSE - PCI BUS - FCM
CMTC/EVIC MODULE
Yes → Go To 2
No → The condition is not present at this time. Monitor DRBIIIt
parameters while wiggling the related wire harness. refer to any
Technical Service Bulletins (TSB) that may apply. Visually in-
spect the related wiring harness and connector terminals.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
744
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
OVERHEAD CONSOLE
Symptom:
NO PCM MESSAGES RECEIVED
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
NO RESPONSE - PCI BUS - PCM
CMTC/EVIC MODULE
Yes → Go To 2
No → The condition is not present at this time. Monitor DRBIIIt
parameters while wiggling the related wire harness. Refer to any
Technical Service Bulletins (TSB) that may apply. Visually in-
spect the related wiring harness and connector terminals.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
745
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
OVERHEAD CONSOLE
Symptom:
NO TCM MESSAGES RECEIVED
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
NO RESPONSE - PCI BUS - TCM
CMTC/EVIC MODULE
Yes → Go To 2
No → The condition is not present at this time. Monitor DRBIIIt
parameters while wiggling the related wire harness. Refer to any
Technical Service Bulletins (TSB) that may apply. Visually in-
spect the related wiring harness and connector terminals.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
746
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
OVERHEAD CONSOLE
Symptom:
OTIS MODULE MESSAGE MISMATCH
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
EVIC COMMUNICATION
CMTC/EVIC MODULE
BODY CONTROL MODULE
No → Go To 4
747
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
OVERHEAD CONSOLE
No → Test Complete.
748
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
OVERHEAD CONSOLE
Symptom:
OTIS MODULE MESSAGE MISMATCH (DIESEL)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
CMTC/EVIC COMMUNICATION
CMTC/EVIC MODULE
FRONT CONTROL MODULE
No → Go To 4
749
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
OVERHEAD CONSOLE
No → Test Complete.
750
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
OVERHEAD CONSOLE
Symptom:
*REPAIRING CMTC DISPLAYS DOUBLE DASH ( - - ) IN TEMP
DISPLAY
POSSIBLE CAUSES
NO RESPONSE - PCI BUS - FRONT CONTROL MODULE
CMTC BUS MESSAGE FAILURE
COMPASS MINI-TRIP COMPUTER
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO SENSOR CIRCUIT
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR RETURN CIRCUIT OPEN
INTELLIGENT POWER MODULE
FRONT CONTROL MODULE
751
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
OVERHEAD CONSOLE
No → Go To 6
No → Go To 7
Yes → Go To 8
752
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
OVERHEAD CONSOLE
Yes → Replace the Front Control Module in accordance with the Service
Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Intelligent Power Module in accordance with the
Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
753
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE
Symptom:
DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCH INPUT OPEN OR SHORT TO VOLT-
AGE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BODY CONTROL MODULE - DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCH VOLTAGE LOW
DOOR LOCK SWITCH GROUND OPEN
DOOR LOCK SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT OPEN
DOOR LOCK SWITCH OPEN
DOOR LOCK SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
BODY CONTROL MODULE - DOOR LOCK SWITCH MUX SHORT TO VOLTAGE
Yes → Go To 2
2 With the DRBIIIt in Sensors, read the DR DOOR LOCK SW voltage. All
Does the DRBIIIt display 4.3 volts or greater?
Yes → Go To 3
No → Disconnect the BCM harness connector(s). Check connectors -
Clean/repair as necessary. If okay, replace the Body Control
Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
754
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE
Yes → Go To 4
755
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE
Symptom:
DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCH INPUT SHORT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
DOOR LOCK SWITCH SHORTED
DOOR LOCK SWITCH MUX SHORTED
BODY CONTROL MODULE - DOOR LOCK SWITCH VOLTAGE SHORTED
No → Go To 3
756
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE
Repair
Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
757
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE
Symptom:
DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCH INPUT STUCK
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BODY CONTROL MODULE - DOOR LOCK SWITCH VOLTAGE INCORRECT
DOOR LOCK SWITCH GROUND OPEN
DOOR LOCK SWITCH MUX OPEN
DOOR LOCK SWITCH STUCK
2 With the DRBIIIt in Sensors, read the DR DOOR LOCK SW voltage. All
Does the DRBIIIt display voltage between 1.3 and 3.25 volts?
Yes → Go To 3
Yes → Go To 4
758
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE
Yes → Go To 5
759
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE
Symptom:
LEFT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT OPEN OR SHORT TO
VOLTAGE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BODY CONTROL MODULE - LEFT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH VOLTAGE LOW
CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH GROUND OPEN
CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH MUX OPEN
CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH OPEN
CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH MUX SHORT TO VOLTAGE
BODY CONTROL MODULE - LEFT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH MUX SHORT TO VOLTAGE
2 With the DRBIIIt in Sensors, read the LEFT CYL LOCK SW voltage. All
Does the DRBIIIt display 4.0 volts or greater?
Yes → Go To 3
760
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE
Yes → Go To 4
761
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE
Symptom:
LEFT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT SHORT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH SHORTED
CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT SHORTED
BODY CONTROL MODULE - LEFT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH VOLTAGE SHORTED
762
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE
Yes → Repair the Cylinder Lock Switch Mux circuit for a short to
ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 4
Repair
Disconnect the BCM harness connector(s). Check connectors -
Clean/repair as necessary. If okay, replace the Body Control
Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
763
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE
Symptom:
LEFT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT STUCK
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BODY CONTROL MODULE - LEFT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH VOLTAGE INCORRECT
LEFT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH GROUND OPEN
LEFT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH MUX OPEN
CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH STUCK
2 With the DRBIIIt in Sensors, read the LEFT CYL LOCK SW voltage. All
Does the DRBIIIt display voltage between 1.3 and 3.25 volts?
Yes → Go To 3
No → Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Yes → Go To 4
764
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE
Yes → Go To 5
No → Repair the Left Cylinder Lock Switch Mux circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
765
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE
Symptom:
LEFT UNLOCK OUTPUT FAILURE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BODY CONTROL MODULE - LEFT DOOR UNLOCK DRIVER SHORT TO GROUND
LEFT FRONT DOOR UNLOCK DRIVER SHORT TO GROUND
LEFT SLIDING DOOR UNLOCK DRIVER SHORT TO GROUND
LEFT FRONT DOOR LOCK MOTOR - SHORT TO GROUND
LEFT SLIDING DOOR LOCK MOTOR - SHORT TO GROUND
766
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE
767
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE
Symptom:
LIFTGATE CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT OPEN OR SHORT TO
VOLTAGE - (EXPORT ONLY)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BODY CONTROL MODULE - LIFTGATE CYLINDER SWITCH VOLTAGE LOW
LIFTGATE CYLINDER SWITCH GROUND OPEN
LIFTGATE CYLINDER SWITCH MUX OPEN
LIFTGATE CYLINDER SWITCH OPEN
CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH MUX SHORT TO VOLTAGE
BODY CONTROL MODULE - LIFTGATE CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH MUX SHORT TO VOLTAGE
2 With the DRBIIIt in Sensors, read the LGATE CYL SW voltage. All
Does the DRBIIIt display 4.2 volts or greater?
Yes → Go To 3
No → Disconnect the BCM harness connector(s). Check connectors -
Clean/repair as necessary. If okay, replace the Body Control
Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
768
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE
Yes → Go To 4
769
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE
Symptom:
LIFTGATE CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT SHORT - (EXPORT
ONLY)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
LIFTGATE CYLINDER SWITCH SHORTED
LIFTGATE CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT SHORTED
BODY CONTROL MODULE - LIFTGATE CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH MUX SHORTED
770
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE
Yes → Repair the Liftgate Cylinder Lock Switch Mux circuit for a short
to ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 4
Repair
Disconnect the BCM harness connector(s). Check connectors -
Clean/repair as necessary. If okay, replace the Body Control
Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
771
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE
Symptom:
LIFTGATE CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT STUCK - (EXPORT
ONLY)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BODY CONTROL MODULE - LIFTGATE CYLINDER SWITCH VOLTAGE INCORRECT
LIFTGATE CYLINDER SWITCH GROUND OPEN
LIFTGATE CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH MUX OPEN
CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH STUCK
2 With the DRBIIIt in Sensors, read the LGATE CYL LOCK SW voltage. All
Does the DRBIIIt display voltage between 1.3 and 3.25 volts?
Yes → Go To 3
772
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE
Yes → Go To 5
No → Repair the Liftgate Cylinder Lock Switch Mux circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
773
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE
Symptom:
LIFTGATE POWER RELEASE OUTPUT SHORT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BODY CONTROL MODULE - LIFTGATE RELEASE DRIVER SHORTED
LIFTGATE RELEASE DRIVER WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
LIFTGATE RELEASE MOTOR SHORTED
Yes → Go To 2
No → Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the
wiring and connectors for an intermittent condition.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Yes → Repair the Liftgate Release Driver circuit for a short to ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 4
774
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE
Repair
Replace the Liftgate Release Motor.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
775
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE
Symptom:
LOCK OUTPUT FAILURE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
DOOR LOCK DRIVER SHORT TO GROUND
LEFT FRONT DOOR LOCK DRIVER SHORT GROUND
LEFT SLIDING DOOR LOCK DRIVER WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
RIGHT FRONT DOOR LOCK DRIVER WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
RIGHT SLIDING DOOR LOCK DRIVER WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
LEFT FRONT DOOR LOCK MOTOR - SHORT TO GROUND
LEFT SLIDING DOOR LOCK MOTOR - SHORT TO GROUND
RIGHT FRONT DOOR LOCK MOTOR - SHORT TO GROUND
RIGHT SLIDING DOOR LOCK MOTOR - SHORT TO GROUND
Yes → Go To 2
776
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE
Yes → Repair the Left Front Door Lock Driver circuit for a short to
ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Door Lock Motor.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
777
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE
778
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE
Symptom:
PASSENGER DOOR LOCK SWITCH INPUT OPEN OR SHORT TO
VOLTAGE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BODY CONTROL MODULE - PASSENGER DOOR LOCK SWITCH VOLTAGE LOW
DOOR LOCK SWITCH GROUND OPEN
DOOR LOCK SWITCH MUX OPEN
DOOR LOCK SWITCH OPEN
DOOR LOCK SWITCH MUX SHORT TO VOLTAGE
BODY CONTROL MODULE - DOOR LOCK SWITCH MUX SHORT TO VOLTAGE
Yes → Go To 2
No → Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the
wiring and connectors.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
2 With the DRBIIIt in Sensors, read the PASS DOOR LOCK SW voltage. All
Does the DRBIIIt display 4.0 volts or greater?
Yes → Go To 3
No → Disconnect the BCM harness connector(s). Check connectors -
Clean/repair as necessary. If okay, replace the Body Control
Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
779
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE
Yes → Go To 4
780
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE
Symptom:
PASSENGER DOOR LOCK SWITCH INPUT SHORT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
PASSENGER DOOR LOCK SWITCH SHORTED
DOOR LOCK SWITCH MUX SHORTED
BODY CONTROL MODULE - PASSENGER DOOR LOCK SWITCH VOLTAGE SHORTED
No → Go To 3
No → Go To 4
781
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE
Repair
Disconnect the BCM harness connector(s). Check connectors -
Clean/repair as necessary. If okay, replace the Body Control
Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
782
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE
Symptom:
PASSENGER DOOR LOCK SWITCH INPUT STUCK
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BODY CONTROL MODULE - PASSENGER DOOR LOCK SWITCH VOLTAGE INCORRECT
DOOR LOCK SWITCH GROUND OPEN
DOOR LOCK SWITCH MUX OPEN
DOOR LOCK SWITCH STUCK
2 With the DRBIIIt in Sensors, read the PASS DOOR LOCK SW voltage. All
Does the DRBIIIt display voltage between 1.3 and 3.25 volts?
Yes → Go To 3
Yes → Go To 4
783
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE
Yes → Go To 5
784
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE
Symptom:
RIGHT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT OPEN OR SHORT TO
VOLTAGE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BODY CONTROL MODULE - RIGHT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH VOLTAGE LOW
CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH GROUND OPEN
CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH MUX OPEN
CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH OPEN
CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH MUX SHORT TO VOLTAGE
BODY CONTROL MODULE - RIGHT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH MUX SHORT TO VOLTAGE
2 With the DRBIIIt in Sensors, read the RIGHT CYL LOCK SW voltage. All
Does the DRBIIIt display 4.2 volts or greater?
Yes → Go To 3
785
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE
Yes → Go To 4
786
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE
Symptom:
RIGHT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT SHORT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH SHORTED
CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT SHORTED
BODY CONTROL MODULE - RIGHT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH VOLTAGE SHORTED
No → Go To 4
787
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE
Repair
Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
788
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE
Symptom:
RIGHT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH INPUT STUCK
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BODY CONTROL MODULE - RIGHT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH VOLTAGE INCORRECT
RIGHT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH GROUND OPEN
RIGHT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH MUX OPEN
CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH STUCK
2 With the DRBIIIt in Sensors, read the RIGHT CYL LOCK SW voltage. All
Does the DRBIIIt display voltage between 1.3 and 3.25 volts?
Yes → Go To 3
Yes → Go To 4
No → Repair the Ground circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
789
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE
Yes → Go To 5
No → Repair the Right Cylinder Lock Switch Mux circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
790
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE
Symptom:
RIGHT UNLOCK OUTPUT FAILURE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BODY CONTROL MODULE - RIGHT DOOR UNLOCK DRIVER SHORT TO GROUND
RIGHT FRONT DOOR UNLOCK DRIVER SHORT TO GROUND
RIGHT SLIDING DOOR UNLOCK DRIVER SHORT TO GROUND
RIGHT FRONT DOOR LOCK MOTOR - SHORT TO GROUND
RIGHT SLIDING DOOR LOCK MOTOR - SHORT TO GROUND
791
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE
792
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE
Symptom:
RKE PROGRAM LINE OUTPUT OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BODY CONTROL MODULE - RKE MODULE PROGRAM ENABLE CIRCUIT OPEN OR SHORT TO
GROUND
RKE MODULE PROGRAM ENABLE WIRE OPEN
RKE MODULE PROGRAM ENABLE WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
RKE MODULE - PROGRAM ENABLE CIRCUIT OPEN
No → Go To 3
793
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE
No → Go To 5
794
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE
Symptom:
RKE PROGRAM LINE OUTPUT SHORT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE - RKE MODULE PROGRAM ENABLE CIRCUIT SHORT TO
VOLTAGE
RKE MODULE PROGRAM ENABLE WIRE SHORT TO VOLTAGE
BODY CONTROL MODULE - SHORT TO VOLTAGE
795
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE
Symptom:
*REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY PROBLEM
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
SUBSTITUTE TRANSMITTER
FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT OPEN
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY INTERFACE WIRE OPEN
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY INTERFACE WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE - INTERFACE OPEN
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE - OPEN
No → Go To 2
2 NOTE: Before proceeding, ensure the original transmitter battery or bat- All
teries are approximately 3.2 volts each. If not, replace the battery or
batteries as necessary.
Secure a known good ZB or RS transmitter.
With the DRBIIIt, enter BODY, BODY COMPUTER, MISCELLANEOUS then
PROGRAM RKE and follow the instructions on the DRBIIIt.
Press the Lock or Unlock button on the transmitter.
Did the RKE respond correctly?
Yes → Replace the original transmitter and reprogram all transmitters
used with this vehicle.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3
Yes → Go To 4
796
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE
Yes → Go To 5
Yes → Go To 6
No → Go To 7
Yes → Repair the Remote Keyless Entry Interface wire for a short to
ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 9
Repair
Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
797
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE
Symptom:
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
POWER LIFTGATE MODULE - TEMPERATURE SENSE OPEN
LIFTGATE TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL WIRE OPEN
GROUND WIRE OPEN
LIFTGATE TEMPERATURE SENSOR
No → Go To 3
798
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE
799
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE
Symptom:
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
LIFTGATE TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND.
POWER LIFTGATE MODULE - TEMP SENSE SHORT TO GROUND
LIFTGATE TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO GROUND WIRE
LIFTGATE TEMPERATURE SENSOR
800
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE
801
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE
Symptom:
CONTROL MODULE FAILURE - INTERNAL FAILURE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
POWER LIFTGATE MODULE - INTERNAL FAILURE
Repair
Replace the Power Liftgate Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
802
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE
Symptom:
INCOMPLETE LATCH CINCH - NO PAWL TRANSITION
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BINDING LIFTGATE
GROUND WIRE OPEN
LIFTGATE PAWL SWITCH SENSE WIRE OPEN
LIFTGATE PAWL SWITCH SENSE WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
PAWL SWITCH
2 Examine the liftgate for proper fit and alignment, lose/hard or torn seals, misaligned All
latch striker or anything that would cause an obstruction to proper operation.
Manually operate the liftgate of a known good vehicle and notice the effort needed to
open and close.
Compare the effort needed on the disabled liftgate.
Does it take more effort to operate the liftgate than it should?
No → Go To 3
803
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE
Yes → Repair the Liftgate Pawl Switch Sense wire for a short to ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 6
804
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE
Symptom:
INCOMPLETE LATCH CINCH - OVERCURRENT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BINDING DOOR
LIFTGATE LATCH CINCH DRIVER WIRE OPEN
LIFTGATE LATCH RELEASE DRIVER OPEN
LIFTGATE LATCH CINCH DRIVER WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
LIFTGATE LATCH CINCH DRIVER WIRE SHORT TO HARNESS GROUND
LIFTGATE LATCH RELEASE DRIVER WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
LIFTGATE LATCH RELEASE DRIVER WIRE SHORT TO HARNESS GROUND
LATCH ASSEMBLY
2 Examine the liftgate for proper alignment, worn or binding hinges, weak liftgate prop All
assembly, loose/ hard weatherstrip, and gear teeth on the power liftgate motor
assembly for wear or anything that would cause an obstruction to proper operation.
If necessary manually operate the power liftgate on a known good vehicle and notice
the effort needed to open and close for comparison.
Especially notice the effort needed to unlatch and close the liftgate.
Were there any mechanical problems found?
No → Go To 3
805
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE
Yes → Go To 4
Yes → Go To 5
No → Repair the Liftgate Latch Release Driver wire for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Repair the Liftgate Latch Cinch Driver wire for a short to ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Yes → Go To 7
No → Repair the Liftgate Latch Cinch Driver wire for a short to the
Ground circuit.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
806
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE
Yes → Go To 8
Yes → Go To 9
No → Repair the Liftgate Latch Release Driver wire for a short to the
Ground circuit.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Repair
Replace the Latch Assembly.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
807
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE
Symptom:
INCOMPLETE LATCH RELEASE - RATCHET SWITCH FAILURE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BINDING DOOR
POWER LIFTGATE MODULE - RATCHET CIRCUIT
GROUND WIRE OPEN
LIFTGATE AJAR SWITCH SENSE WIRE OPEN
RATCHET SWITCH
2 Examine the liftgate for proper fit and alignment, loose/ hard or torn seals, worn All
teeth on the gears or anything that would cause an obstruction to proper operation.
Manually operate the liftgate of a known good vehicle and notice the effort needed to
open and close.
Compare the effort needed on the disabled liftgate.
Especially notice the effort needed to unlatch and close the liftgate.
Does it take more effort to operate the liftgate than it should?
Yes → Refer to Service information for the related symptom(s).
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3
808
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE
No → Go To 4
Yes → Go To 5
No → Repair the Ground wire for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
809
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE
Symptom:
INCOMPLETE LATCH RELEASE- PAWL SWITCH FAILURE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BINDING DOOR
POWER LIFTGATE MODULE - PAWL CIRCUIT
GROUND WIRE OPEN
PAWL SWITCH SENSE WIRE OPEN
PAWL SWITCH
2 Examine the liftgate for proper fit and alignment, loose/ hard or torn seals, worn All
teeth on the gears or anything that would cause an obstruction to proper operation.
Manually operate the liftgate of a known good vehicle and notice the effort needed to
open and close.
Compare the effort needed on the disabled liftgate.
Especially notice the effort needed to unlatch and close the liftgate.
Does it take more effort to operate the liftgate than it should?
Yes → Refer to Service information for the related symptom(s).
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3
810
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE
Yes → Go To 5
No → Repair the Ground wire for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Repair
Replace the Liftgate Pawl Switch (latch assembly).
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
811
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE
Symptom:
INCOMPLETE LATCH RELEASE- SECTOR GEAR RETURN FAIL-
URE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BINDING LIFTGATE
LIFTGATE CINCH RELEASE MOTOR ASSEMBLY
2 Examine the liftgate for proper fit and alignment, loose/hard or torn seals, struts or All
anything that would cause an obstruction to proper operation.
Manually operate the liftgate of a known good vehicle and notice the effort needed to
open and close.
Compare the effort needed on the disabled liftgate.
Especially notice the effort needed to unlatch and close the liftgate.
Does it take more effort to operate the liftgate than it should?
Yes → Refer to Service information for the related symptom(s).
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Liftgate Cinch Release Motor Assembly..
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
812
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE
Symptom:
INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - FULL OPEN SWITCH FAILURE/
NON ENGAGEMENT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
OBSTRUCTION OR STICKING FULL OPEN SWITCH
FULL OPEN SWITCH SHORT TO GROUND
POWER LIFTGATE MOTOR ASSEMBLY - FULL OPEN SWITCH
2 Examine the liftgate for proper fit and alignment, foreign material in the drive unit All
or anything that would cause an obstruction to proper operation of the Full Open
Switch.
With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the FULL OPEN SWITCH state.
Manually operate the liftgate while monitoring the DRBIIIt.
Does the switch status change smoothly as the liftgate is pulled down from the full
open position.
Yes → Go To 3
813
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE
No → Go To 4
Repair
Replace the Power Liftgate Motor assembly.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
814
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE
Symptom:
INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - EXCESSIVE H.E. COUNTS/NON
ENGAGEMENT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
POWER LIFTGATE MODULE - HALL EFFECT OPEN
BINDING LIFTGATE
LIFTGATE GEAR ENGAGE DRIVER WIRE OPEN
LIFTGATE GEAR ENGAGE DRIVER WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
LIFTGATE GEAR ENGAGE DRIVER WIRE SHORT TO THE LIFTGATE GEAR DISENGAGE WIRE.
LIFTGATE GEAR DISENGAGE DRIVER WIRE OPEN
LIFTGATE GEAR DISENGAGE DRIVER WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
POWER LIFTGATE MODULE - GEAR ENGAGE CIRCUIT OPEN
POWER LIFTGATE MOTOR
POWER LIFTGATE MOTOR - GEAR ENGAGE OPEN
POWER LIFTGATE MOTOR - GEAR ENGAGE SHORT TO GROUND
POWER LIFTGATE MOTOR - GEAR ENGAGE SHORTED
815
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE
3 Operate the liftgate from the full closed position and put an obstacle in it’s path to All
make it reverse.
Did the door reverse back to the closed position?
Yes → Go To 4
No → Replace the Power Liftgate Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Yes → Repair the Liftgate Gear Engage Driver wire for a short to the
Liftgate Gear Disengage Driver wire.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 6
Repair
Replace the Power Liftgate Motor Assembly.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 11
816
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE
Yes → Repair the Liftgate Gear Engage Driver wire for a short to
ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 9
Yes → Repair the Liftgate Gear Disengage Driver wire for a short to
ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 10
Repair
Replace the Power Liftgate Motor Assembly.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Yes → Go To 13
817
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE
Repair
Replace the Power Liftgate Motor Assembly.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
818
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE
Symptom:
INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - HALL EFFECT SIGNAL MISSING
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
POWER LIFTGATE MODULE - HALL EFFECT OPEN
BINDING LIFTGATE
HALL EFFECT GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
LIFTGATE HALL EFFECT SUPPLY WIRE OPEN
LIFTGATE HALL EFFECT SUPPLY WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
LIFTGATE HALL EFFECT SUPPLY WIRE SHORT TO HARNESS GROUND
LIFTGATE HALL EFFECT SIGNAL WIRE OPEN
LIFTGATE HALL EFFECT SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
LIFTGATE HALL EFFECT SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO HARNESS GROUND
POWER LIFTGATE MOTOR ASSEMBLY
819
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE
3 Operate the liftgate from the full open position and put an obstacle in its path to All
make it reverse.
Did the liftgate reverse back to the open position?
Yes → Go To 4
No → Replace the Power Liftgate Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Yes → Go To 5
No → Go To 7
Yes → Repair the Liftgate Hall Effect Supply wire for a short to the
Ground circuit.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 8
820
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE
Yes → Repair the Liftgate Hall Effect Signal wire for a short to ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 10
821
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE
Symptom:
INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - OVER CURRENT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BINDING LIFTGATE
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
LIFTGATE CLOSE DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
LIFTGATE LATCH RELEASE DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
LIFTGATE LATCH RELEASE DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORT TO HARNESS GROUND
LIFTGATE GEAR ENGAGE DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
LIFTGATE GEAR ENGAGE DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORT TO HARNESS GROUND
LIFTGATE MODULE
POWER LIFTGATE MOTOR
Yes → Go To 2
No → Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the
wiring and connectors for an intermittent condition. Operate the
liftgate several times and check for any binding conditions.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
822
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE
Yes → Repair the Liftgate Close Driver circuit for a short to ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 5
No → Go To 6
Yes → Repair the Liftgate Latch Release Driver circuit for a short to the
Ground circuit.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 7
823
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE
No → Go To 8
9 Ensure all module and motor connectors are connected at this time. All
Try to operate the liftgate in the close position.
Did the motor start to close the liftgate but was very slow and labored extensively?
Yes → Replace the Power Liftgate Motor assembly.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Power Liftgate Module
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
824
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE
Symptom:
INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - TRANSISTOR SHORTED
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
POWER LIFTGATE MODULE
825
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE
Symptom:
INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - VOLTAGE BELOW MINIMUM
LEVEL
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
MODULE VOLTAGE LOW
BINDING LIFTGATE
DRB OPERATING VOLTAGE LOW
PLG MODULE - HIGH RESISTANCE
POWER LIFTGATE MOTOR
2 Examine the liftgate for proper fit and alignment, or anything that would cause an All
obstruction to proper operation.
Check the prop rods to ensure liftgate will fall closed from the approximately 3/4
closed position.
Does it take more effort to operate the liftgate than it should?
No → Go To 3
826
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE
No → Go To 4
No → Go To 5
No → Go To 6
Repair
Check the wiring and connections from the module to the motor
for high resistance. If the wiring is okay, replace the Power
Liftgate Motor assembly.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
827
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE
Symptom:
INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - FULL OPEN SWITCH FAILURE/
NON ENGAGEMENT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
OBSTRUCTION OR STICKING FULL OPEN SWITCH
FULL OPEN SWITCH SHORT TO GROUND
POWER LIFTGATE MOTOR ASSEMBLY - FULL OPEN SWITCH
2 Examine the liftgate for proper fit and alignment, foreign material in the drive unit All
or anything that would cause an obstruction to proper operation of the Full Open
Switch.
With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the FULL OPEN SWITCH state.
Manually operate the liftgate while monitoring the DRBIIIt.
Does the switch status change smoothly as the liftgate is pulled down from the full
open position.
Yes → Go To 3
828
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE
No → Go To 4
Repair
Replace the Power Liftgate Motor assembly.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
829
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE
Symptom:
INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - EXCESSIVE H.E. COUNTS/NON
ENGAGEMENT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
POWER LIFTGATE MODULE - HALL EFFECT OPEN
BINDING LIFTGATE
LIFTGATE GEAR ENGAGE DRIVER WIRE OPEN
LIFTGATE GEAR ENGAGE DRIVER WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
LIFTGATE GEAR ENGAGE DRIVER WIRE SHORT TO THE LIFTGATE GEAR DISENGAGE WIRE.
LIFTGATE GEAR DISENGAGE DRIVER WIRE OPEN
LIFTGATE GEAR DISENGAGE DRIVER WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
POWER LIFTGATE MODULE - GEAR ENGAGE CIRCUIT OPEN
POWER LIFTGATE MOTOR
POWER LIFTGATE MOTOR - GEAR ENGAGE OPEN
POWER LIFTGATE MOTOR - GEAR ENGAGE SHORT TO GROUND
POWER LIFTGATE MOTOR - GEAR ENGAGE SHORTED
830
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE
3 Operate the liftgate from the full closed position and put an obstacle in it’s path to All
make it reverse.
Did the door reverse back to the closed position?
Yes → Go To 4
No → Replace the Power Liftgate Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Yes → Repair the Liftgate Gear Engage Driver wire for a short to the
Liftgate Gear Disengage Driver wire.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 6
Repair
Replace the Power Liftgate Motor Assembly.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 11
831
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE
Yes → Repair the Liftgate Gear Engage Driver wire for a short to
ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 9
Yes → Repair the Liftgate Gear Disengage Driver wire for a short to
ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 10
Repair
Replace the Power Liftgate Motor Assembly.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Yes → Go To 13
832
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE
Repair
Replace the Power Liftgate Motor Assembly.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
833
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE
Symptom:
INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - HALL EFFECT SIGNAL MISSING
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
POWER LIFTGATE MODULE - HALL EFFECT OPEN
BINDING LIFTGATE
HALL EFFECT GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
LIFTGATE HALL EFFECT SUPPLY WIRE OPEN
LIFTGATE HALL EFFECT SUPPLY WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
LIFTGATE HALL EFFECT SUPPLY WIRE SHORT TO HARNESS GROUND
LIFTGATE HALL EFFECT SIGNAL WIRE OPEN
LIFTGATE HALL EFFECT SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
LIFTGATE HALL EFFECT SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO HARNESS GROUND
POWER LIFTGATE MOTOR
834
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE
3 Operate the liftgate from the full closed position and put an obstacle in it’s path to All
make it reverse.
Did the door reverse back to the closed position?
Yes → Go To 4
No → Replace the Power Liftgate Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Yes → Go To 5
No → Go To 7
835
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE
No → Go To 8
No → Go To 11
Repair
Replace the Power Liftgate Motor assembly (hall effect sensor).
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
836
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE
Symptom:
INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - OVERCURRENT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BINDING LIFTGATE
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
LIFTGATE LATCH CINCH DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
LIFTGATE LATCH CINCH DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORT TO HARNESS GROUND
LIFTGATE GEAR ENGAGE DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
LIFTGATE OPEN DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
LIFTGATE GEAR ENGAGE DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORT TO HARNESS GROUND
LIFTGATE MODULE
POWER LIFTGATE MOTOR
Yes → Go To 2
No → Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the
wiring and connectors for an intermittent condition. Operate the
liftgate several times and check for any binding conditions.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
837
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE
Yes → Repair the Liftgate Latch Cinch Driver circuit for a short to
ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 5
Yes → Repair the Liftgate Latch Cinch Driver circuit for a short to the
Ground circuit.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 6
Yes → Repair the Liftgate Gear Engage Driver circuit for a short to
ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 7
838
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE
No → Go To 8
No → Go To 9
9 Ensure all connections to the module and liftgate motor are connected at this time. All
Operate the Power Liftgate in both directions if possible.
Does the motor start to lift the liftgate but is very slow and labors extensively?
Yes → Replace the Power Liftgate Motor assembly.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Power Liftgate Module
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
839
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE
Symptom:
INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - TRANSISTOR SHORTED
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
POWER LIFTGATE MODULE
840
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE
Symptom:
INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - VOLTAGE BELOW MINIMUM
LEVEL
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
MODULE VOLTAGE LOW
BINDING LIFTGATE
DRB OPERATING VOLTAGE LOW
PLG MODULE - HIGH RESISTANCE
POWER LIFTGATE MOTOR
2 Examine the liftgate for proper fit and alignment, or anything that would cause an All
obstruction to proper operation.
Check the prop rods to ensure liftgate will self rise from approximately 1/4 open
position.
Does it take more effort to operate the liftgate than it should?
No → Go To 3
841
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE
No → Go To 4
No → Go To 5
No → Go To 6
Repair
Check the wiring and connections from the module to the motor
for high resistance. If the wiring is okay, replace the Power
Liftgate Motor assembly.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
842
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE
Symptom:
IOD WAKE UP OPEN - PLG
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BODY CONTROL MODULE - IOD WAKE UP OPEN
LIFTGATE MODULE WAKE UP SIGNAL WIRE OPEN
LIFTGATE MODULE WAKE UP SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
POWER LIFTGATE MODULE
No → Go To 3
843
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE
No → Go To 5
Repair
Replace the Power Liftgate Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
844
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE
Symptom:
LOOPBACK TEST FAILURE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
POWER LIFTGATE MODULE
845
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE
Symptom:
LOSS OF BCM MESSAGES
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE BODY CONTROL MODULE
POWER LIFTGATE MODULE - LOSS OF BCM MESSAGES
No → Test Complete.
846
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE
Symptom:
LOSS OF EATX MESSAGES
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
POWER LIFTGATE MODULE - LOSS OF EATX MESSAGES
No → Test Complete.
847
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE
Symptom:
LOSS OF SBEC MESSAGES
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
POWER LIFTGATE MODULE - LOSS OF SBEC MESSAGES
No → Test Complete.
848
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE
Symptom:
OUTSIDE LIFTGATE HANDLE INPUT SHORT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
LIFTGATE HANDLE SWITCH SHORTED
LIFTGATE HANDLE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE - LIFTGATE HANDLE SWITCH SHORT TO GROUND
Yes → Repair the Liftgate Handle Switch Sense circuit for a short to
ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3
849
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE
Symptom:
OUTSIDE LIFTGATE HANDLE INPUT STUCK
POSSIBLE CAUSES
LIFTGATE HANDLE SWITCH STUCK
LIFTGATE HANDLE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE - LIFTGATE HANDLE SWITCH SHORT TO GROUND
Yes → Repair the Liftgate Handle Switch Sense circuit for a short to
ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3
850
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE
Symptom:
OVERHEAD LIFTGATE SWITCH INPUT STUCK
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
OVERHEAD LIFTGATE SWITCH SHORTED
LIFTGATE SWITCH MUX WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE - OVERHEAD LIFTGATE SWITCH MUX SHORTED
Yes → Go To 3
Yes → Repair the Liftgate Switch Mux wire for a short to ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
851
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE
Symptom:
OVERHEAD LIFTGATE/LOCKOUT SWITCHES OPEN OR SHT TO
VOLTAGE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
SLIDING DOORS OVERHEAD SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
LIFTGATE SWITCH MUX WIRE OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE - OVERHEAD SWITCH OPEN
OVERHEAD SWITCH OPEN
LIFTGATE SWITCH MUX SHORT TO VOLTAGE
POWER SLIDING DOOR BUTTON MODULE - SHORT TO VOLTAGE
Yes → Repair the Sliding Doors Overhead Switch Mux circuit for a short
to voltage.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3
852
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE
No → Go To 5
853
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE
Symptom:
OVERHEAD LIFTGATE/LOCKOUT SWITCHES SHORT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
OVERHEAD LIFTGATE SWITCH SHORTED
LIFTGATE SWITCH MUX WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE - OVERHEAD LIFTGATE SWITCH MUX SHORTED
Yes → Go To 3
Yes → Repair the Liftgate Switch Mux wire for a short to ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
854
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE
Symptom:
PINCH SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
POWER LIFTGATE MODULE - PINCH SENSOR OPEN
RIGHT PINCH SENSOR SIGNAL WIRE OPEN
PINCH SENSOR GROUND OPEN
RIGHT PINCH SENSOR OPEN
LEFT PINCH SENSOR OPEN
RIGHT PINCH SENSOR SIGNAL WIRE OPEN
No → Go To 3
855
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE
No → Go To 7
856
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE
857
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE
Symptom:
PINCH SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
PINCH SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND CIRCUIT
POWER LIFTGATE MODULE - SHORT TO GROUND
RIGHT PINCH SENSOR - SHORT TO GROUND
RIGHT PINCH SENSOR SIGNAL WIRE - SHORT TO GROUND
LEFT PINCH SENSOR - SHORT TO GROUND
RIGHT PINCH SENSOR SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
Yes → Repair the Pinch Sensor Signal circuit for a short to the Ground
circuit.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3
858
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE
No → Go To 6
Yes → Go To 7
No → Replace the Left Pinch Sensor.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
859
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - LIFTGATE
Symptom:
*POWER LIFTGATE INOPERATIVE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC’S PRESENT
MODULE RESPONSE
INTERMITTENT PROBLEM
SYSTEM TESTS
2 With the DRBIIIt, read DTCs in POWER LIFTGATE and BODY COMPUTER. All
Are any Power Liftgate related codes present?
Yes → Refer to symptom list for problems related to POWER LIFT-
GATE.
No → Go To 3
3 This test will determine what inhibited the Power Liftgate from operating properly. All
With the DRBIIIt, select POWER LIFTGATE, MISCELLANEOUS, LAST INHIBIT
MONITOR.
Does the DRBIIIt display any INHIBIT REASONS?
Yes → Check for any binding conditions or other restrictions that may
prevent proper operation. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as
a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
No → Go To 4
No → Test Complete.
860
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - SLIDING
Symptom:
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
POWER SLIDING DOOR MODULE
861
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - SLIDING
Symptom:
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
POWER SLIDING DOOR MODULE
862
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - SLIDING
Symptom:
CONTROL MODULE FAILURE - INTERNAL FAILURE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
SLIDING DOOR CONTROL MODULE - INTERNAL FAILURE
Repair
Replace the Sliding Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
863
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - SLIDING
Symptom:
INCOMPLETE LATCH CINCH - NO PAWL TRANSITION
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BINDING DOOR
GROUND WIRE OPEN
PAWL SWITCH SENSE WIRE OPEN
PAWL SWITCH SENSE WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
PAWL SWITCH
2 Examine the door for proper fit and alignment, loose/ hard or torn seals, worn teeth All
on the rack and gear (lower drive unit) or anything that would cause an obstruction
to proper operation.
Manually operate the other sliding door or of a known good vehicle and notice the
effort needed to open and close.
Compare the effort needed on the disabled door.
Does it take more effort to operate the door than it should?
Yes → Refer to Service information for the related symptom(s).
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3
864
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - SLIDING
Yes → Repair the Pawl Switch Sense wire for a short to ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 6
865
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - SLIDING
Symptom:
INCOMPLETE LATCH CINCH - OVERCURRENT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BINDING DOOR
CINCH/RELEASE MOTOR LATCH DRIVER WIRE OPEN
CINCH/RELEASE MOTOR UNLATCH DRIVER WIRE OPEN
CINCH/RELEASE MOTOR LATCH DRIVER WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
CINCH/RELEASE MOTOR UNLATCH DRIVER WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
LATCH ASSEMBLY
2 Examine the door for proper fit and alignment, loose/ hard or torn seals, worn teeth All
on the rack and gear (lower drive unit) or anything that would cause an obstruction
to proper operation.
Manually operate the other sliding door or of a known good vehicle and notice the
effort needed to open and close.
Compare the effort needed on the disabled door.
Does it take more effort to operate the door than it should?
No → Go To 3
866
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - SLIDING
Yes → Go To 4
Yes → Go To 5
No → Repair the Cinch/Release Motor Unlatch Driver wire for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Yes → Go To 7
867
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - SLIDING
Symptom:
INCOMPLETE LATCH RELEASE - FULL OPEN SWITCH FAILURE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
FULL OPEN SWITCH GROUND OPEN
STICKING CABLES OR LATCH
FULL OPEN SWITCH WIRE OPEN
FULL OPEN SWITCH WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
LATCH ASSEMBLY - HOLD OPEN RELEASE
POWER SLIDING DOOR MODULE - FULL OPEN SWITCH
FULL OPEN SW ITCH
Yes → Go To 2
868
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - SLIDING
3 Hold the door in the full open position and observe the hold open latch in the lower All
drive unit.
With the DRBIIIt in SYSTEM TEST, perform the SLIDING DOOR LATCH RE-
LEASE TEST.
Repeat this step several times while observing the latch.
Does the latch work smoothly as the latch is activated?
Yes → Go To 4
No → Replace the Latch Assembly (hold open release actuator).
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
4 With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the FULL OPEN SWITCH state. All
While observing the FULL OPEN switch state, manually move the door from full
open to part open. The switch should toggle from CLOSED to OPEN.
Did the switch status change as the door was moved from full open to part open?
Yes → Replace the Power Sliding Door Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 5
Yes → Go To 7
869
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - SLIDING
Yes → Repair the Full Open Switch Sense wire for a short to ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 8
Repair
Replace the Full Open Switch (Lower Drive Unit).
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
870
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - SLIDING
Symptom:
INCOMPLETE LATCH RELEASE - RATCHET SWITCH FAILURE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BINDING DOOR
POWER SLIDING DOOR MODULE - RATCHET CIRCUIT
GROUND WIRE OPEN
SLIDING DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE WIRE OPEN
RATCHET SWITCH
2 Examine the door for proper fit and alignment, loose/ hard or torn seals, worn teeth All
on the rack and gear (lower drive unit) or anything that would cause an obstruction
to proper operation.
Manually operate the other sliding door or of a known good vehicle and notice the
effort needed to open and close.
Compare the effort needed on the disabled door.
Especially notice the effort needed to unlatch and close the door.
Does it take more effort to operate the door than it should?
No → Go To 3
871
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - SLIDING
No → Go To 4
Yes → Go To 5
No → Repair the Ground wire for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Repair the Sliding Door Ajar Switch Sense wire for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
872
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - SLIDING
Symptom:
INCOMPLETE LATCH RELEASE- NO REVERSE TO UNLOAD
CLUTCH
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BINDING LATCH
CINCH RELEASE MOTOR ASSEMBLY
No → Operate the door several times and check for any binding or other
obstructions. To test the reverse action, open the sliding door part
way and continue holding the handle for 4 seconds. The motor
should run for approximately 100ms.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
2 Examine the sliding door for proper fit and alignment, loose/hard or torn seals or All
anything that would cause an obstruction to proper operation.
Manually operate the sliding door of a known good vehicle and notice the effort
needed to open and close.
Compare the effort needed on the disabled sliding door.
Especially notice the effort needed to unlatch and latch the door.
Does it take more effort to operate the door than it should?
Yes → Refer to Service information for the related symptom(s).
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Cinch Release Motor Assembly..
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
873
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - SLIDING
Symptom:
INCOMPLETE LATCH RELEASE- OVERCURRENT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BINDING DOOR
FULL OPEN SWITCH STUCK
LATCH ASSEMBLY
2 Examine the door for proper fit and alignment, lose/ hard or torn seals, worn teeth on All
the rack and gear (lower drive unit) or anything that would cause an obstruction to
proper operation.
Manually operate the other sliding door or of a known good vehicle and notice the
effort needed to open and close.
Compare the effort needed on the disabled door.
Especially notice the effort needed to unlatch and close the door.
Does it take more effort to operate the door than it should?
No → Go To 3
874
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - SLIDING
875
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - SLIDING
Symptom:
INCOMPLETE LATCH RELEASE- PAWL SWITCH FAILURE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BINDING DOOR
POWER SLIDING DOOR MODULE - PAWL CIRCUIT
GROUND WIRE OPEN
PAWL SWITCH SENSE WIRE OPEN
PAWL SWITCH
876
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - SLIDING
Yes → Go To 6
Repair
Replace the Pawl Switch (latch assembly).
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
877
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - SLIDING
Symptom:
INCOMPLETE LATCH RELEASE- SECTOR GEAR RETURN FAIL-
URE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BINDING SLIDING DOOR
CINCH RELEASE MOTOR ASSEMBLY
2 Examine the sliding door for proper fit and alignment, loose/hard or torn seals or All
anything that would cause an obstruction to proper operation.
Manually operate the sliding door of a known good vehicle and notice the effort
needed to open and close.
Compare the effort needed on the disabled sliding door.
Especially notice the effort needed to unlatch and close the door.
Does it take more effort to operate the door than it should?
Yes → Refer to Service information for the related symptom(s).
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Cinch Release Motor Assembly..
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
878
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - SLIDING
Symptom:
INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - FULL OPEN SWITCH FAILURE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
STICKING CABLES OR SWITCH
FULL OPEN SWITCH SHORT TO GROUND
FULL OPEN SWITCH
2 Examine the door for proper fit and alignment, foreign material in the lower drive All
unit or anything that would cause an obstruction to proper operation of the Full Open
Switch.
With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the FULL OPEN SWITCH state.
Manually operate the door handle while monitoring the DRBIIIt.
Does the switch status change smoothly as the handle is pulled and released?
Yes → Go To 3
879
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - SLIDING
No → Go To 4
Repair
Replace the Full Open Switch (lower drive unit).
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
880
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - SLIDING
Symptom:
INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - EXCESSIVE HALL EFFECT SIG-
NAL
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
POWER SLIDING DOOR MODULE - HALL EFFECT OPEN
LOWER DRIVE UNIT
BINDING DOOR
HALL EFFECT GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
DOOR MOTOR HALL EFFECT SUPPLY WIRE OPEN
DOOR MOTOR HALL EFFECT SUPPLY WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
DOOR MOTOR HALL EFFECT SIGNAL WIRE OPEN
DOOR MOTOR HALL EFFECT SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
DOOR MOTOR ASSEMBLY
Yes → Go To 2
881
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - SLIDING
3 Examine the Lower Drive Unit for alignment and gear condition. All
Manually operate the sliding door and observe the gear and track.
Is the Lower Drive Unit and Track in good condition?
Yes → Go To 4
No → Replace the Lower Drive Unit or Track as necessary..
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
4 Operate the door from the full open position and put an obstacle in its path to make All
it reverse.
Did the door reverse back to the open position?
Yes → Go To 5
Yes → Go To 7
No → Repair the Door Motor Hall Effect Supply wire for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Yes → Repair the Door Motor Hall Effect Supply wire for a short to
ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 8
882
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - SLIDING
No → Repair the Door Motor Hall Effect Signal wire for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Yes → Repair the Door Motor Hall Effect Signal wire for a short to
ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 10
Repair
Replace the Power Sliding Door Motor Assembly (hall effect
sensor).
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
883
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - SLIDING
Symptom:
INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - LATCH FAILURE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BINDING DOOR
CINCH/RELEASE MOTOR LATCH DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
CINCH/RELEASE MOTOR LATCH DRIVER WIRE OPEN
CINCH/RELEASE MOTOR UNLATCH DRIVER WIRE OPEN
POWER SLIDING DOOR MODULE - FULL OPEN CIRCUIT OPEN
POWER SLIDING DOOR MODULE - PAWL CIRCUIT OPEN
POWER SLIDING DOOR MODULE - RATCHET CIRCUIT OPEN
GROUND WIRE OPEN - FULL OPEN SWITCH
GROUND WIRE OPEN - PAWL SWITCH
GROUND WIRE OPEN - RATCHET SWITCH
FULL OPEN SWITCH SENSE WIRE OPEN
PAWL SWITCH SENSE WIRE OPEN
SLIDING DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE WIRE OPEN
FULL OPEN SWITCH SENSE WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
FULL OPEN SWITCH
LATCH ASSEMBLY
LATCH ASSEMBLY
PAWL SWITCH
RATCHET SWITCH
884
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - SLIDING
2 Examine the door for proper fit and alignment, lose/ hard or torn seals, worn teeth on All
the rack and gear (lower drive unit) or anything that would cause an obstruction to
proper operation.
Manually operate the other sliding door or of a known good vehicle and notice the
effort needed to open and close.
Compare the effort needed on the disabled door.
Does it take more effort to operate the door than it should?
3 With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the PAWL, RATCHET and FULL OPEN All
switch state.
While observing the FULL OPEN switch state, manually move the door from full
open to part open. The switch should toggle from CLOSED to OPEN.
Move the door to the full open position. While observing the PAWL switch state, click
the latch with a screwdriver to the first detent. The PAWL should toggle from
CLOSED to OPEN.
Move the door to the full open position. While observing the RATCHET switch state,
click the latch with a screwdriver to the second detent. The RATCHET should toggle
from CLOSED to OPEN.
Repeat the above steps several times.
Select which switch failed:
FULL OPEN Switch
Go To 4
PAWL Switch
Go To 9
RATCHET Switch
Go To 13
885
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - SLIDING
Yes → Repair the Full Open Switch Sense wire for a short to ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 8
886
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - SLIDING
Repair
Replace the Pawl Switch (latch assembly).
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
887
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - SLIDING
Repair
Replace the Ratchet Switch (latch assembly).
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Yes → Repair the Cinch/Release Motor Latch Driver circuit for a short to
ground. This could be the Cinch/Release Motor Latch Driver or
Unlatch Driver or the motor itself.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.
888
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - SLIDING
Yes → Go To 20
Yes → Go To 21
No → Repair the Cinch/Release Motor Unlatch Driver wire for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
889
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - SLIDING
Symptom:
INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - OVERCURRENT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BINDING DOOR
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
SLIDING DOOR CLOSE DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
CINCH/RELEASE MOTOR UNLATCH DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
DOOR MOTOR CLUTCH DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
POWER SLIDING DOOR MOTOR/CLUTCH
2 Examine the door for proper fit and alignment, loose/ hard or torn seals, worn teeth All
on the rack and gear (lower drive unit) or anything that would cause an obstruction
to proper operation.
Manually operate the other sliding door or one of a known good vehicle and notice the
effort needed.
Compare the effort needed on the disabled vehicle.
Does it take more effort to operate the door than it should?
No → Go To 3
890
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - SLIDING
Yes → Repair the Sliding Door Close Driver circuit for a short to ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 5
Yes → Repair the Door Motor Clutch Driver circuit for a short to ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 7
891
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - SLIDING
Symptom:
INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE - TIME OUT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BINDING DOOR
MOTOR/CLUTCH ASSEMBLY
2 Examine the door for proper fit and alignment, loose/ hard or torn seals, worn teeth All
on the rack and gear (lower drive unit) or anything that would cause an obstruction
to proper operation.
Manually operate the sliding door of a known good vehicle or the other sliding door
and notice the effort needed.
Compare the effort needed on the disabled door.
Does it take more effort to operate the door than it should?
892
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - SLIDING
Symptom:
INCOMPLETE POWER CLOSE- VOLTAGE BELOW MINIMUM
LEVEL
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
MODULE VOLTAGE LOW
BINDING SLIDING DOOR
DRB OPERATING VOLTAGE LOW
POWER SLIDING DOOR MODULE - HIGH RESISTANCE
POWER SLIDING DOOR MOTOR
2 Examine the door for proper fit and alignment, loose/ hard or torn seals, worn teeth All
on the track and gear (lower drive unit) or anything that would cause an obstruction
to proper operation.
Manually operate the other sliding door or of a known good vehicle and notice the
effort needed to open and close.
Compare the effort needed on the disabled door.
Does it take more effort to operate the sliding door than it should?
No → Go To 3
893
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - SLIDING
No → Go To 4
No → Go To 5
No → Go To 6
894
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - SLIDING
Symptom:
INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - FULL OPEN SWITCH FAILURE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
STICKING CABLES OR SWITCH
FULL OPEN SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
FULL OPEN SWITCH
2 Examine the door for proper fit and alignment, foreign material in the lower drive All
unit or anything that would cause an obstruction to proper operation of the Full Open
Switch.
With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the FULL OPEN SWITCH state.
Manually operate the door handle while monitoring the DRBIIIt.
Does the switch status change smoothly as the handle is pulled and released?
Yes → Go To 3
895
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - SLIDING
No → Go To 4
Repair
Replace the Full Open Switch (lower drive unit).
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
896
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - SLIDING
Symptom:
INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - EXCESSIVE HALL EFFECT SIGNAL
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
POWER SLIDING DOOR MODULE - HALL EFFECT OPEN
LOWER DRIVE UNIT
BINDING DOOR
HALL EFFECT GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
DOOR MOTOR HALL EFFECT SUPPLY WIRE OPEN
DOOR MOTOR HALL EFFECT SUPPLY WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
DOOR MOTOR HALL EFFECT SIGNAL WIRE OPEN
DOOR MOTOR HALL EFFECT SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
DOOR MOTOR ASSEMBLY
Yes → Go To 2
897
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - SLIDING
3 Examine the Lower Drive Unit for alignment and gear condition. All
Manually operate the sliding door and observe the gear and track.
Is the Lower Drive Unit and Track in good condition?
Yes → Go To 4
No → Replace the Lower Drive Unit and Track as necessary.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
4 Operate the door from the full closed position and put an obstacle in it’s path to make All
it reverse.
Did the door reverse back to the closed position?
Yes → Go To 5
Yes → Go To 7
No → Repair the Door Motor Hall Effect Supply wire for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Yes → Repair the Door Motor Hall Effect Supply wire for a short to
ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 8
898
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - SLIDING
No → Repair the Door Motor Hall Effect Signal wire for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Yes → Repair the Door Motor Hall Effect Signal wire for a short to
ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 10
Repair
Replace the Power Sliding Door Motor Assembly (hall effect
sensor).
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
899
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - SLIDING
Symptom:
INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - LATCH FAILURE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BINDING DOOR
CINCH/RELEASE MOTOR LATCH DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
CINCH/RELEASE MOTOR LATCH DRIVER WIRE OPEN
CINCH/RELEASE MOTOR UNLATCH DRIVER WIRE OPEN
POWER SLIDING DOOR MODULE - FULL OPEN CIRCUIT OPEN
POWER SLIDING DOOR MODULE - PAWL CIRCUIT OPEN
POWER SLIDING DOOR MODULE - RATCHET CIRCUIT OPEN
FULL OPEN SWITCH SENSE WIRE OPEN
PAWL SWITCH SENSE WIRE OPEN
SLIDING DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE WIRE OPEN
FULL OPEN SWITCH SENSE WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
FULL OPEN SWITCH
LATCH ASSEMBLY
LATCH ASSEMBLY
PAWL SWITCH
RATCHET SWITCH
Yes → Go To 2
No → Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the
wiring and connectors for an intermittent condition. Operate the
door several times and check for any binding or other obstruc-
tions.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
900
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - SLIDING
3 With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the PAWL, RATCHET and FULL OPEN All
switch state.
While observing the FULL OPEN switch state, manually move the door from full
open to part open. The switch should toggle from CLOSED to OPEN.
Move the door to the full open position. While observing the PAWL switch state, click
the latch with a screwdriver to the first detent. The PAWL should toggle from
CLOSED to OPEN.
Move the door to the full open position. While observing the RATCHET switch state,
click the latch with a screwdriver to the second detent. The RATCHET should toggle
from CLOSED to OPEN.
Repeat the above steps several times.
Select which switch failed:
PAWL Switch
Go To 8
RATCHET Switch
Go To 11
No → Go To 5
Yes → Go To 6
No → Repair the Full Open Switch Sense wire for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
901
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - SLIDING
Yes → Repair the Full Open Switch Sense wire for a short to ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 7
Repair
Replace the Full Open Switch (lower drive unit).
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Yes → Go To 10
No → Repair the Pawl Switch Sense wire for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Repair
Replace the Pawl Switch (latch assembly).
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 12
902
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - SLIDING
No → Repair the Sliding Door Ajar Switch Sense wire for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Repair
Replace the Ratchet Switch (latch assembly).
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Yes → Go To 15
No → Go To 16
Yes → Repair the Cinch/Release Motor Latch Driver circuit for a short to
ground. This could be the Cinch/Release Motor Latch Driver or
Unlatch Driver or the motor itself.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Yes → Go To 17
No → Repair the Cinch/Release Motor Latch Driver wire for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
903
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - SLIDING
Yes → Go To 18
No → Repair the Cinch/Release Motor Unlatch Driver wire for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Repair
Replace the Latch Assembly.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
904
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - SLIDING
Symptom:
INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - OVERCURRENT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BINDING DOOR
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
SLIDING DOOR OPEN DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
CINCH/RELEASE MOTOR LATCH DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN
CINCH/RELEASE MOTOR LATCH DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
DOOR MOTOR CLUTCH DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
POWER SLIDING DOOR MOTOR/CLUTCH
Yes → Go To 2
No → Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the
wiring and connectors for an intermittent condition. Operate the
door several times and check for any binding conditions.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
2 Examine the door for proper fit and alignment, loose/ hard or torn seals, worn teeth All
on the rack and gear (lower drive unit) or anything that would cause an obstruction
to proper operation.
Manually operate the sliding door of a known good vehicle and notice the effort
needed.
Compare the effort needed on the disabled vehicle.
Does it take more effort to operate the door than it should?
905
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - SLIDING
Yes → Repair the Sliding Door Open Driver circuit for a short to ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 5
Yes → Repair the Cinch/Release Motor Latch Driver circuit for a short to
ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 7
No → Go To 8
Repair
Replace the Power Sliding Door Motor/Clutch assembly.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
906
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - SLIDING
Symptom:
INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - TIME OUT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BINDING DOOR
MOTOR/CLUTCH ASSEMBLY
2 Examine the door for proper fit and alignment, loose/ hard or torn seals, worn teeth All
on the rack and gear (lower drive unit) or anything that would cause an obstruction
to proper operation.
Manually operate the sliding door of a known good vehicle and notice the effort
needed.
Compare the effort needed on the disabled vehicle.
Does it take more effort to operate the door than it should?
907
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - SLIDING
Symptom:
INCOMPLETE POWER OPEN - VOLTAGE BELOW MINIMUM
LEVEL
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
MODULE VOLTAGE LOW
BINDING SLIDING DOOR
DRB OPERATING VOLTAGE LOW
POWER SLIDING DOOR MODULE - HIGH RESISTANCE
POWER SLIDING DOOR MOTOR
2 Examine the door for proper fit and alignment, loose/ hard or torn seals, worn teeth All
on the track and gear (lower drive unit) or anything that would cause an obstruction
to proper operation.
Manually operate the other sliding door or of a known good vehicle and notice the
effort needed to open and close.
Compare the effort needed on the disabled door.
Does it take more effort to operate the sliding door than it should?
Yes → Refer to Service information for the related symptom(s).
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3
908
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - SLIDING
No → Go To 4
No → Go To 5
No → Go To 6
909
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - SLIDING
Symptom:
IOD WAKE UP OPEN - PSD
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BODY CONTROL MODULE - IOD WAKE UP OPEN
SLIDING DOOR WAKE UP SIGNAL WIRE OPEN
LIFTGATE MODULE WAKE UP SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
SLIDING DOOR WAKE UP SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
SLIDING DOOR MODULE - IOD WAKE UP OPEN
No → Go To 3
910
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - SLIDING
No → Go To 5
5 NOTE: If this vehicle is equipped with 2 power sliding doors, this test must All
be repeated for each door.
Disconnect the Body Control Module C3 connector.
Disconnect the appropriate Sliding Door Control Module C2 connector.
Measure the resistance between the appropriate Sliding Door Wake Up Signal circuit
and ground.
Is the resistance below 100.0 ohms?
Yes → Repair the appropriate Sliding Door Wake Up Signal wire for a
short to ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 6
Repair
Replace the Sliding Door Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
911
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - SLIDING
Symptom:
IOD WAKE UP PSD & PLG SHORT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
BODY CONTROL MODULE - IOD WAKE UP SHORT
LEFT SLIDING DOOR WAKE UP SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO VOLTAGE
LIFTGATE MODULE WAKE UP SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO VOLTAGE
RIGHT SLIDING DOOR WAKE UP SIGNAL WIRE SHORT TO VOLTAGE
LEFT SLIDING DOOR MODULE - IOD WAKE UP SHORT TO VOLTAGE
POWER LIFTGATE MODULE - IOD WAKE UP SHORT TO VOLTAGE
RIGHT SLIDING DOOR MODULE - IOD WAKE UP SHORT TO VOLTAGE
Yes → Go To 2
No → Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the
wiring and connectors for an intermittent condition.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
912
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - SLIDING
Yes → Repair the Liftgate Module Wake Up Signal wire for a short to
voltage.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Power Liftgate Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
913
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - SLIDING
Symptom:
LEFT B-PILLAR SWITCH INPUT OPEN OR SHORT TO VOLTAGE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
LEFT SLIDING DOOR PILLAR SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
LEFT SLIDING DOOR PILLAR SWITCH MUX WIRE OPEN
LEFT B-PILLAR SWITCH OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE - LEFT SLIDING DOOR PILLAR SWITCH OPEN
Yes → Repair the Left Sliding Door Pillar Switch Mux circuit for a short
to voltage.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3
914
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - SLIDING
Yes → Go To 5
Yes → Go To 6
No → Repair the Left Sliding Door Pillar Switch Mux wire for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
915
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - SLIDING
Symptom:
LEFT B-PILLAR SWITCH INPUT SHORT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
LEFT B-PILLAR SWITCH SHORTED
LEFT SLIDING DOOR PILLAR SWITCH MUX WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE - LEFT SLIDING DOOR PILLAR SWITCH CIRCUIT SHORTED
No → Go To 3
Yes → Repair the Left Sliding Door Pillar Switch Mux wire for a short to
ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
916
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - SLIDING
Symptom:
LEFT B-PILLAR SWITCH INPUT STUCK
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
LEFT B-PILLAR SWITCH SHORTED
LEFT SLIDING DOOR PILLAR SWITCH MUX WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE - LEFT SLIDING DOOR PILLAR SWITCH CIRCUIT SHORTED
No → Go To 3
Yes → Repair the Left Sliding Door Pillar Switch Mux wire for a short to
ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
917
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - SLIDING
Symptom:
LOOPBACK TEST FAILURE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
POWER SLIDING DOOR MODULE
918
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - SLIDING
Symptom:
LOSS OF BCM MESSAGES
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE BODY CONTROL MODULE
POWER SLIDING DOOR MODULE - LOSS OF BCM MESSAGES
No → Test Complete.
919
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - SLIDING
Symptom:
LOSS OF EATX MESSAGES
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
POWER SLIDING DOOR MODULE - LOSS OF EATX MESSAGES
No → Test Complete.
920
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - SLIDING
Symptom:
LOSS OF FCM MESSAGES
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE FRONT CONTROL MODULE
POWER SLIDING DOOR MODULE - LOSS OF FCM MESSAGES
No → Test Complete.
921
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - SLIDING
Symptom:
LOSS OF SBEC MESSAGES
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
POWER SLIDING DOOR MODULE - LOSS OF SBEC MESSAGES
No → Test Complete.
922
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - SLIDING
Symptom:
OVERHEAD LEFT SWITCH INPUT STUCK
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
OVERHEAD LEFT SWITCH SHORTED
SLIDING DOORS OVERHEAD SWITCH MUX WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE - SLIDING DOORS OVERHEAD SWITCH CIRCUIT SHORTED
Yes → Repair the Sliding Doors Overhead Switch Mux wire for a short to
ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
923
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - SLIDING
Symptom:
OVERHEAD RIGHT SWITCH INPUT STUCK
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
OVERHEAD RIGHT SWITCH SHORTED
SLIDING DOORS OVERHEAD SWITCH MUX WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE - SLIDING DOORS OVERHEAD SWITCH CIRCUIT SHORTED
Yes → Go To 3
924
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - SLIDING
Symptom:
OVERHEAD RIGHT/LEFT SWITCHES SHORT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
OVERHEAD SWITCH SHORTED
SLIDING DOORS OVERHEAD SWITCH MUX WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE - SLIDING DOORS OVERHEAD SWITCH INPUT SHORTED
Yes → Go To 3
925
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - SLIDING
Symptom:
RIGHT B-PILLAR SWITCH INPUT OPEN OR SHORT TO VOLTAGE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
RIGHT SLIDING DOOR PILLAR SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
RIGHT SLIDING DOOR PILLAR SWITCH MUX WIRE OPEN
RIGHT B-PILLAR SWITCH OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE - RIGHT SLIDING DOOR PILLAR SWITCH OPEN
Yes → Repair the Right Sliding Door Pillar Switch Mux circuit for a
short to voltage.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3
Yes → Go To 4
926
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - SLIDING
No → Repair the Right Sliding Door Pillar Switch Mux wire for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
927
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - SLIDING
Symptom:
RIGHT B-PILLAR SWITCH INPUT SHORT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
RIGHT B-PILLAR SWITCH SHORTED
RIGHT SLIDING DOOR PILLAR SWITCH MUX WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE - RIGHT SLIDING DOOR PILLAR SWITCH CIRCUIT SHORTED
No → Go To 3
Yes → Repair the Right Sliding Door Pillar Switch Mux wire for a short
to ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
928
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - SLIDING
Symptom:
RIGHT B-PILLAR SWITCH INPUT STUCK
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC PRESENT
RIGHT B-PILLAR SWITCH SHORTED
RIGHT SLIDING DOOR PILLAR SWITCH MUX WIRE SHORT TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE - RIGHT SLIDING DOOR PILLAR SWITCH CIRCUIT SHORTED
No → Go To 3
Yes → Repair the Right Sliding Door Pillar Switch Mux wire for a short
to ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
929
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER DOORS - SLIDING
Symptom:
*POWER SLIDING DOOR INOPERATIVE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DTC’S PRESENT
MODULE RESPONSE
INTERMITTENT PROBLEM
SYSTEM TESTS
2 With the DRBIIIt, read DTCs in POWER SLIDING DOOR and BODY COMPUTER. All
Are any Power Sliding Door related codes present?
Yes → Refer to symptom list for problems related to POWER SLIDING
DOORS.
No → Go To 3
3 This test will determine what inhibited the Power Sliding Door from operating All
properly.
With the DRBIIIt, select POWER SLIDING DOOR, MISCELLANEOUS, LAST
INHIBIT MONITOR.
Does the DRBIIIt display any INHIBIT REASONS?
Yes → Check for any binding conditions or other restrictions that may
prevent proper operation. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as
a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
No → Go To 4
No → Test Complete.
930
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER MIRROR
Symptom:
FOLD MIRROR OUTPUT FAILURE (EXPORT ONLY)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
LEFT POWER MIRROR
RIGHT POWER MIRROR
LEFT FOLDING MIRROR UNFOLD DRIVER SHORT TO VOLTAGE
RIGHT FOLDING MIRROR UNFOLD DRIVER SHORT TO VOLTAGE
LEFT FOLDING MIRROR UNFOLD DRIVER SHORT TO GROUND
RIGHT FOLDING MIRROR UNFOLD DRIVER SHORT TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE
Yes → Go To 2
No → The condition that caused this DTC is currently not present. Use
the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, and inspect the related
wiring harness for a possible intermittent condition.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Yes → Go To 3
Yes → Go To 4
931
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER MIRROR
No → Go To 7
Yes → Repair the Right Folding Mirror Unfold Driver circuit for a short
to ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
932
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER MIRROR
Symptom:
PASSENGER MIRROR RELAY OUTPUT OPEN (EXPORT ONLY)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
FUSED B+ CIRCUIT OPEN
PASSENGER FOLDING MIRROR RELAY
PASSENGER FOLDING MIRROR RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
PASSENGER FOLDING MIRROR RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE
Yes → Go To 3
Yes → Go To 4
No → Replace the Passenger Folding Mirror Relay.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
933
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER MIRROR
934
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER MIRROR
Symptom:
PASSENGER MIRROR RELAY OUTPUT SHORT (EXPORT ONLY)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
PASSENGER FOLDING MIRROR RELAY
PASSENGER FOLDING MIRROR RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
BODY CONTROL MODULE
Yes → Go To 2
No → The condition that caused this DTC is currently not present. Use
the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, and inspect the related
wiring harness for a possible intermittent condition.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Yes → Go To 3
Yes → Repair the Passenger Folding Mirror Relay Control circuit for a
short to voltage.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
935
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER MIRROR
Symptom:
UNFOLD MIRROR OUTPUT FAILURE (EXPORT ONLY)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
PASSENGER FOLDING MIRROR RELAY
LEFT POWER MIRROR
RIGHT POWER MIRROR
DRIVER FOLDING MIRROR FOLD DRIVER SHORT TO VOLTAGE
PASSENGER FOLDING MIRROR RELAY OUTPUT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
PASSENGER FOLDING MIRROR RELAY INPUT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
DRIVER FOLDING MIRROR FOLD DRIVER SHORT TO GROUND
PASSENGER FOLDING MIRROR RELAY OUTPUT SHORT TO GROUND
PASSENGER FOLDING MIRROR RELAY INPUT SHORT TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE
Yes → Go To 2
No → The condition that caused this DTC is currently not present. Use
the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, and inspect the related
wiring harness for a possible intermittent condition.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
2 Install a substitute relay in place of the Passenger Folding Mirror Relay. All
With the DRBIIIt, erase DTC’s.
NOTE: Doors must be closed to allow the mirrors to fold with the power folding
mirror switch.
Attempt to operate the power folding mirror system with the power folding mirror
switch and by opening and closing both front doors with mirrors folded.
With the DRBIIIt, read DTCs.
Does the same DTC reset?
Yes → Go To 3
936
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER MIRROR
No → Go To 6
No → Go To 7
No → Go To 8
937
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER MIRROR
938
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER MIRROR
Symptom:
*BOTH MIRRORS DO NOT UNFOLD EXCEPT WITH EITHER
FRONT DOOR (EXPORT ONLY)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
RELATED DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES
POWER FOLDING MIRROR SWITCH
FOLDING MIRROR SWITCH SIGNAL SHORT TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE
Yes → Repair the Folding Mirror Switch Signal circuit for a short to
ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
939
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER MIRROR
Symptom:
*BOTH POWER FOLDING MIRRORS DO NOT FOLD (EXPORT
ONLY)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
RELATED DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
POWER FOLDING MIRROR SWITCH
FOLDING MIRROR SWITCH SIGNAL OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE
940
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER MIRROR
Symptom:
*DRIVER FOLDING MIRROR DOES NOT FOLD (EXPORT ONLY)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
RELATED DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES
POWER MIRROR
FOLDING MIRROR UNFOLD DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN
DRIVER FOLDING MIRROR FOLD DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE
Yes → Go To 4
941
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER MIRROR
No → Repair the Driver Folding Mirror Fold Driver circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
942
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER MIRROR
Symptom:
*PASSENGER FOLDING MIRROR DOES NOT FOLD (EXPORT
ONLY)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
RELATED DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES
PASSENGER FOLDING MIRROR RELAY
POWER MIRROR
FOLDING MIRROR UNFOLD DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN
PASSENGER FOLDING MIRROR RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
PASSENGER FOLDING MIRROR RELAY INPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE
No → Go To 3
No → Go To 4
943
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
POWER MIRROR
944
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING
Symptom List:
LF TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR BATTERY LOW
LF TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR FAILURE
LR TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR BATTERY LOW
LR TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR FAILURE
RF TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR BATTERY LOW
RF TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR FAILURE
RR TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR BATTERY LOW
RR TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR FAILURE
Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests.
The title for the tests will be LF TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR
BATTERY LOW.
945
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING
POSSIBLE CAUSES
EVIC INTERNAL FAULT
SENSOR/TRANSMITTER INTERNAL FAULT
No → Go To 2
No → Test Complete.
946
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY
Symptom:
BCM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED (EXPORT ONLY)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
BCM COMMUNICATION FAILURE
PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN
RKE/THATCHAM ALARM MODULE - INTERNAL MALFUNCTION
Yes → The condition that caused this symptom is currently not present.
Inspect the related wiring harness for a possible intermittent
condition.
Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST - 1A.
No → Go To 3
947
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY
Symptom:
INTERNAL EEPROM WRITE ERROR (EXPORT ONLY)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
RKE/THATCHAM ALARM MODULE - INTERNAL MALFUNCTION
948
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY
Symptom:
INTERNAL TRANSMIT FAILURE (EXPORT ONLY)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
RKE/THATCHAM ALARM MODULE - INTERNAL MALFUNCTION
949
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY
Symptom:
INTERNAL ULTRASONIC FAULT (EXPORT ONLY)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FRONT INTRUSION SENSOR
FRONT INTRUSION SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
FRONT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
INTRUSION SENSOR DETECTION
REAR INTRUSION SENSOR
REAR INTRUSION SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
REAR SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
RKE/THATCHAM ALARM MODULE - FRONT SENSOR GROUND
RKE/THATCHAM ALARM MODULE - FRONT SENSOR SIGNAL
RKE/THATCHAM ALARM MODULE - INTERNAL
RKE/THATCHAM ALARM MODULE - REAR SENSOR GROUND
RKE/THATCHAM ALARM MODULE - REAR SENSOR SIGNAL
No → Go To 2
950
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY
Yes → The condition that caused this symptom is currently not present.
Inspect the related wiring harness for a possible intermittent
condition.
Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST - 1A.
No → Go To 3
Yes → Go To 4
No → Go To 12
No → Go To 11
5 Replace the Front Intrusion Sensor with a known good sensor. All
With the DRBIIIt, select Intrusion Sensor Test.
Turn the ignition on then wave arm inside the vehicle to simulate an intrusion.
Does the DRBIIIt show INTRUSION DETECTED?
Yes → Replace the Front Intrusion Sensor.
Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST - 1A.
No → Go To 6
Yes → Go To 7
No → Go To 10
951
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY
Yes → Go To 8
No → Go To 9
8 Replace the Rear Intrusion Sensor with a known good sensor. All
With the DRBIIIt, select Intrusion Sensor Test.
Turn the ignition on then wave arm inside the vehicle to simulate an intrusion.
Does the DRBIIIt show INTRUSION DETECTED?
Yes → Repair the Rear Intrusion Sensor Signal circuit for an open.
Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST - 1A.
952
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY
Yes → Repair the Front Intrusion Sensor Signal circuit for an open.
Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST - 1A.
No → Replace the RKE/Thatcham Alarm Module.
Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST - 1A.
953
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY
Symptom:
LOOPBACK ERROR (EXPORT ONLY)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
RKE/THATCHAM ALARM MODULE - INTERNAL MALFUNCTION
954
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY
Symptom:
NO VALID MESSAGES RECEIVED (EXPORT ONLY)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
RKE/THATCHAM ALARM MODULE - INTERNAL MALFUNCTION
955
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY
Symptom:
PCI BUS SHORTED TO BATTERY (EXPORT ONLY)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PCI BUS MALFUNCTION
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
956
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY
Symptom:
PCI BUS SHORTED TO GROUND (EXPORT ONLY)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PCI BUS MALFUNCTION
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
957
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY
Symptom:
PCM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED (EXPORT ONLY)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
PCM COMMUNICATION FAILURE
PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN
RKE/THATCHAM ALARM MODULE - INTERNAL MALFUNCTION
Yes → The condition that caused this symptom is currently not present.
Inspect the related wiring harness for a possible intermittent
condition.
Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST - 1A.
No → Go To 3
958
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY
Symptom:
*ALARM TRIPS ON ITS OWN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
LAST VTSS CAUSE
ATTEMPT TO TRIP ALARM
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
4 NOTE: The condition that caused the alarm is not present at this time. The All
following list may help in indentifying the intermittent condition.
Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins (TSB) that may apply.
Visually inspect related wiring harnesses. Look for chafed, pierced, pinched, or
partially broken wires.
Visually inspect the related wiring harness connectors. Look for loose connections,
broken, bent, pushed out, or corroded terminals.
Were any of the above conditions present?
No → Test Complete.
959
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY
Symptom:
*HOOD DOES NOT TRIP VTSS (EXPORT ONLY)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK DRBIIIt FOR HOOD AJAR SWITCH RESPONSE
BODY CONTROL MODULE
960
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY
Symptom:
*LEFT FRONT DOOR DOES NOT TRIP VTSS
POSSIBLE CAUSES
BODY CONTROL MODULE
CHECK DRBIIIt FOR DRIVER DOOR AJAR RESPONSE
961
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY
Symptom:
*LEFT SLIDING DOOR DOES NOT TRIP VTSS
POSSIBLE CAUSES
MONITOR DRBIIIt FOR LEFT SLIDING DOOR AJAR STATUS
BODY CONTROL MODULE
962
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY
Symptom:
*LIFTGATE DOES NOT TRIP VTSS (EXPORT ONLY)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK DRBIIIt FOR LIFTGATE SW RESPONSE
BODY CONTROL MODULE
963
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY
Symptom:
*REPEATER LAMPS INOPERATIVE WITH ALARM (EXPORT ONLY)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
HAZARD SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
REPEATER LAMPS INOPERATIVE
HAZARD SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
RKE/THATCHAM ALARM MODULE - INTERNAL MALFUNCTION
No → Repair the Hazard Switch Sense circuit for an open between the
BCM and the splice.
Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST - 1A.
No → Repair the Hazard Switch Sense circuit for an open between the
RKE/Thatcham Alarm Module and the splice.
Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST - 1A.
964
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY
Symptom:
*RIGHT FRONT DOOR DOES NOT TRIP VTSS
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK DRBIIIt FOR PASSENGER DOOR AJAR RESPONSE
BODY CONTROL MODULE
965
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY
Symptom:
*RIGHT SLIDING DOOR DOES NOT TRIP VTSS
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK DRBIIIt FOR RIGHT REAR DOOR AJAR RESPONSE
BODY CONTROL MODULE
966
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY
Symptom:
*VTSS SIREN INOP (EXPORT ONLY)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
SIREN SIGNAL CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
SIREN SIGNAL RETURN CIRCUIT OPEN
SIREN SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN
VTSS SIREN
RKE/THATCHAM ALARM MODULE - INTERNAL MALFUNCTION
RKE/THATCHAM ALARM MODULE - INTERNAL MALFUNCTION
RKE/THATCHAM ALARM MODULE - INTERNAL MALFUNCTON
VTSS SIREN - INTERNAL MALFUNCTION
VTSS SIREN - INTERNAL MALFUNCTION
VTSS SIREN - INTERNAL MALFUNCTION
Yes → Go To 3
No → Go To 9
No → Go To 7
967
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY
No → Go To 5
5 Gain access to the Thatcham Alarm Module 16-way harness connector. All
While back probing, measure the voltage of the Siren Signal Control circuit.
Turn the ignition on.
Is the voltage approximately 5.0 volts?
Yes → Go To 6
968
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY
969
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY
Symptom:
*VTSS WILL NOT ARM
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK THE VTSS STATUS
CHECK FOR BCM DTCS AND VTSS ARMING INHIBITORS
CHECK FOR PCI BUS COMMUNICATION OF INSTRUMENT CLUSTER AND SKIM
BODY CONTROL MODULE
2 With the DRBIIIt, attempt to read the Module Display of the Instrument Cluster and All
also the Sentry Key Immobilizer Module.
Was the DRBIIIt able to display the module information of the MIC and SKIM?
Yes → Go To 3
No → Refer to the Symptom List and diagnose the appropriate symptom
in the Communication category.
Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST - 1A.
3 Ensure all doors and hood (export only) are closed. All
With the DRBIIIt, read the active DTC’s and the ajar switch states.
Does the DRBIIIt display any closed switches or VTSS related DTC’s?
Yes → Refer to the Symptom List and diagnose the appropriate symptom
in the DOOR AJAR or VTSS category.
Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST - 1A.
No → Replace the Body Control Module.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
970
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER
Symptom:
FR WIPER HI-LO RELAY OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT
COMMON CIRCUIT OPEN
WIPER HI/LOW RELAY
WIPER ON/OFF RELAY
WIPER HI/LOW RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
FCM-ON/OFF RELAY DRIVER OPEN
Yes → Go To 4
No → Go To 5
971
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER
972
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER
Symptom:
FR WIPER HI-LO RELAY SHORT TO BATT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
WIPER HI/LOW RELAY
WIPER HI/LOW RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
FCM
973
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER
Symptom:
FRONT WASH SWITCH INPUT STUCK
POSSIBLE CAUSES
HIGH BEAM/FRONT WASHER SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
MULTI-FUNCTION SWITCH
WIRING HARNESS INSPECTION
FCM
Yes → Go To 2
No → Go To 4
Yes → Repair the High Beam/Front Washer Switch MUX circuit for a
short to ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
974
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER
No → Test Complete.
975
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER
Symptom:
FRONT WASHER OUTPUT OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS
FRONT WASHER MOTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
FUSED ACCESSORY RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT
FRONT WASHER MOTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
FRONT WASHER PUMP MOTOR
FRONT CONTROL MODULE
No → Go To 3
No → Test Complete.
Yes → Go To 4
976
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER
Yes → Replace the Front Washer Pump Motor in accordance with the
Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 5
Yes → Repair the Front Washer Pump Motor Control Circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 6
977
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER
Symptom:
FRONT WIPER NOT PARKED
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FRONT CONTROL MODULE
FRONT WIPER MODULE
MECHANICAL PROBLEM
WIRING HARNESS INSPECTION
FRONT WIPER PARK SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
Yes → Go To 2
No → Go To 3
No → Test Complete.
978
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER
No → Go To 5
979
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER
Symptom:
FRONT WIPER ON RELAY OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT
WIPER ON/OFF RELAY
WIPER ON/OFF RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
FCM-ON/OFF RELAY DRIVER OPEN
Yes → Go To 2
No → Repair the Fused B(+) circuit(s) for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3
980
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER
Symptom:
FRONT WIPER ON RELAY SHORT TO BATT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
WIPER ON/OFF RELAY
WIPER ON/OFF RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
FCM
981
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER
Symptom:
FRONT WIPER PARK SWITCH SHORT TO GND
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FRONT CONTROL MODULE
FRONT WIPER MODULE
WIRING HARNESS INSPECTION
FRONT WIPER PARK SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
Yes → Repair the Front Wiper Park Switch Sense circuit for a short to
ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 4
982
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER
983
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER
Symptom:
FRONT WIPER SWITCH MUX INPUT OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
WIRING HARNESS INSPECTION
WINDSHIELD WIPER SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT OPEN
MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH MUX RETURN CIRCUIT OPEN
WIPER MUX CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
BCM
MULTI-FUNCTION SWITCH
No → Go To 6
Yes → Go To 3
No → Repair the Front Wiper Switch MUX circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Yes → Go To 4
Yes → Repair the Front Wiper Switch MUX circuit for a short to voltage.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 5
984
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER
985
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER
Symptom:
FRONT WIPER SWITCH MUX INPUT SHORT TO GROUND
POSSIBLE CAUSES
BCM
WIRING HARNESS INSPECTION
FRONT WIPER SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
FRONT WIPER SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT SHORTED TO M/F MUX RETURN CIRCUIT
MULTI-FUNCTION SWITCH
No → Go To 3
Yes → Repair the Front Wiper Switch MUX circuit for a short to ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 4
986
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER
987
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER
Symptom:
HEADLAMP WASHER RELAY OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT
FUSED B+ CIRCUIT OPEN
HEADLAMP WASHER RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
HEADLAMP WASHER RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
HEADLAMP WASHER PUMP MOTOR
HEADLAMP WASHER RELAY
FRONT CONTROL MODULE
Yes → Go To 2
No → Repair the open Washer Pump ground circuit.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Yes → Go To 4
Yes → Go To 5
988
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER
No → Go To 6
989
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER
Symptom:
HEADLAMP WASHER RELAY SHORT TO BATT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FUSED B+ CIRCUIT OPEN
HEADLAMP WASHER RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
HEADLAMP WASHER PUMP MOTOR
HEADLAMP WASHER RELAY
FRONT CONTROL MODULE
Yes → Go To 2
No → Repair the Fused B+ Circuit for an open condition.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Yes → Go To 3
No → Go To 4
990
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER
Symptom:
REAR WASH SWITCH INPUT STUCK
POSSIBLE CAUSES
REAR WASHER SWITCH STUCK
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS
Yes → Go To 2
No → Go To 3
Yes → Replace the Rear Washer Switch in accordance with the Service
Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3
No → Test Complete.
991
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER
Symptom:
REAR WASHER OUTPUT OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS
FUSED ACCESSORY RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT
REAR WASHER MOTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
REAR WASHER MOTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
REAR WASHER PUMP MOTOR
FRONT CONTROL MODULE
No → Go To 3
No → Test Complete.
992
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER
Yes → Go To 4
No → Repair the Fused Accessory Relay Output circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Yes → Replace the Rear Washer Pump Motor in accordance with the
Service Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 5
993
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER
Symptom:
REAR WIPER OUTPUT OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS
REAR WIPER MOTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
REAR WIPER MOTOR GROUND OPEN
REAR WIPER MOTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
REAR WIPER MOTOR
BODY CONTROL MODULE
No → Go To 3
994
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER
Yes → Go To 4
No → Go To 5
Yes → Replace the Rear Wiper Motor in accordance with the Service
Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Repair the Rear Wiper Motor ground circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
995
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER
Symptom:
REAR WIPER OUTPUT SHORT TO GROUND
POSSIBLE CAUSES
REAR WIPER MOTOR FUNCTION
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS
REAR WIPER MOTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
BODY CONTROL MODULE
No → Go To 3
Yes → Repair the Rear Wiper Motor Control Circuit for a short to
ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 4
996
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER
997
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER
Symptom:
REAR WIPER SWITCH MUX INPUT OPEN
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS
REAR WIPER SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT OPEN
REAR WIPER SWITCH MUX RETURN CIRCUIT OPEN
REAR WIPER SWITCH OPEN
BODY CONTROL MODULE
No → Go To 5
No → Go To 4
998
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER
Yes → Repair the Rear Wiper Switch MUX Return circuit for an open.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the Service
Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
999
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER
Symptom:
REAR WIPER SWITCH MUX INPUT SHORT TO GROUND
POSSIBLE CAUSES
REAR WIPER SWITCH SHORTED
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS
REAR WIPER SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
REAR WIPER SWITCH MUX RETURN CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
REAR WIPER SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT SHORT TO MUX RETURN CIRCUIT
BODY CONTROL MODULE
Yes → Go To 2
No → Go To 6
Yes → Replace the Rear Wiper Switch in accordance with the Service
Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3
No → Go To 4
1000
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER
Yes → Repair the Rear Wiper Switch MUX Circuit for a short to the Rear
Wiper Switch MUX Return circuit.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 5
Yes → Repair the Rear Wiper Switch MUX Return Circuit for a short to
ground.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the Service
Information.
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.
1001
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
VERIFICATION TESTS
Verification Tests
41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 APPLICABILITY
1. NOTE: After completion of the Transmission Verification Test, the Powertrain All
Verification Test must be performed. Refer to the Powertrain Category.
2. Connect the DRBIIIt to the Data Link Connector (DLC).
3. Reconnect any disconnected components.
4. With the DRBIIIt, erase all Transmission DTC’s, also erase the PCM DTC’s.
5. Perform *PRNDL FAULT CLEARING PROCEDURE after completion of repairs for P0706
CHECK SHIFTER SIGNAL.
6. With the DRBIIIt, display Transmission Temperature. Start and run the engine until the
Transmission Temperature is HOT, above 43° C or 110° F.
7. Check the transmission fluid and adjust if necessary. Refer to the Service Information for the
Fluid Fill procedure.
8. NOTE: If the Transmission Control Module or Torque Converter has been replaced
or if the Transmission has been repaired or replaced it is necessary to perform the
DRBIIIt Quick Learn Procedure and reset the (Pinion Factor(
9. Road test the vehicle. With the DRBIIIt, monitor the engine RPM. Make 15 to 20 1-2, 2-3,
3-4 upshifts. Perform these shifts from a standing start to 45 MPH with a constant throttle
opening of 20 to 25 degrees.
10. Below 25 MPH, make 5 to 8 wide open throttle kickdowns to 1st gear. Allow at least 5
seconds each in 2nd and 3rd gear between each kickdown.
11. For a specific DTC, drive the vehicle to the Symptom’s When Monitored/When Set
conditions to verify the DTC is repaired.
12. If equipped with AutoStickt, upshift and downshift several times using the AutoStickt
feature during the road test.
13. NOTE: Use the EATX OBDII task manager to run Good Trip time in each gear, this
will confirm the repair and to ensure that the DTC has not re-matured.
14. Check for Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC’s) during the road test. If a DTC sets during the
road test , return to the Symptom list and perform the appropriate symptom.
15. NOTE: Erase P0700 DTC in the PCM to turn the MIL light off after making
transmission repairs.
Were there any Diagnostic Trouble Codes set during the road test?
1002
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
VERIFICATION TESTS
No → Repair is complete.
1003
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
VERIFICATION TESTS
YES
Repair is not complete, refer to appropriate symptom list.
NO
Repair is complete.
No → Repair is complete.
1004
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
VERIFICATION TESTS
No → Repair is complete.
1005
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
VERIFICATION TESTS
1006
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
VERIFICATION TESTS
1007
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
VERIFICATION TESTS
No → Repair is complete.
No → Repair is complete.
1008
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
C
8.0 COMPONENT LOCATIONS O
M
8.1 AIRBAG SYSTEM P
O
N
E
N
T
L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
1009
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
C
O 8.2 BODY CONTROL MODULE
M
P
O
N
E
N
T
L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
8.3 POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE - NGC
1010
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
C
8.5 HEATING & A/C O
M
8.5.1 ACTUATORS – FRONT, LHD P
O
N
E
N
T
L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
1011
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
C
O 8.5 HEATING & A/C (Continued)
M
8.5.3 ACTUATORS – FRONT, RHD
P
O
N
E
N
T
L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
1012
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
C
8.5.4 ACTUATOR – FRONT, RHD O
M
P
O
N
E
N
T
L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
1013
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
C
O 8.5 HEATING & A/C (Continued)
M
8.5.6 EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, RHD
P
O
N
E
N
T
L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
1014
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
C
8.5.8 ACTUATORS – REAR O
M
P
O
N
E
N
T
L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
1015
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
C
O 8.5 HEATING & A/C (Continued)
M
P 8.5.10 DIESEL CABIN HEATER ASSIST (DCHA) ASSEMBLY
O
N
E
N
T
L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
1016
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
C
8.5.12 C331 HARNESS CONNECTOR (DCHA) O
M
P
O
N
E
N
T
L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
1017
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
C
O 8.7 MEMORY SYSTEM
M
P 8.7.1 MEMORY SEAT MIRROR MODULE/SEAT MOTORS
O
N
E
N
T
L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
1018
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
C
8.9 POWER FOLDING MIRRORS O
M
P
O
N
E
N
T
L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
8.10 POWER LIFTGATE SYSTEM
8.10.1 MODULE
1019
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
C
O 8.10 POWER LIFTGATE SYSTEM (Continued)
M
8.10.2 PINCH SENSORS (TAPE SWITCH)
P
O
N
E
N
T
L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
8.10.3 LATCH ASSEMBLY
1020
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
C
8.11.2 CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH O
M
P
O
N
E
N
T
L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
8.11.3 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE
1021
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
C
O 8.12 POWER SLIDING DOOR (Continued)
M
8.12.2 LOWER DRIVE UNIT
P
O
N
E
N
T
L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
1022
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
C
8.13.2 RKE/THATCHAM ALARM MODULE CONNECTORS (EXPORT ONLY) O
M
P
O
N
E
N
T
L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
1023
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
C
O 8.13 VEHICLE THEFT SECURITY SYSTEM (Continued)
M
8.13.4 FRONT INTRUSION SENSOR (EXPORT ONLY)
P
O
N
E
N
T
L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
1024
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
9.0 CONNECTOR PINOUTS
A/C-HEATER CONTROL C1 (MTC)
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 Z24 18BK/OR GROUND
2 C121 20DB/DG (LHD) SENSOR GROUND
2 C121 22DB/DG (RHD) SENSOR GROUND
3 C22 20LB/WT (3 ZONE) REAR TEMPERATURE FEEDBACK SIGNAL
4 - -
5 F850 20LB/PK (3 ZONE) 5 VOLT SUPPLY
6 - -
7 C32 22DB/TN RECIRCULATION DOOR DRIVER (A)
8 C54 22LB/YL (3 ZONE) REAR BLEND DOOR DRIVER
9 C34 22DB/LB COMMON DOOR DRIVER (B)
10 D25 20WT/VT PCI BUS
11 - -
12 C121 20DB/DG (3 ZONE) REAR TEMPERATURE RETURN
13 F504 20GY/PK IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN)
14 E12 20OR/GY PANEL LAMPS DRIVER
15 C21 22LB EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
16 C33 22LB/BR PASSENGER BLEND DOOR DRIVER (A)
17 C61 22DB/LG (EXCEPT DRIVER BLEND DOOR DRIVER (A)
BASE)
18 C35 22LB/LG MODE DOOR DRIVER (A) C
19 C53 22LB (3 ZONE) REAR MODE DOOR DRIVER O
20 C154 20LB/OR (3 ZONE) REAR COMMON DOOR DRIVER N
N
A/C-HEATER CONTROL C2 (MTC) E
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION C
1 - - T
2 C75 12DB/GY BLOWER MOTOR HIGH DRIVER
O
3 C74 12DB/WT BLOWER MOTOR M3 DRIVER
R
4 Z134 12BK/OR (LHD EX- GROUND
PORT)
4 Z134 12BK/LG (EXCEPT GROUND P
LHD EXPORT) I
5 C71 16DB/BR BLOWER MOTOR LOW DRIVER
N
6 - -
O
7 - -
8 - -
U
9 C73 14DB/VT BLOWER MOTOR M2 DRIVER
T
10 C72 16DB/OR BLOWER MOTOR M1 DRIVER S
1025
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE (ORC)
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 R54 18LB/YL PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 2
2 R56 18LB/DG PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 1
3 R62 18LB/VT (EXCEPT PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 2
LHD EXPORT)
3 R62 18LG/DB (LHD EX- PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 2
PORT)
4 R64 18LB/WT PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 1
5 R42 18LB/BR PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 2
6 R44 18LB/OR PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 1
7 R53 18LG/YL DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 2
8 R55 18LG/DG DRIVER SEAT BELT TENSIONER LINE 1
9 R61 18LG/DB DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 1
10 R63 18LG/WT DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 2
11 R43 18LG/BR DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 1
12 R45 18LG/OR DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 2
13 - -
14 F201 18PK/OR ORC RUN-START DRIVER
15 F100 18PK/VT ORC RUN ONLY DRIVER
16 Z12 18BK/OR GROUND
17 R59 18LG/TN DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH LINE 1
18 R57 18LG/GY DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH LINE 2
19 - -
C 20 - -
O 21 D25 20WT/VT PCI BUS
N 22 - -
N 23 - -
E
C
T
O
R AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR (EXCEPT BASE)
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 G31 18VT/LG (EXCEPT AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
P 2.4L)
I 1 G31 18VT/LG (2.4L) AAT SIGNAL
N 2 K900 18DB/DG (2.4L) SENSOR GROUND
O 2 G931 18VT/BR (EXCEPT AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR RETURN
2.4L)
U
T
S
1026
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
AUTO TEMP CONTROL C1
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 C161 22LB/WT DRIVER BLEND DOOR DRIVER (B)
2 C61 22DB/LG DRIVER BLEND DOOR DRIVER (A)
3 C133 22DB/WT PASSENGER BLEND DOOR DRIVER (B)
4 C33 22LB/BR PASSENGER BLEND DOOR DRIVER (A)
5 C132 22DB/YL RECIRCULATION DOOR DRIVER (B)
6 C32 22DB/TN RECIRCULATION DOOR DRIVER (A)
7 C135 22DB/WT MODE DOOR DRIVER (B)
8 C35 22LB/LG MODE DOOR DRIVER (A)
9 C53 22LB REAR MODE DOOR DRIVER (A)
10 C154 22LB/OR REAR MODE DOOR DRIVER (B)
11 C54 22LB/YL REAR BLEND DOOR DRIVER (A)
12 C169 22DB/OR REAR BLEND DOOR DRIVER (B)
13 - -
1027
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
1028
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
BODY CONTROL MODULE C2
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 L61 20WT/LB LEFT FRONT TURN SIGNAL DRIVER
2 L63 18WT/DG LEFT REAR TURN SIGNAL DRIVER
3 L60 18WT/TN RIGHT FRONT TURN SIGNAL DRIVER
4 L62 18WT/BR RIGHT REAR TURN SIGNAL DRIVER
5 F20 22PK/WT FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START)
6 G25 22VT/TN (HIGHLINE) LIFTGATE SWITCH MUX
7 A114 18GY/RD FUSED B(+) (I.O.D.)
8 - -
9 L1 18WT/LG BACK-UP LAMP DRIVER
10 P3 20TN/WT LEFT FRONT DOOR LOCK DRIVER
11 P2 20TN/GY RIGHT FRONT DOOR LOCK DRIVER
12 P38 20TN/DB RIGHT SLIDING DOOR LOCK DRIVER
13 - -
14 - -
15 Z15 18BK/TN GROUND
16 G920 22VT/YL (MEMORY) MEMORY SELECT SWITCH RETURN
17 G153 22VT/DG (POWER LIFTGATE MODULE WAKE UP SIGNAL
LIFTGATE)
18 P32 20TN/VT LEFT SLIDING DOOR LOCK DRIVER
19 Z10 18BK/TN GROUND
20 P5 20TN/OR LEFT SLIDING DOOR UNLOCK DRIVER
21 P164 18LG/DB (EXPORT) PASSENGER FOLDING MIRROR RELAY INPUT
C
22 P30 20TN/DG LIFTGATE HANDLE SWITCH SENSE
O
23 - -
24 G200 22VT/BR (MEMORY) MEMORY SELECT SWITCH MUX
N
25 M22 20YL/OR COURTESY LAMPS DRIVER
N
26 P4 20TN/BR RIGHT FRONT DOOR UNLOCK DRIVER E
27 P34 20TN/LB RIGHT SLIDING DOOR UNLOCK DRIVER C
28 P1 20TN/LG LEFT FRONT DOOR UNLOCK DRIVER T
29 P159 20TN/DG (EXPORT) DRIVER FOLDING MIRROR FOLD DRIVER O
30 P174 20TN/LB (EXPORT) RIGHT FOLDING MIRROR UNFOLD DRIVER R
31 P171 20TN/YL (EXPORT) LEFT FOLDING MIRROR UNFOLD DRIVER
32 W13 18BR/LG REAR WIPER MOTOR CONTROL P
33 - -
I
34 L38 20WT/YL (EXPORT) REAR FOG LAMP SWITCH OUTPUT
N
O
U
T
S
1029
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
BODY CONTROL MODULE C3
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 G23 22VT/DB (POWER SLIDING DOORS OVERHEAD SWITCH MUX
SLIDING DOOR)
2 D123 20WT/BR FLASH PROGRAM ENABLE
3 G152 22VT/GY (POWER RIGHT SLIDING DOOR WAKE UP SIGNAL
SLIDING DOOR)
4 G151 22VT/BR (POWER LEFT SLIDING DOOR WAKE UP SIGNAL
SLIDING DOOR)
5 G76 20VT/YL RIGHT SLIDING DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE
6 G75 22VT (LHD) LEFT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE
6 G74 22VT/WT (RHD) RIGHT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE
7 G75 22VT (RHD) LEFT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE
7 G74 22VT/WT (LHD) RIGHT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE
8 G77 22VT/GY LEFT SLIDING DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE
9 E10 20OR/DG (3 ZONE PANEL LAMPS DRIVER (REAR BLOWER SWITCH)
ATC/MTC)
10 - -
11 L162 20WT/VT (EXPORT) RIGHT SIDE REPEATER LAMP FEED
12 G42 22VT/WT (POWER RIGHT SLIDING DOOR PILLAR SWITCH MUX
SLIDING DOOR)
13 G165 20VT/GY (EXPORT) LIFTGATE CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH MUX
14 G163 22VT/LB LEFT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH MUX
15 G162 22VT/WT (EXCEPT RIGHT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH MUX
EXPORT)
C 15 G162 22VT/TN (EXPORT) RIGHT CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH MUX
O 16 - -
N 17 F503 20WT/PK FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN)
N 18 G41 22VT/DG (POWER LEFT SLIDING DOOR PILLAR SWITCH MUX
SLIDING DOOR)
E
19 L163 20WT/BR (EXPORT) LEFT SIDE REPEATER LAMP FEED
C
20 N4 20DB/WT FUEL LEVEL SENSOR SIGNAL
T 21 G161 22VT/DG (LHD) LEFT DOOR LOCK SWITCH MUX
O 21 G160 22VT/LG (RHD) RIGHT DOOR LOCK SWITCH MUX
R 22 G161 22VT/DG (RHD) LEFT DOOR LOCK SWITCH MUX
22 G160 22VT/LG (LHD) RIGHT DOOR LOCK SWITCH MUX
P 23 D25 20WT/VT PCI BUS
I 24 - -
N 25 M11 20YL/VT COURTESY LAMPS DRIVER
O 26 P31 20TN/YL (POWER RE- LIFTGATE RELEASE DRIVER
LEASE)
U 27 - -
T 28 - -
S 29 G78 20VT/OR LIFTGATE AJAR SWITCH SENSE
30 G70 22VT/LB (EXPORT) HOOD AJAR SWITCH SENSE
31 F500 18DG/PK FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN)
32 - -
33 M21 20YL/BR COURTESY LAMPS DRIVER
34 M27 20YL/LB READING LAMPS DRIVER
1030
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
BODY CONTROL MODULE C4
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 - -
2 E12 20OR/GY PANEL LAMPS DRIVER (HVAC)
3 E19 20OR/BR PANEL LAMPS DRIVER (HEADLAMP SWITCH)
4 D9 22WT/GY (RKE) RKE MODULE PROGRAM ENABLE
5 G150 22VT/BR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER WAKE UP SENSE
6 - -
7 P162 20LG/DG (EXPORT) PASSENGER FOLDING MIRROR RELAY CONTROL
8 - -
9 L161 20WT/LG LEFT TURN INDICATOR DRIVER
10 F504 20GY/PK FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN)
11 E14 20OR/TN PANEL LAMPS DRIVER (RADIO)
12 E13 20OR/WT PANEL LAMPS DRIVER (INSTRUMENT CLUSTER)
13 X920 22GY/OR RADIO CONTROL MUX RETURN
14 G900 20VT/DB IGNITION SWITCH SENSE RETURN
15 - -
16 - -
17 L160 20WT/TN RIGHT TURN INDICATOR DRIVER
18 - -
19 - -
20 - -
21 - -
22 G902 22VT/LB MULTI-FUNCTION SWITCH MUX RETURN C
23 - - O
24 - - N
25 - -
N
26 - -
E
27 - -
28 - -
C
29 - -
T
30 - - O
31 G96 22VT/DG (RKE) REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY INTERFACE R
32 B27 20DG/WT (TRACTION TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH SENSE
CONTROL) P
33 P136 20TN/YL (EXPORT) FOLDING MIRROR SWITCH SENSE
I
34 G26 22VT/OR CHIME DRIVER
N
O
U
T
S
1031
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
BODY CONTROL MODULE C5
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 L91 22WT/DB HAZARD SWITCH SENSE
2 - -
3 - -
4 - -
5 - -
6 - -
7 - -
8 - -
9 - -
10 G20 20VT/BR IGNITION SWITCH SENSE
11 - -
12 - -
13 - -
14 - -
15 - -
16 G926 22VT/WT REAR WIPER SWITCH MUX RETURN
17 L900 22WT/YL HEADLAMP SWITCH MUX RETURN
18 L307 22WT/BR (RHD) HEADLAMP SWITCH MUX
18 L307 20WT/BR (LHD) HEADLAMP SWITCH MUX
19 - -
20 - -
C 21 - -
O 22 - -
N 23 - -
24 - -
N
25 L36 20WT/DB (EXPORT) REAR FOG LAMP INDICATOR DRIVER
E
26 X20 22GY/WT RADIO CONTROL MUX
C 27 G194 22VT/LG HIGH BEAM/FRONT WASHER SWITCH MUX
T 28 W26 22BR/DB REAR WIPER SWITCH MUX
O 29 W52 22BR/YL FRONT WIPER SWITCH MUX
R 30 E2 22OR/BR PANEL LAMPS DIMMER SIGNAL
31 L305 20WT/LB TURN SIGNAL SWITCH MUX
P 32 - -
I 33 - -
N 34 L39 22WT/OR FRONT FOG LAMP INDICATOR DRIVER
O
U
T
S
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
A B20 20DG/OR BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH SENSE
B Z420 20BK/OR GROUND
1032
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
C200 - (BODY SIDE)
CAV CIRCUIT
1 C151 18LB/DG (3 ZONE MTC EXCEPT EXPORT)
2 A106 20LB/RD
3 A108 20LG/RD
4 C59 20DB/LB (3 ZONE ATC)
4 C152 16LB/LG (3 ZONE MTC)
5 A128 18RD/OR (EXCEPT EXPORT)
5 P159 20TN/DG (EXPORT)
6 K32 18DB/YL
7 C53 22LB (3 ZONE ATC/MTC)
8 C16 20DB/GY (HEATED MIRRORS)
9 C22 22LB/WT (3 ZONE MTC)
9 D17 20WT/DG (3 ZONE ATC)
10 L13 20WT/YL (EXPORT)
10 C50 12DB/OR (3 ZONE MTC)
11 C7 12DB
12 D22 20WT/TN (3 ZONE ATC EXPORT)
12 Z135 12BK/LB (3 ZONE ATC EXCEPT EXPORT)
12 C153 12DB/BR (3 ZONE MTC)
13 Z849 12BK/OR (MEMORY)
14 A105 18DB/RD
15 A114 16GY/RD
16 F306 16DB/PK
17 C169 20DB/OR (3 ZONE ATC)
17 C154 20LB/OR (3 ZONE MTC)
18 C121 20DB/DG (3 ZONE MTC)
18 D22 20WT/TN (3 ZONE ATC EXCEPT EXPORT)
18 P171 20TN/YL (3 ZONE ATC EXPORT)
19 P160 18TN/LG (EXPORT)
20 F302 18GY/PK (ELECTRIC WIPER DE-ICER)
21 F2 18PK/YL
22 L78 18WT/OR (EXPORT)
22 Q102 18OR/LB (EXCEPT EXPORT)
23 Q103 18OR/LG (EXCEPT EXPORT)
23 P174 20TN/LB (EXPORT)
24 D25 20WT/VT C
25 -
26 -
O
27
28
-
-
N
29 F20 22PK/WT N
30 F100 18PK/VT
31 F201 18PK/OR E
32 F504 20GY/PK (3 ZONE ATC)
32 F850 22LB/PK (3 ZONE MTC)
C
33 P7 20LG/DG (HEATED SEATS) T
34 P8 20LG/WT (HEATED SEATS)
35 P64 22TN (MEMORY) O
36 P65 22TN/VT (MEMORY)
37 P66 22TN/LG (MEMORY) R
38 P67 22TN/OR (MEMORY)
39 P68 22TN/YL (MEMORY)
40 P69 22TN/WT (MEMORY) P
41 P70 20TN/LB (MEMORY EXCEPT EXPORT)
41 P70 20TN/WT (MEMORY EXPORT) I
42 P71 20TN/DG (MEMORY)
43 P72 20TN/GY (MEMORY)
N
44 P73 20TN/YL (MEMORY) O
45 P74 18TN/YL (MEMORY)
46 P75 20TN/LG (MEMORY) U
47 P112 22TN/OR (AUTOMATIC DAY/NIGHT MIRROR)
47 D123 20WT/BR (RHD) T
48
48
B25 20DG/WT (EXPORT)
P114 22TN/WT (AUTOMATIC DAY/NIGHT MIRROR)
S
49 C154 20LB/OR (3 ZONE ATC/MTC)
50 Z104 18BK/LG (PREMIUM 8 SPEAKER)
51 X156 20GY/LB (PREMIUM 8 SPEAKER)
52 X154 20GY/YL (PREMIUM 8 SPEAKER)
53 R57 18LG/GY
54 -
55 R59 18LG/TN
56 -
57 P162 18LG/DG (EXPORT)
57 T55 20YL/VT (AUTOSTICK)
58 T751 20YL
59 X15 16GY/DG (PREMIUM 8 SPEAKER)
60 A701 18BR/RD
61 X3 20DG/VT
62 C54 22LB/YL (3 ZONE MTC EXCEPT LHD EXPORT)
62 X53 22DG (LHD EXPORT)
63 X54 22GY (LHD EXPORT)
63 A701 16BR/RD (EXCEPT LHD EXPORT)
64 X51 20DG/DB (EXCEPT LHD EXPORT)
64 X55 22DG/BR (LHD EXPORT)
65 X56 22GY/BR (LHD EXPORT)
65 X52 20GY/DB (EXCEPT LHD EXPORT)
66 X53 20DG (EXCEPT LHD EXPORT)
66 C54 22LB/YL (LHD EXPORT)
67 V37 20VT
68 X51 20DG/DB (LHD EXPORT)
68 X55 20DG/BR (EXCEPT LHD EXPORT)
69 X56 20GY/BR (EXCEPT LHD EXPORT)
69 X52 20GY/DB (LHD EXPORT)
70 X57 22DG/OR
71 X58 22GY/OR
72 X153 20DG/YL (PREMIUM 8 SPEAKER)
73 K900 20DB/DG
74 X155 20DG/LB (PREMIUM 8 SPEAKER)
1033
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
C200 - (INSTRUMENT PANEL SIDE)
CAV CIRCUIT
1 C151 18LB/DG (3 ZONE MTC)
2 A106 20LB/RD
3 A108 20LG/RD
4 C59 22DB/LB (3 ZONE ATC)
4 C152 16 LB/LG (3 ZONE MTC)
5 A128 18RD/OR (EXCEPT EXPORT)
5 P159 20TN/DG (EXPORT)
6 K32 18DB/YL
7 C53 22LB (3 ZONE ATC/MTC)
8 C16 20DB/GY (HEATED MIRRORS)
9 D17 22WT/DG (3 ZONE ATC)
9 C22 20LB/WT (3 ZONE MTC)
10 C50 12DB/OR (3 ZONE MTC)
10 L13 20WT/YL (EXPORT)
11 C7 12DB
12 D22 20WT/TN (3 ZONE ATC EXPORT)
12 Z135 12BK/LB (3 ZONE ATC EXCEPT EXPORT)
12 C153 12DB/BR (3 ZONE MTC)
13 Z849 12BK/OR (MEMORY)
14 A105 16DB/RD
15 A114 16GY/RD
16 F306 18DB/PK
17 C169 22DB/OR (3 ZONE ATC)
17 C154 20LB/OR (3 ZONE MTC)
18 C121 20DB/DG (3 ZONE MTC)
18 D22 20WT/TN (3 ZONE ATC EXCEPT EXPORT)
18 P171 20TN/YL (3 ZONE ATC EXPORT)
19 P160 18TN/LG (EXPORT)
20 -
21 F2 18PK/YL
22 L78 20WT/OR (EXPORT)
22 Q102 18OR/LB (EXCEPT EXPORT)
23 Q103 18OR/LG (EXCEPT EXPORT)
C 23 P174 20TN/LB (EXPORT)
O 24 D25 20WT/VT
25 -
N 26 -
N 27
28
-
-
E 29 F20 20PK/WT
30 F100 18PK/VT
C 31 F201 18PK/OR
T 32
32
F504 20GY/PK (3 ZONE ATC)
F850 20LB/PK (3 ZONE MTC)
O 33 P7 20LG/DG (HEATED SEATS)
34 P8 22LG/WT (HEATED SEATS)
R 35 P64 20TN (MEMORY)
36 P65 20TN/VT (MEMORY)
37 P66 20TN/LG (MEMORY)
P 38 P67 20TN/OR (MEMORY)
39 P68 20TN/YL (MEMORY)
I 40 P69 20TN/WT (MEMORY)
N 41 P70 20TN/LB (MEMORY)
42 P71 20TN/DG (MEMORY)
O 43 P72 20TN/GY (MEMORY)
44 P73 20TN/VT (MEMORY)
U 45 P74 20TN/DB (MEMORY)
T 46 P75 20TN/LG (MEMORY)
47 P112 22TN/OR (AUTOMATIC DAY/NIGHT MIRROR)
S 48 P114 22TN/WT (AUTOMATIC DAY/NIGHT MIRROR)
48 B25 20DG/WT (EXPORT)
49 C154 22LB/OR (3 ZONE ATC)
49 C154 20LB/OR (3 ZONE MTC)
50 Z104 18BK/LG
51 X156 20GY/LB (PREMIUM 8 SPEAKER)
52 X154 20GY/YL (PREMIUM 8 SPEAKER)
53 R57 18LG/GY
54 -
55 R59 18LG/TN
56 -
57 -
58 T751 20YL
59 X15 16GY/DG (PREMIUM 8 SPEAKER)
60 A701 18BR/RD
61 X3 22 DG/VT
62 X53 20DG
63 X54 20GY
64 X55 20DG/BR
65 X56 20GY/BR
66 C54 22LB/YL (3 ZONE ATC RHD EXPORT)
66 C54 20LB/YL (3 ZONE ATC/ EXCEPT RHD EXPORT)
67 V37 22VT
68 X51 22DG/DB
69 X52 22GY/DB
70 X57 22DG/OR (EXCEPT LHD EXPORT)
70 X57 20DG/OR (LHD EXPORT)
71 X58 20GY/OR (LHD EXPORT)
71 X58 22GY/OR (EXCEPT LHD EXPORT)
72 X153 22DG/YL (PREMIUM 8 SPEAKER EXCEPT LHD EXPORT)
72 X153 20DG/YL (PREMIUM 8 SPEAKER LHD EXPORT)
73 K900 20DB/DG
74 X155 20DG/LB (PREMIUM 8 SPEAKER LHD EXPORT)
74 X155 22DG/LB (PREMIUM 8 SPEAKER EXCEPT LHD EXPORT)
1034
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
1035
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
C304 - (BODY SIDE)
CAV CIRCUIT
1 R53 18LG/YL (LHD)
1 R54 18LB/YL (RHD)
2 R56 18LB/DG (RHD)
2 R55 18LG/DG (LHD)
3 R31 18LG/OR
4 R33 18LG/WT
1036
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
C306 - (BODY SIDE)
CAV CIRCUIT
1 R54 18LB/YL (LHD)
1 R53 18LG/YL (RHD)
2 R55 18LG/DG (RHD)
2 R56 18LB/DG (LHD)
3 R32 18LB/OR
4 R34 18LB/WT
1037
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
C311 - (BODY SIDE)
CAV CIRCUIT
1 C153 12DB/BR (3 ZONE
MTC)
2 F504 20GY/PK (3 ZONE
ATC)
2 F850 22LB/PK (3 ZONE
MTC)
3 C121 22DB/DG (3 ZONE
MTC)
3 D22 20WT/TN (3 ZONE
ATC)
4 D17 20WT/DG (3 ZONE
ATC)
4 C22 20LB/WT (3 ZONE
MTC)
5 C151 18LB/DG (3 ZONE
MTC)
6 -
7 C152 16LB/LG (3 ZONE
MTC)
8 E10 20OR/DG (3 ZONE ATC/
MTC)
9 Z409 20BK/OR (3 ZONE
MTC)
9 Z27 18BK/DG (3 ZONE ATC)
C 10 C50 12DB/OR (3 ZONE
MTC)
O
N
N C311 - (REAR A/C JUMPER SIDE)
CAV CIRCUIT
E
1 C153 12 DB/BR (3 ZONE
C MTC)
T 2 F504 20GY/PK (3 ZONE
O ATC)
1038
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
C316 (POWER SLIDING DOOR) - (LEFT DOOR WIRE TRACK ASSEMBLY SIDE)
CAV CIRCUIT
1 P5 20BK/DB
2 P32 20BK/TN
3 G77 20BK/DG
4 Z825 14BK
5 -
6 -
7 G151 20BK/GY
8 D25 20BK/VT
9 -
10 A113 14BK/RD
1039
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
C319 (LOWLINE) - (BODY SIDE)
CAV CIRCUIT
1 C15 12DB/WT
2 L77 18WT/BR
3 L50 18WT/TN
4 P30 20TN/DG
5 P31 20TN/YL
6 G78 20VT/OR
7 M11 20YL/VT
8 W13 18BR/LG
9 F302 18GY/PK
10 Z800 12BK
C325 (MANUAL SLIDING DOOR) - (RIGHT DOOR WIRE TRACK ASSEMBLY SIDE)
CAV CIRCUIT
1 P38 20BK/DB
2 P34 20BK/TN
3 G76 20BK/DG
4 Z76 20BK
1040
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
C
C326 - (SEAT SIDE) O
CAV CIRCUIT
N
1 -
2 -
N
3 R33 18LG/WT
E
4 R31 18LG/OR C
T
O
R
C327 - (SAFETY SEAT SIDE)
CAV CIRCUIT
1 -
P
2 -
I
3 R34 18WT/BK (EXPORT) N
3 R34 18LB/WT (EXCEPT EX- O
PORT) U
4 R32 18LB/OR (EXCEPT EX- T
PORT)
4 R32 18DG/WT (EXPORT)
S
1041
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
C
O
N C331 (DIESEL) - (CABIN HEATER COMPONENT SIDE)
N CAV CIRCUIT
1 A119 14RD/OR
E
2 C41 20DB/OR
C
3 D21 20WT/DB
T
4 Z149 14BK/DB
O
R
P
I
N
C331 (DIESEL) - (CABIN HEATER JUMPER SIDE)
O CAV CIRCUIT
U 1 A119 16RD/OR
T 2 C41 20LB/DG
S 3 D21 20WT/BR
4 Z149 16BK/DB
1042
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
C332 (3 ZONE ATC) - (COMPONENT SIDE)
CAV CIRCUIT
1 C53 18LB
2 C169 18LB/TN
3 C51 12DB/BR
4 C59 18DB/LB
5 -
6 Z135 12BK/LB
7 C54 18LB/YL
8 C154 18LB/GY
9 -
10 -
1043
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
CLOCKSPRING C1
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 X920 22GY/OR RADIO CONTROL MUX RETURN
2 X20 22GY/WT RADIO CONTROL MUX
3 X3 22DG/VT HORN SWITCH SENSE
4 V37 22VT SPEED CONTROL SWITCH SIGNAL
5 K900 20DB/DG SPEED CONTROL SWITCH GROUND
6 - -
CLOCKSPRING C2
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 R61 18LG/DB DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 1
2 R63 18LG/WT DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 2
3 R43 18LG/BR DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 1
4 R45 18LG/OR DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 2
CLOCKSPRING C3
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
C 1 - -
O 2 Z23 20BK/VT LEFT SPEED CONTROL SWITCH GROUND
N 2 Z23 20BK/VT RIGHT SPEED CONTROL SWITCH GROUND
N 3 V37 20VT (EXCEPT 2.4L) SPEED CONTROL SWITCH SIGNAL
P
I
N CLOCKSPRING C4
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
O
1 X20 20RD/BK RADIO CONTROL MUX
U
2 X920 20RD/DB RADIO CONTROL MUX RETURN
T
S
1044
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
CONTROLLER ANTILOCK BRAKE
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 Z107 12BK/DG GROUND
2 B1 18DG/OR RIGHT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL
3 B2 18DG/LB RIGHT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 12 VOLT SUPPLY
4 - -
5 D25 18WT/VT PCI BUS
6 B6 18DG/WT RIGHT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL
7 B7 18DG/VT RIGHT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 12 VOLT SUPPLY
8 - -
9 A111 12DG/RD FUSED B(+)
10 F500 18DG/PK FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN)
11 - -
12 - -
13 - -
14 - -
15 - -
16 Z127 12BK/DG GROUND
17 - -
18 L50 18WT/TN BRAKE LAMP SWITCH OUTPUT
19 B3 18DG/YL LEFT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL
20 B4 18DG/GY LEFT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 12 VOLT SUPPLY
21 - -
22 B8 18DG/TN LEFT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL C
23 B9 18DG/LG (EXCEPT LEFT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 12 VOLT SUPPLY O
3.3L/3.8L)
23 B9 18DG/WT (3.3L/3.8L) LEFT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 12 VOLT SUPPLY
N
24 A107 12TN/RD FUSED B(+)
N
E
C
DATA LINK CONNECTOR
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
T
1 - -
O
2 D25 20WT/VT PCI BUS R
3 - -
4 Z11 18BK/LG GROUND P
5 Z111 18BK/WT GROUND I
6 - - N
7 D21 20WT/DG (GAS) SCI TRANSMIT (PCM) O
7 D21 20WT/DG (DIESEL) SCI TRANSMIT (ECM) U
8 - -
T
9 D123 20WT/BR FLASH PROGRAM ENABLE
S
10 - -
11 - -
12 D20 20WT/LG (GAS) SCI RECEIVE (PCM)
13 - -
14 -
15 D15 20DG/YL (GAS) SCI TRANSMIT (TCM)
16 A105 20DB/RD FUSED B(+)
1045
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
1046
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCH
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 F304 16WT/PK (POWER FUSED WINDOW CIRCUIT BREAKER OUTPUT
WINDOWS)
1 F304 16WT/PK (EXCEPT FUSED ACCESSORY RELAY OUTPUT
POWER WINDOWS)
2 G161 20VT/DG (LHD) LEFT DOOR LOCK SWITCH MUX
2 G160 20VT/LG (RHD) RIGHT DOOR LOCK SWITCH MUX
3 Z461 20BK/DG (LHD) GROUND
3 Z460 20BK/LG (RHD) GROUND
C
O
N
DRIVER POWER SEAT FRONT RISER POSITION SENSOR N
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
E
A P28 20LG/BR SEAT POSITION SENSOR GROUND
B P26 20LG FRONT RISER POSITION SIGNAL
C
C P29 20LG/WT SEAT SENSOR 5 VOLT SUPPLY T
O
R
P
I
DRIVER POWER SEAT HORIZONTAL MOTOR
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
N
1 P17 14LG/DG DRIVER SEAT HORIZONTAL REARWARD SWITCH SENSE
O
1 P115 14LG (RHD) (MEMO- SEAT HORIZONTAL FORWARD DRIVER U
RY) T
1 P117 14LG/LB (RHD) SEAT HORIZONTAL REARWARD DRIVER S
(MEMORY)
2 P15 14LG/WT DRIVER SEAT HORIZONTAL FORWARD SWITCH SENSE
2 P117 14LG/LB (RHD) SEAT HORIZONTAL REARWARD DRIVER
(MEMORY)
2 P115 14LG (RHD) (MEMO- SEAT HORIZONTAL FORWARD DRIVER
RY)
1047
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
C
O DRIVER POWER SEAT RECLINER MOTOR
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
N
1 P41 14LG/GY (EXCEPT DRIVER SEAT RECLINER DOWN SWITCH SENSE
N MEMORY)
E 1 P141 14LG/BR (MEMORY SEAT RECLINER DOWN DRIVER
EXPORT)
C
1 P41 14LG/GY (MEMORY SEAT RECLINER DOWN DRIVER
T EXCEPT EXPORT)
O 2 P43 14LG/GY (MEMORY SEAT RECLINER UP DRIVER
R EXCEPT EXPORT)
2 P143 14LG/GY (MEMORY SEAT RECLINER UP DRIVER
EXPORT)
P 2 P43 14LG/VT (EXCEPT DRIVER SEAT RECLINER UP SWITCH SENSE
I MEMORY)
N
O
U
T
S DRIVER POWER SEAT RECLINER POSITION SENSOR
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
A P29 20LG/WT SEAT SENSOR 5 VOLT SUPPLY
B P47 20LG/LB RECLINER POSITION SIGNAL
C P28 20LG/BR SEAT POSITION SENSOR GROUND
1048
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
DRIVER POWER SEAT SWITCH
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 Z849 14BK/OR (EXCEPT GROUND
MEMORY)
1 Z849 20BK/OR (MEMORY) GROUND
2 P43 14LG/VT (RHD MEM- RECLINER UP SWITCH SENSE
ORY)
2 P43 14LG/VT (EXCEPT DRIVER SEAT RECLINER UP SWITCH SENSE
MEMORY)
2 P40 20LG/DG (LHD MEM- RECLINER UP SWITCH SENSE
ORY)
3 P17 14LG/DG (EXCEPT DRIVER SEAT HORIZONTAL REARWARD SWITCH SENSE
MEMORY)
3 P17 20LG/DG (MEMORY) SEAT HORIZONTAL REARWARD SWITCH SENSE
4 P41 14LG/GY (RHD MEM- RECLINER DOWN SWITCH SENSE
ORY)
4 P41 14LG/GY (EXCEPT DRIVER SEAT RECLINER DOWN SWITCH SENSE
MEMORY)
4 P48 20LG/DB (LHD MEM- RECLINER DOWN SWITCH SENSE
ORY)
5 A210 14OR/RD (EXCEPT FUSED SEAT SWITCH DRIVER
MEMORY)
5 P9 20LG/OR (MEMORY) SEAT SWITCH B(+) SUPPLY
6 P15 20LG/WT (MEMORY) SEAT HORIZONTAL FORWARD SWITCH SENSE
6 P15 14LG/WT (EXCEPT DRIVER SEAT HORIZONTAL FORWARD SWITCH SENSE
MEMORY)
7 P19 14LG/LB (EXCEPT DRIVER FRONT UP SWITCH SENSE C
MEMORY) O
7 P19 20LG/LB (MEMORY) SEAT FRONT UP SWITCH SENSE N
8 P11 20LG/YL (MEMORY) SEAT REAR UP SWITCH SENSE
N
8 P11 14LG/YL (EXCEPT DRIVER SEAT REAR UP SWITCH SENSE
MEMORY) E
9 P13 14LG/OR (EXCEPT DRIVER SEAT REAR DOWN SWITCH SENSE C
MEMORY) T
9 P13 20LG/OR (MEMORY) SEAT REAR DOWN SWITCH SENSE O
10 P21 20LG/TN (MEMORY) SEAT FRONT DOWN SWITCH SENSE
R
10 P21 14LG/TN (EXCEPT DRIVER FRONT DOWN SWITCH SENSE
MEMORY)
P
I
N
O
U
DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH T
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION S
1 R59 18LG/TN DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH LINE 1
2 R57 18LG/GY DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH LINE 2
1049
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE C1 (DIESEL)
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 Z130 14BK/BR GROUND
2 Z131 14BK/DG GROUND
3 K20 14BR/GY GENERATOR FIELD CONTROL
4 K342 14BR/WT ECM/PCM RELAY OUTPUT
5 K342 14BR/WT ECM/PCM RELAY OUTPUT
6 - -
7 D25 20WT/VT PCI BUS
8 K944 20BK/GY CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SHIELD GROUND
9 K44 20DB/GY CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL
10 - -
11 K37 20DB/YL BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL
12 K55 20DB/OR MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR SIGNAL
13 K78 20GY FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL
14 - -
15 K22 20OR/DB ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL
16 K80 20DB/TN FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND
17 - -
18 - -
19 K342 20BR/WT ECM/PCM RELAY OUTPUT
20 Z138 20BK/OR GROUND
21 K900 20DB/DG SENSOR GROUND
22 F202 20PK/GY FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START)
23 F851 20LB/PK SENSOR REFERENCE VOLTAGE B
24 K3 20BR/OR CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL NO. 1
25 - -
26 - -
27 - -
28 - -
C 29 - -
30 G6 20VT/GY ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL
O 31 F853 20LG/PK WATER IN FUEL SENSOR SIGNAL
N 32 K25 20BR/TN BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
N 33 - -
34 K4 20BK/LB LOW IDLE POSITION SWITCH GROUND
E 35 K853 20DB/BR ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 5 VOLT SUPPLY
C 36 C18 20LB/BR A/C PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL
37 - -
T 38 V37 20VT/TN SPEED CONTROL SWITCH SIGNAL
O 39 - -
40 K2 20TN/BK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
R 41 K21 20DB/LG INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
42 Z122 18WT GROUND (DRAIN)
43 K24 20BR/LB CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL NO. 2
P
44 - -
I 45 - -
N 46 - -
47 L50 20WT/TN PRIMARY BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL
O 48 B29 20DG/WT SECONDARY BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL
U 49 T751 20YL FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (START)
50 F855 20PK/YL SENSOR REFERENCE VOLTAGE A
T 51 - -
S 52 K121 20DB BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND
53 - -
54 K957 20BK/OR MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR GROUND
55 N7 20DB/OR VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL
56 C918 20BK/LB A/C PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND
57 - -
58 - -
59 - -
60 K9 20LB FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR 5 VOLT SUPPLY
61 K51 20BR/WT ECM/PCM RELAY CONTROL
62 - -
63 D21 20WT/BR SCI TRANSMIT (ECM)
64 K151 20WT LOW IDLE POSITION SWITCH SENSE
65 - -
66 K936 20BR/YL ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND
67 - -
68 - -
69 C13 20LB/OR A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY CONTROL
70 N210 20DB/DG LOW SPEED RADIATOR FAN RELAY CONTROL
71 - -
72 N21 20DB/TN LIFT PUMP RELAY CONTROL
73 - -
74 T752 20DG/OR STARTER MOTOR RELAY CONTROL
75 - -
76 - -
77 K152 20DB/WT GLOW PLUG RELAY CONTROL
78 N122 20DB/YL HIGH SPEED RADIATOR FAN DUAL RELAY CONTROL
79 - -
80 K87 20BR FUEL PRESSURE SOLENOID CONTROL
81 K87 20BR FUEL PRESSURE SOLENOID CONTROL
1050
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
C
O
N
N
FRONT BLOWER MODULE C2 (ATC)
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
E
1 C7 12DG (EXPORT) HIGH SPEED BLOWER MOTOR C
1 C7 12DB (EXCEPT EX- HIGH SPEED BLOWER MOTOR T
PORT) O
2 C70 12DB/YL (EXCEPT REAR BLOWER HIGH SPEED R
EXPORT)
2 C70 12BK (EXPORT) REAR BLOWER HIGH SPEED
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
1051
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
FRONT CONTROL MODULE
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 A1 B(+)
2 A1 B(+)
3 L43 LEFT LOW BEAM DRIVER
4 L34 RIGHT HIGH BEAM DRIVER
5 L33 LEFT HIGH BEAM DRIVER
6 L44 RIGHT LOW BEAM DRIVER
7 - NOT USED
8 Z117, Z118, Z343, Z344 GROUND
9 A1 B(+)
10 FCM 10 HORN RELAY CONTROL
11 FCM 11 NAME BRAND SPEAKER RELAY CONTROL
12 P201 (EXCEPT EXPORT) ADJUSTABLE PEDALS RELAY CONTROL
13 FCM 13 PARK LAMP RELAY CONTROL
14 FCM 14 FRONT WIPER ON/OFF RELAY CONTROL
15 C41 (DIESEL) CABIN HEATER ASSIST CONTROL
16 W7 FRONT WIPER PARK SWITCH SENSE
17 X3 HORN SWITCH SENSE
18 W1 WASHER FLUID LEVEL SWITCH SENSE
19 FCM 19 (GAS) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (START)
20 A114 FUSED B(+) (I.O.D.)
21 L78 FUSED PARK LAMP RELAY OUTPUT (RIGHT)
C 22 D25 PCI BUS
O 23 G931 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR RETURN
N 24 - SPARE
25 G31 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
N
26 L13 (EXPORT) HEADLAMP ADJUST SIGNAL
E
27 F1, F2 FCM OUTPUT (UNLOCK-RUN-START)
C 28 F214 SIACM RUN-START DRIVER
T 29 F100 ORC RUN ONLY DRIVER
O 30 FCM 30 FRONT/REAR BLOWER MOTOR RELAY CONTROL
R 31 FCM 31 REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY CONTROL
32 FCM 32 (EXPORT) HEADLAMP WASHER RELAY CONTROL
P 33 FCM 33 FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY CONTROL
I 34 FCM 34 FRONT WIPER HIGH/LOW RELAY CONTROL
N 35 FCM 35 ACCESSORY RELAY CONTROL (RUN-ACC)
1052
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
FRONT READING LAMPS/SWITCH
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 E15 20OR/DB (EXCEPT ASH/RECEIVER LAMP FEED
BASE)
2 Z137 20BK/LB GROUND
3 - -
4 M27 20YL/LB READING LAMPS DRIVER
5 M24 20YL/WT COURTESY LAMPS DRIVER
6 - -
C
O
FUEL PUMP MODULE
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
N
1 Z201 18BK/OR (GAS) GROUND N
2 Z201 20BK/DB (LHD/ GROUND E
DIESEL/GAS) C
2 Z201 18BK/OR (RHD/ GROUND T
DIESEL)
3 N4 20DB/WT FUEL LEVEL SENSOR SIGNAL
O
4 N1 18DB/OR (GAS) FUEL PUMP RELAY OUTPUT R
P
I
HEADLAMP SWITCH N
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
O
1 Z403 20BK/YL (EXPORT) GROUND
2 L78 20WT/OR (EXPORT) FUSED PARK LAMP RELAY OUTPUT
U
3 - -
T
4 Z407 22BK/OR GROUND S
5 L36 20WT/DB (EXPORT) REAR FOG LAMP INDICATOR DRIVER
6 L900 22WT/YL HEADLAMP SWITCH RETURN
7 L13 20WT/YL (EXPORT) HEADLAMP ADJUST SIGNAL
8 E19 20OR/BR PANEL LAMPS DRIVER (HEADLAMP SWITCH)
9 - -
10 L39 22WT/OR FRONT FOG LAMP INDICATOR DRIVER
11 L307 22WT/BR (RHD) HEADLAMP SWITCH SENSE
11 L307 20WT/BR (LHD) HEADLAMP SWITCH SENSE
12 E2 22OR/BR PANEL LAMPS DIMMER SIGNAL
13 - -
1053
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
C
O
N
N
E
HOOD AJAR SWITCH (EXPORT)
C CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
T 1 G70 22VT/LB HOOD AJAR SWITCH SENSE
O 2 Z470 22BK/LB GROUND
R
P
I
N
O IGNITION SWITCH
U CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
T 1 G900 20VT/DB IGNITION SWITCH SENSE RETURN
S 2 G20 20VT/BR IGNITION SWITCH SENSE
3 F20 20PK/WT FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START)
3 F20 20PK/WT (LHD) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START)
4 T751 20YL FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (START)
5 A106 20LB/RD FUSED B(+)
1054
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 E13 20OR/WT PANEL LAMPS DRIVER
2 L160 20WT/TN (LOWLINE) RIGHT TURN INDICATOR DRIVER
3 G7 20VT/GY (LHD EX- LOW OIL PRESSURE INDICATOR DRIVER
PORT)
4 G3 20VT/LB (LHD EX- MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP DRIVER
PORT)
5 L134 20WT/GY (HIGHLINE) HIGH BEAM INDICATOR DRIVER
6 A701 18BR/RD FUSED B(+) (HAZARD)
7 Z108 18BK/LG GROUND
8 L161 20WT/LG (LOWLINE) LEFT TURN INDICATOR DRIVER
9 D25 20WT/VT PCI BUS
10 B25 20DG/WT (RHD) PARK BRAKE SWITCH SENSE
10 B25 18DG/WT (LHD EX- PARK BRAKE SWITCH SENSE
PORT)
10 B25 16DG/WT (LHD EX- PARK BRAKE SWITCH SENSE
CEPT EXPORT)
11 G26 20VT/OR CHIME DRIVER
12 G150 20VT/BR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER WAKE UP SENSE
13 Z18 18BK/LB GROUND
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
1055
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
1056
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
FUSES (IPM)
FUSE AMPS FUSED CIRCUIT FUNCTION
NO.
1 20A INTERNAL FUSED B(+)
2 15A INTERNAL FUSED PARK LAMP RELAY OUTPUT
3 15A INTERNAL FUSED PARK LAMP RELAY OUTPUT
4 30A INTERNAL FUSED B(+)
5 20A F306 16DB/PK FUSED ACCESSORY RELAY OUTPUT
6 20A F307 16LB/PK (BATTERY POSITION) FUSED B(+)
6 20A F307 16LB/PK (ACCESSORY RELAY POSITION) FUSED ACCESSORY RELAY OUTPUT
8 20A INTERNAL FUSED B(+)
9 40A INTERNAL FUSED B(+)
10 40A C7 12DB FUSED FRONT BLOWER MOTOR RELAY OUTPUT
11 20A F302 18GY/PK FUSED ACCESSORY RELAY OUTPUT
12 25A C51 12LB/BR FUSED REAR BLOWER MOTOR RELAY OUTPUT
13 40A C15 12DB/WT FUSED REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY OUTPUT
14 20A INTERNAL FUSED B(+) (I.O.D.)
15 20A INTERNAL (EATX) FUSED B(+)
15 20A INTERNAL (DIESEL) FUSED B(+)
16 25A INTERNAL FUSED B(+)
17 20A INTERNAL FUSED B(+)
18 15A INTERNAL FUSED B(+)
19 40A A101 12VT/RD FUSED B(+)
20 40A A102 12WT/RD FUSED B(+)
C
21 25A A111 12DG/RD FUSED B(+)
O
22 40A A110 12OR/RD FUSED B(+)
23 10A A106 20LB/RD FUSED B(+)
N
24 20A A701 16BR/RD FUSED B(+) (HAZARD)
N
26 20A A103 18GY/RD FUSED B(+) E
27 40A A112 12OR/RD FUSED B(+) C
28 40A F30 12PK/YL FUSED ACCESSORY RELAY OUTPUT T
30 40A INTERNAL (EXPORT) FUSED B(+) O
31 40A A113 12WT/RD FUSED B(+) R
32 40A A115 12YL/RD FUSED B(+)
33 15A INTERNAL FUSED ACCESSORY RELAY OUTPUT P
I
ACCESSORY RELAY N
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION O
30 INTERNAL B(+) U
85 FCM 35 ACCESSORY RELAY CONTROL (RUN-ACC)
T
86 INTERNAL B(+)
S
87 INTERNAL FUSED ACCESSORY RELAY OUTPUT
87A - -
DEFOGGER RELAY
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
30 INTERNAL B(+)
85 FCM 31 REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY CONTROL
86 INTERNAL B(+)
87 INTERNAL FUSED REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY OUTPUT
87A - -
1057
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
30 INTERNAL FUSED B(+)
85 FCM 33 FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY CONTROL
86 INTERNAL FUSED B(+)
87 INTERNAL FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY OUTPUT
87A - -
1058
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
INTEGRATED POWER MODULE C1
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 F301 18VT/PK FUSED ACCESSORY RELAY OUTPUT
2 - -
3 - -
4 L43 18WT/DB LEFT LOW BEAM DRIVER
5 Z344 16BK/TN GROUND
6 L34 16WT/GY RIGHT HIGH BEAM DRIVER
7 W1 18BR/TN WASHER FLUID LEVEL SWITCH SENSE
8 L33 18WT/LG LEFT HIGH BEAM DRIVER
9 G31 18VT/LG (EXCEPT AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
2.4L/BASE)
9 G31 18VT/LG (2.4L) AAT SIGNAL
10 L44 16WT/TN RIGHT LOW BEAM DRIVER
11 F300 18OR/PK FUSED ACCESSORY RELAY OUTPUT
12 - -
13 Z343 18BK/LG GROUND
14 - -
15 L78 18WT/OR FUSED PARK LAMP RELAY OUTPUT (RIGHT)
16 L77 18WT/BR FUSED PARK LAMP RELAY OUTPUT (LEFT)
17 - -
18 G931 18VT/BR (EXCEPT AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR RETURN
2.4L/BASE)
19 W20 18BR/YL REAR WASHER PUMP MOTOR CONTROL
20 W10 18BR FRONT WASHER PUMP MOTOR CONTROL
C
O
N
INTEGRATED POWER MODULE C2
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
N
1 N173 16DB/VT (GAS) RADIATOR FAN RELAY CONTROL
E
2 V53 12BR/OR (EXPORT) HEADLAMP WASHER RELAY OUTPUT C
3 L60 16WT/TN (EXPORT) RIGHT FRONT TURN SIGNAL DRIVER T
3 L60 16WT/TN (EXCEPT RIGHT FRONT TURN SIGNAL DRIVER O
EXPORT) R
4 L13 18WT/YL (EXPORT) HEADLAMP ADJUST SIGNAL
5 X2 18DG/OR HORN RELAY OUTPUT
P
6 L90 18WT/OR (FOG FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY OUTPUT
LAMPS) I
7 L61 16WT/LG LEFT FRONT TURN SIGNAL DRIVER N
8 - - O
9 A112 12OR/RD FUSED B(+) U
10 L89 18WT/YL (FOG FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY OUTPUT T
LAMPS)
S
1059
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
INTEGRATED POWER MODULE C3
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 Z115 18BK/OR (2.4L EATX) GROUND
1 Z115 20BK/OR (3.3L/3.8L GROUND
EATX)
1 N21 20DB/TN (DIESEL) LIFT PUMP RELAY CONTROL
2 F1 18PK/WT (GAS EATX) FCM OUTPUT (UNLOCK-RUN-START)
3 T751 18YL (GAS) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (START)
3 T751 20YL (DIESEL) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (START)
4 T2 18DG/WT (2.4L/DIESEL TRS REVERSE SENSE
MTX)
5 T16 18YL/OR (GAS EATX) TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT
5 N2 18DB/YL (DIESEL) LIFT PUMP RELAY OUTPUT
6 F202 18PK/GY (DIESEL) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START)
6 T15 18YL/BR (GAS EATX) TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY CONTROL
7 C3 20DB/YL (GAS) A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY OUTPUT
7 C3 18DB/YL (DIESEL) A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY OUTPUT
8 Z114 18BK/LG (DIESEL) GROUND
8 K31 18BR (GAS) FUEL PUMP RELAY CONTROL
9 C13 18LB/OR (GAS) A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY CONTROL
9 C13 20LB/OR (DIESEL) A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY CONTROL
10 A119 16RD/OR (DIESEL) FUSED B(+)
10 A104 18YL/RD (3.3L/3.8L FUSED B(+)
EATX)
C 11 C41 20LB/DG (DIESEL) CABIN HEATER ASSIST CONTROL
O 12 - -
N 13 D25 18WT/VT (GAS) PCI BUS
N 13 D25 20WT/VT (DIESEL) PCI BUS
S
INTEGRATED POWER MODULE C4
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 Z127 12BK (2.4L EXCEPT GROUND
EXPORT/3.3L/3.8L/ABS)
2 T750 12YL/GY STARTER MOTOR RELAY OUTPUT
3 K342 16BR/WT (GAS) AUTOMATIC SHUT DOWN RELAY OUTPUT
3 K342 16BR/WT (DIESEL) ECM/PCM RELAY OUTPUT
4 F500 16DG/PK (EATX) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN)
5 - -
6 D25 18WT/VT (ANTILOCK PCI BUS
BRAKES)
6 D25 18WT/VT (3.3L/3.8L) PCI BUS
7 A107 12TN/RD (ANTILOCK FUSED B(+)
BRAKES)
8 A111 12DG/RD (ANTILOCK FUSED B(+)
BRAKES)
9 A710 14RD/BR B(+) (HAZARD FEED)
10 - -
1060
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
INTEGRATED POWER MODULE C6
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 A101 12VT/RD FUSED B(+)
2 Z117 16BK/WT GROUND
3 Z118 16BK/YL GROUND
4 A110 12OR/RD (POWER FUSED B(+)
SEAT)
5 - -
6 - -
7 C7 12DB FUSED FRONT BLOWER MOTOR RELAY OUTPUT
8 F307 16LB/PK (BATTERY FUSED B(+)
POSITION)
8 F307 18LB/PK (ACCESSO- FUSED ACCESSORY RELAY OUTPUT
RY RELAY POSITION)
9 A113 12WT/RD (POWER FUSED B(+)
SLIDING DOOR)
10 - -
1061
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
1062
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
C
O
N
N
E
C
LEFT FOG LAMP (EXPORT)
T
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 L89 18WT/YL FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY OUTPUT
O
2 Z349 18BK/YL GROUND R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
1063
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
P
I LEFT FULL OPEN SWITCH (POWER SLIDING DOOR)
N CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
O 1 Q53 20OR LEFT FULL OPEN SWITCH SENSE
2 Z77 20BK/GY GROUND
U
T
S
1064
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
1065
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
P
I
N
O
U
T LEFT SEAT AIRBAG
S CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 R33 18WT/BK (EXPORT) LEFT SEAT SQUIB LINE 2
1 R31 18LG/OR (EXCEPT LEFT SEAT SQUIB LINE 1
EXPORT)
2 R33 18LG/WT (EXCEPT LEFT SEAT SQUIB LINE 2
EXPORT)
2 R31 18DG/WT (EXPORT) LEFT SEAT SQUIB LINE 1
1066
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
1067
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
1068
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
LICENSE LAMP (POWER LIFTGATE)
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 L77 18WT/BR FUSED PARK LAMP RELAY OUTPUT (LEFT)
2 Z367 20BK/BR GROUND
3 P30 20TN/DG LIFTGATE HANDLE SWITCH SENSE
4 Z430 20BK/LG GROUND
5 Q94 20TN/LG LIFTGATE CHIME DRIVER
6 Z294 20BK/LG GROUND
7 G32 20VT/LB LIFTGATE TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
8 Z78 20BK/OR GROUND
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
LIFTGATE AJAR SWITCH (MANUAL RELEASE) O
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION R
1 Z78 20BK/OR GROUND
2 G78 20VT/OR LIFTGATE AJAR SWITCH SENSE P
I
N
O
U
T
S
1069
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O LIFTGATE LEFT PINCH SENSOR (POWER LIFTGATE)
R CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 Q77 20OR/DB RIGHT PINCH SENSOR SIGNAL
2 Q76 20OR/LB PINCH SENSOR SIGNAL
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
1070
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
1071
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
MEMORY SEAT/MIRROR MODULE C3
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 P111 14LG/YL SEAT REAR UP DRIVER
2 P115 14LG SEAT HORIZONTAL FORWARD DRIVER
3 P119 14LG/DG SEAT FRONT UP DRIVER
4 P113 14LG/WT SEAT REAR DOWN DRIVER
5 P121 14LG/DB SEAT FRONT DOWN DRIVER
6 - -
7 P143 14LG/GY (EXPORT) SEAT RECLINER UP DRIVER
7 P43 14LG/VT (EXCEPT SEAT RECLINER UP DRIVER
EXPORT)
8 P9 20LG/OR SEAT SWITCH B(+) SUPPLY
9 - -
10 P141 14LG/BR (EXPORT) SEAT RECLINER DOWN DRIVER
10 P41 14LG/GY (EXCEPT SEAT RECLINER DOWN DRIVER
EXPORT)
11 P117 14LG/LB SEAT HORIZONTAL REARWARD DRIVER
12 - -
1072
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
MODE DOOR ACTUATOR (ATC) O
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 C135 20DB/GY MODE DOOR DRIVER (B)
R
2 C35 20LB/OR MODE DOOR DRIVER (A)
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
1073
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
OVERHEAD CONSOLE (EXCEPT BASE)
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 G23 20VT/DB (EXCEPT SLIDING DOORS OVERHEAD SWITCH MUX
SUNROOF)
1 G23 22VT/DB (SUNROOF) SLIDING DOORS OVERHEAD SWITCH MUX
2 G25 20VT/TN (EXCEPT LIFTGATE SWITCH MUX
SUNROOF)
2 G25 22VT/TN (SUNROOF) LIFTGATE SWITCH MUX
3 D25 20WT/VT PCI BUS
4 Z113 20BK/DB GROUND
5 A114 20GY/RD FUSED B(+) (I.O.D.)
6 F503 20WT/PK FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN)
7 Z13 20BK/WT GROUND
8 E15 20OR/DB ASH/RECEIVER LAMP FEED
9 - -
10 - -
11 L24 20BK/GY (EXCEPT AUTOMATIC HEADLAMP SWITCH SENSOR
EXPORT/PREMIUM/
LUXURY)
12 L1 20BK/WT (PREMIUM/ BACK-UP LAMP FEED
LUXURY)
PASSENGER AIRBAG
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
C 1 R42 18LB/BR PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 2
O 2 R44 18LB/OR PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 1
N 3 R62 18LB/VT (EXCEPT PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 2
LHD EXPORT)
N
3 R62 18LG/DB (LHD EX- PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 2
E PORT)
C 4 R64 18LB/WT PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 1
T
O
R
P
I
N PASSENGER BLEND DOOR ACTUATOR (ATC)
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
O
1 C133 20DB/WT PASSENGER BLEND DOOR DRIVER (B)
U
2 C33 20LB/BR PASSENGER BLEND DOOR DRIVER (A)
T
S
1074
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
PASSENGER DOOR LOCK SWITCH
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 F304 16WT/PK (POWER FUSED WINDOW CIRCUIT BREAKER OUTPUT
WINDOWS)
1 F304 16WT/PK (EXCEPT FUSED ACCESSORY RELAY OUTPUT
POWER WINDOWS)
2 G160 20VT/LG (LHD) RIGHT DOOR LOCK SWITCH MUX
2 G161 20VT/DG (RHD) LEFT DOOR LOCK SWITCH MUX
3 Z460 20BK/LG (LHD) GROUND
3 Z461 20BK/DG (RHD) GROUND
1075
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
POWER LIFTGATE MODULE C1
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 Q83 18OR/GY LIFTGATE LATCH CLUTCH DRIVER
2 Q88 14TN/BR (EXPORT) LIFTGATE OPEN DRIVER
2 Q88 16TN/BR (EXCEPT LIFTGATE OPEN DRIVER
EXPORT)
3 Q89 16TN/OR (EXCEPT LIFTGATE CLOSE DRIVER
EXPORT)
3 Q89 14TN/OR (EXPORT) LIFTGATE CLOSE DRIVER
4 - -
5 A115 12YL/RD FUSED B(+)
6 - -
7 - -
8 Z125 14BK/WT GROUND
1076
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
1077
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C2 (SBEC)
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
41 V37 18VT SPEED CONTROL SWITCH SIGNAL
42 C18 18LB/BR A/C PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL
43 K900 18DB/DG SENSOR GROUND
44 F888 18BR/PK 8 VOLT SUPPLY
45 - -
46 A109 18OR/RD FUSED B(+)
47 - -
48 - -
49 K39 18VT/DG IDLE AIR CONTROL NO. 1 DRIVER
50 Z131 18BK/DG GROUND
51 K141 18DB/YL OXYGEN SENSOR 1/2 SIGNAL
52 - -
53 - -
54 - -
55 - -
56 V36 18VT/YL SPEED CONTROL VACUUM SOLENOID CONTROL
57 K60 18VT/LG IDLE AIR CONTROL NO. 2 DRIVER
58 - -
59 D25 18WT/VT PCI BUS
60 - -
61 F855 18PK/YL (EXPORT) 5 VOLT SUPPLY
C 61 F855 20PK/YL (EXCEPT 5 VOLT SUPPLY
EXPORT)
O
62 B29 18DG/WT SECONDARY BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL
N 63 T10 18DG/LG TORQUE MANAGEMENT REQUEST SENSE
N 64 C13 18LB/OR A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY CONTROL
E 65 D21 18WT/BR (EXPORT) SCI TRANSMIT (PCM)
C 65 D21 20WT/BR (EXCEPT SCI TRANSMIT (PCM)
T EXPORT)
1078
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
RADIO C1
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 A114 16GY/RD FUSED B(+) (I.O.D.)
2 F306 18DB/PK FUSED ACCESSORY RELAY OUTPUT
3 E14 20OR/TN PANEL LAMPS DRIVER
4 - -
5 - -
6 - -
7 X54 20GY (HIGHLINE) RIGHT FRONT SPEAKER (+)
7 X154 20GY/YL (LOWLINE) RIGHT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER (+)
8 X156 20GY/LB (LOWLINE) RIGHT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER (-)
8 X56 20GY/BR (HIGHLINE) RIGHT FRONT SPEAKER (-)
9 X55 20DG/BR (HIGHLINE) LEFT FRONT SPEAKER (-)
9 X155 20DG/LB (LOWLINE) LEFT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER (-)
10 X153 20DG/YL (LOWLINE) LEFT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER (+)
10 X53 20DG (HIGHLINE) LEFT FRONT SPEAKER (+)
11 Z514 16BK/LG GROUND
12 A114 16GY/RD FUSED B(+) (I.O.D.)
13 X60 20GY/YL RADIO 12 VOLT OUTPUT
14 D25 20WT/VT PCI BUS
15 - -
16 - -
17 - -
18 X51 22DG/DB LEFT REAR SPEAKER (+) C
19 X57 22DG/OR LEFT REAR SPEAKER (-) O
20 X58 22GY/OR RIGHT REAR SPEAKER (-) N
21 X52 22GY/DB RIGHT REAR SPEAKER (+)
N
22 Z515 16BK GROUND
E
C
RADIO C2 (CD CHANGER) T
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
O
1 X40 20GY/WT AUDIO OUT RIGHT
R
2 E14 18OR/TN PANEL LAMPS DRIVER
3 D25 20WT/VT (EXCEPT PCI BUS
EXPORT) P
3 D25 20VT/YL (EXPORT) PCI BUS I
4 X112 20RD IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT N
5 X41 20DG/WT AUDIO OUT LEFT O
6 Z140 18BK/OR GROUND U
7 Z141 18BK/TN GROUND
T
8 X160 20GY/YL B(+)
S
1079
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
REAR AUTO TEMP CONTROL SWITCH (3 ZONE ATC)
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 F504 20GY/PK FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN)
2 Z27 18BK/DG GROUND
3 D22 20WT/TN (SWB) KDB CLOCK
3 D22 22WT/TN (LWB) KDB CLOCK
4 D17 20WT/DG (SWB) KDB DATA
4 D17 22WT/DG (LWB) KDB DATA
5 E10 20OR/DG PANEL LAMPS DRIVER
6 - -
7 - -
8 - -
9 - -
10 - -
11 - -
12 - -
13 - -
C 3 - -
4 C153 12DB/BR REAR BLOWER MOTOR HIGH
O
5 - -
N
6 C152 16LB/LG REAR BLOWER MOTOR MED
N 7 C151 18LB/DG REAR BLOWER MOTOR LOW
E 8 C50 12DB/OR REAR BLOWER FRONT CONTROL FEED
C
T
O
R
1080
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
1081
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
1082
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
1083
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
C
O
N
N
E RIGHT DOOR SPEAKER (MIDLINE/HIGHLINE)
C CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1084
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
RIGHT FRONT DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH (EXCEPT BASE) R
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 G74 20VT/WT RIGHT FRONT DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE P
2 Z74 20BK/WT GROUND I
3 P4 20TN/BR RIGHT FRONT DOOR UNLOCK DRIVER
N
4 P2 20TN/GY RIGHT FRONT DOOR LOCK DRIVER
O
U
T
S
1085
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
T
O
R
RIGHT REAR PILLAR SPEAKER
P CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
I 1 X158 20GY/YL RIGHT REAR PILLAR SPEAKER (-)
N 2 X152 20GY/WT RIGHT REAR PILLAR SPEAKER (+)
O
U
T
S
1086
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
C
O
N
N
E
RIGHT SEAT AIRBAG C
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
T
1 R34 18WT/BK (EXPORT) RIGHT SEAT SQUIB LINE 2
O
1 R32 18LB/OR (EXCEPT RIGHT SEAT SQUIB LINE 1
EXPORT) R
2 R34 18LB/WT (EXCEPT RIGHT SEAT SQUIB LINE 2
EXPORT) P
2 R32 18DG/WT (EXPORT) RIGHT SEAT SQUIB LINE 1
I
N
O
U
T
RIGHT SIDE IMPACT AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE
S
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 R32 18LB/OR RIGHT SEAT SQUIB LINE 1
2 R34 18LB/WT RIGHT SEAT SQUIB LINE 2
3 - -
4 D25 20WT/VT PCI BUS
5 F214 18PK/LG SIACM RUN-START DRIVER
6 - -
7 Z104 18BK/LG GROUND
1087
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
N
O
U
T RIGHT SLIDING DOOR LATCH SENSING SWITCH (POWER SLIDING DOOR)
S CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 Z76 20BK/YL GROUND
2 Q58 20OR/YL RIGHT PAWL SWITCH SENSE
3 G76 20TN/OR RIGHT SLIDING DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE
4 Z76 20BK/YL GROUND
5 Q54 20OR/BR RIGHT DOOR IN/OUT HANDLE SWITCH SENSE
6 - -
1088
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
1089
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
THATCHAM ALARM MODULE (UNITED KINGDOM)
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 A645 20RD/VT REAR INTRUSION SENSOR SIGNAL
2 G640 20DG/VT FRONT INTRUSION SENSOR SIGNAL
3 G22 20YL VTSS INDICATOR SUPPLY
4 - -
5 D97 20WT/OR SIREN SIGNAL OUTPUT
6 D96 20WT/LB SIREN SIGNAL CONTROL
7 F20 20PK/WT FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START)
8 G944 20LB/BR SIREN SIGNAL RETURN
9 G945 20VT/DG SENSOR GROUND
10 G946 20LG/VT SENSOR GROUND
11 G922 20GY VTSS INDICATOR DRIVER
12 - -
13 D25 20WT/VT PCI BUS
14 - -
15 L91 22WT/DB HAZARD SWITCH SENSE
16 A600 20RD/LB SIREN SUPPLY
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
1090
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (3.3L/3.8L)
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 T1 18DG/LB TRS T1 SENSE
2 - -
3 T3 18DG/DB TRS T3 SENSE
4 - -
5 - -
6 K24 18BR/LB CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL
7 D15 20DG/YL SCI TRANSMIT (TCM)
8 T751 18YL FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (START)
9 T9 18DG/TN OVERDRIVE PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE
10 T10 18DG/LG TORQUE MANAGEMENT REQUEST SENSE
11 F1 18PK/WT FCM OUTPUT (UNLOCK-RUN-START)
12 K22 18BR/OR THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL
13 T13 18DG/VT SPEED SENSOR GROUND
14 T14 18DG/BR OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL
15 T15 18YL/BR TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY CONTROL
16 T16 18YL/OR TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT
17 T16 18YL/OR TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT
18 - -
19 T19 18YL/DB 2-4 SOLENOID CONTROL
20 T20 18DG/WT LOW/REVERSE SOLENOID CONTROL
21 - -
22 - - C
23 - - O
24 - - N
25 - -
N
26 - -
E
27 - -
28 - -
C
29 - -
T
30 - - O
31 - - R
32 - -
33 - - P
34 - - I
35 - - N
36 - - O
37 - -
U
38 - -
T
39 - -
40 - -
S
41 T41 18YL/DB TRS T41 SENSE
42 T42 18DG/YL TRS T42 SENSE
43 D25 18WT/VT PCI BUS
44 - -
45 - -
46 D123 20WT/OR FLASH PROGRAM ENABLE
47 T47 18YL/DG 2-4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE
48 - -
49 - -
50 T50 18YL/TN LOW/REVERSE PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE
51 K900 18DB/DG SENSOR GROUND
52 T52 18DG/WT INPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL
53 Z132 16BK/YL GROUND
54 T54 18DG/OR TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
55 T55 18YL/VT (AUTOSTICK) AUTOSTICK/OVERDRIVE OFF MUX INPUT
56 A104 18YL/RD FUSED B(+)
57 Z133 16BK/LG GROUND
58 N7 18DB/OG VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL
59 T59 18YL/LB UNDERDRIVE SOLENOID CONTROL
60 T60 18YL/GY OVERDRIVE SOLENOID CONTROL
1091
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
1092
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.0 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1093
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.2 AUDIO SYSTEM
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1094
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.2.2 BASE AUDIO SYSTEM
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1095
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.2 AUDIO SYSTEM (Continued)
10.2.3 CD CHANGER
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1096
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.3 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1097
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.3 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM (Continued)
10.3.2 FRONT ATC - LHD, EXPORT
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1098
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.3.3 FRONT ATC - RHD
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1099
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.3 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM (Continued)
10.3.4 REAR ATC - THREE ZONE
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1100
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.4 COMMUNICATION
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1101
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.4 COMMUNICATION (Continued)
10.4.1 PCM COMMUNICATION – SBEC
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1102
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.4.3 ECM & CABIN HEATER ASSIST COMMUNICATION - DIESEL ONLY
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1103
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.5 DOOR AJAR SYSTEM
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1104
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.5.2 DOOR AJAR WITHOUT POWER SLIDING DOORS
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1105
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.6 EXTERIOR LIGHTING
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1106
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.7 IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY
10.7.1 HORN SYSTEM
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1107
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.7 IGNITION, POWER, ACCESSORY (Continued)
10.7.2 IGNITION SWITCH
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1108
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.7.3 INTEGRATED POWER MODULE/BODY CONTROL MODULE POWER AND GROUNDS
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1109
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.8 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1110
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.8.2 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER & MESSAGE CENTER
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1111
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.9 INTERIOR LIGHTING
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1112
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.10 MANUAL TEMPERATURE CONTROLS
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1113
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.10 MANUAL TEMPERATURE CONTROLS (Continued)
10.10.2 BASE MANUAL TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM, RHD
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1114
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.10.3 DUAL-ZONE & THREE-ZONE (FRONT) MANUAL TEMPERATURE CONTROL
SYSTEM, LHD
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1115
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.10 MANUAL TEMPERATURE CONTROLS (Continued)
10.10.4 DUAL-ZONE (FRONT) MANUAL TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM, RHD
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1116
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.10.5 THREE ZONE REAR MANUAL TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1117
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.10 MANUAL TEMPERATURE CONTROLS (Continued)
10.10.6 FRONT BLOWER MOTOR
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1118
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.10.7 REAR BLOWER MOTOR
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1119
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.10 MANUAL TEMPERATURE CONTROLS (Continued)
10.10.8 DIESEL CABIN HEATER ASSIT (DCHA)
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1120
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.11 MEMORY SYSTEM
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1121
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.12 OVERHEAD CONSOLE
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1122
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.13 POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1123
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.14 POWER FOLDING MIRROR LHD (EXPORT ONLY)
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1124
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.15 POWER FOLDING MIRROR RHD (EXPORT ONLY)
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1125
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.16 POWER LIFTGATE SYSTEM
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1126
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.17 POWER SLIDING DOOR SYSTEM
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1127
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.17 POWER SLIDING DOOR SYSTEM (Continued)
10.17.2 RIGHT POWER SLIDING DOOR
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1128
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.18 POWER SLIDING DOOR AND LIFTGATE SWITCHES
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1129
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.19 REAR DEFOG/HEATED MIRROR/FRONT WIPER DE-ICE
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1130
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.20 VEHICLE THEFT SECURITY SYSTEM
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1131
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.20 VEHICLE THEFT SECURITY SYSTEM (Continued)
10.20.1 THATCHAM ALARM SYSTEM (EXPORT ONLY)
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1132
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.21 WIPERS - FRONT AND REAR
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
1133
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
NOTES
1134
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CHARTS AND GRAPHS
11.0 CHARTS AND GRAPHS C
H
A
11.1 KDB LAB SCOPE PATTERN R
T
S
A
N
D
G
R
A
P
H
S
1135
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
CHARTS AND GRAPHS
C 11.2 PCI BUS LAB SCOPE PATTERN
H
A
R
T
S
A
N
D
G
R
A
P
H
S
1136
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine